As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 30, 2010
 
Securities Act File No.  333-168042
Investment Company Act File No.  811-22437


United States
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C.  20549
 


FORM N-2


T Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
T Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2
o Post-Effective Amendment No.
and/or
T Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940
T  Amendment No. 2

GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
 


 
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois 60532
 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (630) 505-3700
 
Kevin M.  Robinson
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois 60532
 
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
 


Copies to:
 
    Michael K. Hoffman, Esq.                      Leonard B.  Mackey, Jr., Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP                                Clifford Chance US LLP        
Four Times Square                                  31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10036                               New York, New York 10019
 

Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box .  .  .  .   £
 
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
 
£            When declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).
 
If appropriate, check the following box:
 
 
£
This [post-effective] amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement].
 

 
 

 
 
 
£
This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is
.
 

 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
Title of Securities
Being Registered
 
 
Amount Being
Registered
Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
  Per Share (1)
Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
 
Amount of
Registration
Fee
Common Shares, $.01 par value
50,000 Shares
$20.00
$1,000,000
$71.30 (2)



(1)           Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(2)            Previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 
 

 
 


 

 
The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The Trust may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated September 30, 2010
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 

 
Shares                                   
 Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust
 
 
Common Shares
$20.00 per Share
________________
 
 
Investment Objectives. Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the “Trust”) is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Trust’s primary investment objective is to provide current income with a secondary objective of long-term capital appreciation. The Trust cannot ensure investors that it will achieve its investment objectives.
 
Investment Strategy and Policies. The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of taxable municipal securities known as “Build America Bonds” (or “BABs”), as described further in this prospectus. Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined in this prospectus) in BABs, and may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than BABs, including taxable municipal securities that do not qualify for subsidy payments, tax-exempt municipal securities, asset-backed securities (“ABS”), senior loans and other income producing securities. Under normal market conditions, at least 80% of the Trust’s Managed Assets will be invested in securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade quality. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are below investment grade quality. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk” bonds.
 
(continued on following page)
 
Investing in the Trust’s common shares involves certain risks. See “Risks” beginning on page 53 of this prospectus. Certain of these risks are summarized in “Prospectus Summary—Special Risk Considerations” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus.
 
________________
 
     
 
Per Share
Total(3)
Public offering price
$20.00
$
Sales load(1)
$.90
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Trust(2)
$19.10
$
 
           
(1)
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Adviser”) and Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (the “Sub-
 
Adviser”) have agreed to pay from their own assets additional compensation to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
 
Incorporated and a structuring fee to each of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Wells Fargo
 
Securities, LLC and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser also may pay certain qualifying
 
underwriters a structuring fee, additional compensation or a sales incentive fee in connection with the offering. Also, as
 
described in footnote (2) below, up to .15% of the public offering price of the securities sold in this offering may be paid by the
 
Trust to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc., an affiliate of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, as compensation for the
 
distribution services it provides to the Trust. The compensation to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc. will be subject to the
 
offering expense limitation described in footnote (2) below. See “Underwriting.”
 
     
(2)
Offering expenses payable by the Trust will be deducted from the Proceeds to the Trust. Total offering expenses (other than sales
  load) are estimated to be $ ,     which will be paid by the Trust up to the $.04 per common share limit described below. The Trust
  has agreed to pay the underwriters $     ($.00667 per common share) as partial reimbursement of expenses incurred in
 
connection with this offering. The Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all of the Trust’s organizational costs and (ii) offering expenses of the
 
Trust (other than sales load, but inclusive of the partial reimbursement of expenses of the underwriters) that exceed $.04 per
 
common share sold in the offering, including pursuant to the overallotment option. T he Trust has agreed to pay up to .15% of the
public offering price of the securities sold in this offering to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc., an affiliate of the Adviser and
the Sub-Adviser, as compensation for the distribution services it provides to the Trust. Such compensation is subject to the
offering expense limitation of $.04 described above and will not be paid to the extent it would cause the offering expenses of
the Trust to exceed $.04. See “Underwriting.”
     
(3)
The Trust has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional      common shares at the public
 
 
offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover overallotments, if any. If such
 
option is exercised in full, the public offering price, sales load, estimated offering expenses and proceeds, after expenses, to the
 
Trust will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See “Underwriting.”
   
       
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of
these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about       , 2010
.
________________
 
 
BofA Merrill Lynch
             Citi
                 Morgan Stanley
                             Wells Fargo Securities
                                             Raymond James
 
 
     
BB&T Capital Markets
Guggenheim Funds
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
Distributors, Inc.
Janney Montgomery Scott
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. Maxim Group LLC RBC Capital Markets
 
Stifel Nicolaus Weisel
Wedbush Securities Inc.
Wunderlich Securities
 
________________
The date of this prospectus is     , 2010.
 
 
 
 

 
 
(continued from previous page)
 
 
Build America Bonds. BABs are taxable municipal securities that include bonds issued by state and local governments to finance capital projects such as public schools, roads, transportation infrastructure, bridges, ports and public buildings, pursuant to the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “Act”). As described more fully herein, the Act authorizes state and local governments to sell new BABs issues without limitation through December 31, 2010. Unlike investments in most other municipal securities, interest received on BABs is subject to federal income tax and may be subject to state income tax. Issuers of Direct Payment BABs (as defined in this prospectus) are eligible to receive a subsidy from the U.S. Treasury of up to 35% of the interest paid on the bonds, which may allow such issuers to issue BABs that pay interest rates that are expected to be competitive with the rates typically paid by private bond issuers in the taxable fixed-income market. Although the U.S. Treasury subsidizes an issuer’s payments of interest on BABs, it does not guarantee the issuer will be able to make principal or interest payments. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Build America Bonds.”
 
 
No Prior History. Because the Trust is newly organized, its common shares have no history of public trading. Common shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The risk of loss due to this discount may be greater for initial investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after the completion of the public offering.
 
 
Listing. The Trust’s common shares are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GBAB,” subject to notice of issuance.
 
 
Adviser and Sub-Adviser. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust. Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment sub-adviser and will be responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an affiliate of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim”). Guggenheim is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are an elite mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim with the supervision of more than $100 billion of assets as of June 30, 2010. Guggenheim is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.
 
 
Duration Management Strategy. “Duration” is a measure of the price volatility of a security as a result of changes in market rates of interest, based on the weighted average timing of a security’s expected principal and interest payments. There is no limit on the remaining maturity or duration of any individual security in which the Trust may invest, nor will the Trust’s portfolio be managed to any duration benchmark prior to taking into account the duration management strategy discussed herein. The Trust intends to employ investment and trading strategies to seek to reduce the leverage-adjusted portfolio duration to generally less than ten (10) years. The Sub-Adviser may seek to manage the duration of the Trust’s portfolio through the use of derivative instruments, including U.S. treasury swaps, credit default swaps, total return swaps and futures contracts to reduce the overall volatility of the Trust’s portfolio to changes in market interest rates. In addition, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than BABs, which may consist of short-duration fixed-income securities, which may help to decrease the overall duration of the Trust’s portfolio while also potentially adding incremental yield. The Sub-Adviser may seek to manage the Trust’s duration in a flexible and opportunistic manner based primarily on then current market conditions and interest rate levels. The Trust may incur costs in implementing the duration management strategy, but such strategy will seek to reduce the volatility of the Trust’s portfolio. There can be no assurance that the Sub-Adviser’s duration management strategy will be successful at any given time in managing the duration of the Trust’s portfolio or helping the Trust to achieve its investment objectives. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Duration Management Strategy.”
 
 
Financial Leverage. The Trust may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, (iii) investments in inverse floating rate securities, which have the economic effect of leverage and (iv) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) (collectively “Financial Leverage”). The Trust has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares. The Trust may utilize Financial Leverage up to the limits
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
imposed by the 1940 Act. Under current market conditions, the Trust initially expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage). The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser anticipate that the use of Financial Leverage will result in higher income to holders of common shares (“Common Shareholders”) over time. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. The rights of Common Shares will be subordinate to any Financial Leverage of the Trust. The costs associated with the issuance and use of Financial Leverage will be borne by Common Shareholders, which will result in a reduction of net asset value of the Common Shares. In addition, the Trust may engage in certain derivative transactions, including swaps, that have characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to make payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC. Such segregation or cover will ensure that the Trust has liquid assets available to satisfy its obligations under such transactions. As a result of such segregation or cover, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act, or included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Trust’s Financial Leverage. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or, if utilized, will be successful. See “Use of Financial Leverage.”
 
 
Continuation of BABs Program. Currently, bonds issued after December 31, 2010 will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant provisions of the Act are extended or similar legislation is enacted that provides for municipal issuers to elect to issue taxable municipal securities and receive from the U.S. Treasury federal subsidies to offset a portion of the interest costs incurred over the full term of such taxable municipal securities. The Obama administration and Congress are considering a variety of proposals to extend or modify the BABs program. In particular, a bill approved by the House of Representatives would (1) extend the BABs program to March 31, 2013, (2) reduce the amount of the direct pay subsidy for bonds issued after 2010, and (3) apply the BABs program to certain bonds issued to refinance BABs. A similar proposal in the Senate would extend the BABs program only to December 31, 2011. No assurance can be given as to whether these proposals or other changes in the BABs program will be enacted, nor can it be predicted whether such proposals or changes, if enacted, will have a positive or negative effect on the Trust. If the BABs program is not extended and there cease to be new issuances of BABs or other taxable municipal securities with interest payments subsidized by the U.S. Government through direct pay subsidies, the Board of Trustees intends to evaluate potential actions with respect to the Trust. In such event the Board of Trustees may consider, among other things, changes to the non-fundamental investment policies of the Trust to permit the Trust to broaden its investment focus, for example to taxable municipal securities generally, merger of the Trust into another fund or termination of the Trust. If the Trust were to be terminated, the Trust would distribute all of its net assets to shareholders of record as of the date of termination after providing for all obligations of the Trust. The Trust’s investment objectives and policies are not designed to seek to return the initial offering price of the common shares in the offering on any future termination date. Investors who purchase common shares may receive more or less than their original investment upon any termination of the Trust.
 
 
You should read this prospectus, which contains important information about the Trust that you should know before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated , 2010, containing additional information about the Trust, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, the table of contents of which is on page 81 of this prospectus, annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, when available, and other information about the Trust, and make shareholder inquiries, by calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing to the Adviser at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, or you may obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Trust) from the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov). Free copies of the Trust’s reports and its Statement of Additional Information will also be available from the Trust’s web site at http://www.guggenheimfunds.com.
 
 
The Trust’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
This prospectus contains or incorporates by reference forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the federal securities laws, that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements describe the Trust’s plans, strategies, and goals and the Trust’s beliefs and assumptions concerning future economic and other conditions and the outlook for the Trust, based on currently available information. In this prospectus, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “objectives,” “goals,” “future,” “intends,” “seeks,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” and similar expressions are used in an effort to identify forward-looking statements, although some forward-looking statements may be expressed differently. The Trust is not entitled to the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 

 
   
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
Prospectus Summary
6
Summary of Trust Expenses
34
The Trust
36
Use of Proceeds
36
Investment Objectives and Policies
36
Use of Financial Leverage
48
Risks
53
Management of the Trust
65
Net Asset Value
68
Distributions
68
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
69
Description of Capital Structure
70
Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Trust’s Governing Documents
71
Closed-End Fund Structure
73
Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund
73
Tax Matters
74
Underwriting
76
Custodian, Administrator, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent
79
Legal Matters
79
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
79
Additional Information
79
Privacy Principles of the Trust
80
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information
81
 
________________
 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The Trust has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Trust is not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. The Trust’s business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date. The Trust will amend this prospectus if, during the period that this prospectus is required to be delivered, there are any subsequent material changes.
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
 
This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Trust’s common shares. You should carefully read the more detailed information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information, dated , 2010 (the “SAI”) prior to making an investment in the Trust, especially the information set forth under the headings “Investment Objectives and Policies” and “Risks.”
 
     
The Trust
Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the
 
“Trust”) is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management
 
investment company.
 
 
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Adviser”) serves
 
as the Trust’s investment adviser and is responsible for the
 
management of the Trust. Guggenheim Partners Asset Management,
 
LLC (“GPAM” or the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment
 
sub-adviser and will be responsible for the management of the Trust’s
 
portfolio of investments. Each of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is
 
an affiliate of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim”).
 
Guggenheim is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global
 
network of offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.
 
The Offering
The Trust is offering common shares of beneficial interest, par value
 
$.01 per share, through a group of underwriters led by Merrill Lynch,
 
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc.,
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and
 
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. The initial public offering price is
 
$20.00 per common share. The Trust’s common shares of beneficial
 
interest are called “Common Shares” in this prospectus. You must
 
purchase at least 100 Common Shares ($2,000) in order to participate
 
in the offering. The Trust has given the underwriters an option to
 
purchase up to an additional       Common Shares to cover
 
 
orders in excess of Common Shares. The Adviser has agreed to pay (i)
 
all of the Trust’s organizational costs and (ii) offerings costs of the
 
Trust (other than sales load, but inclusive of the partial reimbursement
 
of expenses of the underwriters) that exceed $.04 per common share
 
sold in the offering, including pursuant to the overallotment option.
 
See “Underwriting.”
 
 
Investment Objectives and
   
Strategy
The Trust’s primary investment objective is to provide current income
 
with a secondary objective of long-term capital appreciation. The Trust
 
cannot ensure investors that it will achieve its investment objectives.
 
The Trust’s investment objectives are considered fundamental and may
 
not be changed without the approval of the holders of the Common
 
Shares (the “Common Shareholders”).
 
 
The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing
 
primarily in a diversified portfolio of taxable municipal securities
 
known as “Build America Bonds” (or “BABs”).
 
Build America Bonds
BABs are taxable municipal securities issued by state and local
 
governments, pursuant to the American Recovery and Reinvestment
 
Act of 2009 (the “Act”). Enacted in February 2009, the Act was
 
intended in part to assist state and local governments in financing
 
capital projects at lower net borrowing costs through direct subsidies
 
 
6
 
 
 

 
 
 
   
 
designed to stimulate state and local infrastructure projects, create jobs
 
and attract non-traditional municipal security investors. BABs are
 
issued by state and local governments to finance capital projects such
 
as public schools, roads, transportation infrastructure, bridges, ports
 
and public buildings. Municipal securities include, among other
 
things, bonds, notes, leases and certificates of participation. Municipal
 
securities may be structured as callable or non-callable, may have
 
payment forms that include fixed-coupon, variable rate and zero
 
coupon, and may include capital appreciation bonds, floating rate
 
securities, inverse floating rate securities (including residual interest
 
municipal tender option bonds), inflation-linked securities and other
 
derivative instruments that replicate investment exposure to such
 
securities. BABs, as municipal securities, may be structured in any
 
of the foregoing ways, except that under current law BABs may not
 
be structured as zero coupon bonds, and new versions of BABs
 
may be offered in the future. The Trust may invest in any of these
 
types of BABs.
   
 
BABs offer an alternative form of financing for state and local
 
government entities whose primary means for accessing the capital
 
markets traditionally has been through the issuance of tax-exempt
 
municipal securities. Unlike investments in most other municipal
 
securities, interest received on BABs is subject to federal income tax
 
and may be subject to state income tax. BABs issuers may elect either
 
(i) to receive payments from the U.S. Treasury equal to a specified
 
percentage of their interest payments (“Direct Payment BABs”) or (ii)
 
to cause investors in the bonds to receive federal tax credits (“Tax
 
Credit BABs”).
   
 
Under the terms of the Act, issuers of Direct Payment BABs are
 
entitled to receive reimbursement from the U.S. Treasury currently
 
equal to 35% (or 45% in the case of Recovery Zone Economic
 
Development Bonds, a new type of taxable governmental bond similar
 
to BABs) of the interest paid on the bonds, which continues for the life
 
of the bond. Such subsidies may allow such issuers to issue BABs that
 
pay interest rates that are expected to be competitive with the rates
 
typically paid by private bond issuers in the taxable fixed-income
 
market. Tax Credit BABs provide a 35% interest subsidy (net of the
 
tax credit) to investors that results in a federal subsidy to the issuer
 
equal to approximately 25% of the total return to the investor (interest
 
and tax credit). Based on current market conditions, the Trust
 
anticipates initially investing primarily in Direct Payment BABs and
 
does not anticipate investing in Tax Credit BABs.
   
 
Currently, bonds issued after December 31, 2010 (referred to as the
 
“sunset”) will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant provisions of
 
the Act are extended or similar legislation is enacted that provides for
 
municipal issuers to elect to issue taxable municipal securities and
 
receive from the U.S. Treasury federal subsidies to offset a portion of
 
the interest costs incurred over the full term of such taxable municipal
 
securities. As currently enacted, the Act contains no budgetary limit on
 
issuances through the program until the sunset. However, under the
 
Act, BABs cannot be used to finance private, non-municipal activities,
 
and can only be used to fund capital expenditures. The proceeds of
 
7
 
 

 
 
 
 

 

 
   
 
BABs issuances are used for public benefit and generally support
 
facilities that meet such essential needs as water, electricity,
 
transportation, and education. As currently enacted, the Act does not
 
permit refunding issuances, private activity bond issuances, or deficit
 
fund issuances. Many BABs are general obligation bonds, which are
 
backed by the full faith and taxing powers of the state and local
 
governments issuing them. Although the U.S. Treasury subsidizes an
 
issuer’s payments of interest on BABs, it does not guarantee the issuer
 
will be able to make principal or interest payments.
 
 
The Obama administration and Congress are considering a variety of
 
proposals to extend or modify the BABs program. In particular, a bill
 
approved by the House of Representatives would (1) extend the BABs
 
program to March 31, 2013, (2) reduce the amount of the direct pay
 
subsidy for bonds issued after 2010, and (3) apply the BABs program
 
to certain bonds issued to refinance BABs. A similar proposal in the
 
Senate would extend the BABs program only to December 31, 2011.
 
No assurance can be given as to whether these proposals or other
 
changes in the BABs program will be enacted, nor can it be predicted
 
whether such proposals or changes, if enacted, will have a positive or
 
negative effect on the Trust. If the BABs program is not extended and
 
there cease to be new issuances of BABs or other taxable municipal
 
securities with interest payments subsidized by the U.S. Government
 
through direct pay subsidies, the Board of Trustees intends to evaluate
 
potential actions with respect to the Trust. See “Risks—Build America
 
Bonds Risk—Continuation of BABs Program.”
 
Investment Rationale
The Sub-Adviser believes that BABs represent a compelling asset
 
class that addresses investors’ need for liquidity, diversification,
  enhanced credit and yield.
 
 
 
Liquidity. Between the launch of the BABs program on April 3,
 
2009 and August 31, 2010 approximately $130 billion of BABs have
 
been issued.
 
 
Diversification. Municipal issuers in 49 states and the District of
 
Columbia have utilized the BABs program since its inception.
 
 
Enhanced Credit. Investment-grade municipal issuers have lower
 
historical default rates than investment-grade corporate issuers.
 
Yield. BABs may offer higher yield-to-maturity than similarly-rated
 
corporate bonds and greater call protection than similarly-rated tax-
  exempt municipal bonds.
 
 
The Sub-Adviser considers itself to be at the forefront of the
 
structuring and development of the BABs and Qualified School
 
Construction Bonds (“QSCBs”) markets, with $4.3 billion in
 
municipal assets under management, including $1.5 billion in BABs
 
and $1.3 billion in QSCBs as of June 30, 2010.
 
 
The Trust seeks to maximize the benefits to investors of this
 
asset class while seeking to mitigate interest-rate risk and overall
 
portfolio volatility.
 
8
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
     
Investment Policies
Under normal market conditions:
 
 
The Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets
   
in BABs.
 
 
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in
   
securities other than BABs, including taxable municipal
   
securities that do not qualify for federal subsidy payments under
   
the Act, municipal securities the interest income from which is
   
exempt from regular federal income tax (sometimes referred to
   
as “tax-exempt municipal securities”), asset-backed securities
   
(“ABS”), senior loans and other income producing securities.
 
 
The Trust will not invest more than 25% of its Managed Assets
   
in municipal securities in any one state of origin.
 
 
The Trust will not invest more than 15% of its Managed Assets in
   
municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid.
 
 
Credit Quality. Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest
 
at least 80% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of
 
investment, are investment grade quality. A security is considered
 
investment grade quality if, at the time of investment, it is rated within
 
the four highest letter grades by at least one of the nationally
 
recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) (that is Baa or
 
better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or BBB or
 
better by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or Fitch
 
Ratings (“Fitch”)) that rate such security, even if it is rated lower by
 
another, or if it is unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of
 
comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser.
 
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its
 
Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are rated
 
below investment grade (that is below Baa3- by Moody’s or below
 
BBB- by S&P or Fitch) or are unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be
 
of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser. Securities of below
 
investment grade quality are regarded as having predominately
 
speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and
 
repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” See
 
“Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
Duration Management Strategy. “Duration” is a measure of the price
 
volatility of a security as a result of changes in market rates of interest,
 
based on the weighted average timing of a security’s expected
 
principal and interest payments. There is no limit on the remaining
 
maturity or duration of any individual security in which the Trust may
 
invest, nor will the Trust’s portfolio be managed to any duration
 
benchmark prior to taking into account the duration management
  strategy discussed herein.
 
 
The Trust intends to employ investment and trading strategies to seek
 
to reduce the leverage-adjusted portfolio duration to generally less
 
than ten (10) years. The Sub-Adviser may seek to manage the duration
 
of the Trust’s portfolio through the use of derivative instruments,
 
including U.S. treasury swaps, credit default swaps, total return swaps
 
and futures contracts to reduce the overall volatility of the Trust’s
 
9
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
   
 
portfolio to changes in market interest rates. For example, the Sub-
 
Adviser may seek to manage the overall duration through the
 
combination of the sale of interest-rate swaps on the long end of the
 
yield curve (for example a transaction in which the Trust would pay a
 
fixed interest rate on a 30 year swap transaction) with the purchase of
 
an interest-rate swap on the intermediate portion of the yield curve (for
 
example a transaction in which the Trust would receive a fixed interest
 
rate on a ten year swap transaction). In addition, the Trust may invest
 
up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than BABs, which
 
may consist of short-duration fixed-income securities, which may help
 
to decrease the overall duration of the Trust’s portfolio while also
 
potentially adding incremental yield. Initially, the Sub-Adviser
 
anticipates focusing such investments in ABS, senior loans and high-
 
yield fixed-income securities, although the types of short-duration
 
fixed-income securities in which the Trust may invest may vary
 
significantly over time. The Sub-Adviser may seek to manage the
 
Trust’s duration in a flexible and opportunistic manner based primarily
 
on then current market conditions and interest rate levels. The Trust
 
may incur costs in implementing the duration management strategy,
 
but such strategy will seek to reduce the volatility of the Trust’s
 
portfolio. There can be no assurance that the Sub-Adviser’s duration
 
management strategy will be successful at any given time in managing
 
the duration of the Trust’s portfolio or helping the Trust to achieve its
 
investment objectives.
   
 
Investment Funds. As an alternative to holding investments directly,
 
the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it
 
may invest directly by investing up to 20% of its Managed Assets in
 
other investment companies, including U.S. registered investment
 
companies and/or other U.S. or foreign pooled investment vehicles
 
(collectively, “Investment Funds”). Investment Funds do not include
 
structured finance investments, such as asset-backed securities. To the
 
extent that the Trust invests in Investment Funds that invest at least
 
80% of their total assets in BABs, such investment will be counted for
 
purposes of the Trust’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed
 
Assets in BABs. Investments in other Investment Funds involve
 
operating expenses and fees at the Investment Funds level that are in
 
addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Trust and are borne
 
indirectly by Common Shareholders.
   
 
Synthetic Investments. As an alternative to holding investments
 
directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to investments
 
in which the Trust may invest directly through the use of derivative
 
instruments (including swaps, options, forwards, notional principal
 
contracts or customized derivative or financial instruments) to
 
replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an
 
investment in which the Trust may invest directly. The Trust may be
 
exposed to certain additional risks should the Sub-Adviser use
 
derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Trust’s
 
investment strategies, including counterparty risk, lack of liquidity in such derivative
 
instruments and additional expenses associated with using such
 
derivative instruments. To the extent that the Trust obtains indirect investment
 
exposure to BABs through the use of the foregoing
   
 
10
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
   
  derivative instruments with economic chacteristics similar to BABs,  
 
such investments will be counted for purposes of the Trust’s policy
 
of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in BABs. The Trust
 
has not adopted any percentage limitation with respect to the overall
 
percentage of investment exposure to BABs that the Trust may obtain
 
through the use of derivative instruments.
 
 
Strategic Transactions. In addition to those derivatives transactions
 
utilized in connection with the Trust’s duration management strategy,
 
the Trust may, but is not required to, use various portfolio strategies,
 
including derivatives transactions involving interest rate and foreign
 
currency transactions, swaps, options and futures (“Strategic
 
Transactions”), to earn income, facilitate portfolio management and
 
mitigate risks. In the course of pursuing Strategic Transactions, the
 
Trust may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put
 
and call options on securities, instruments or equity and fixed-income
 
indices, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, and
 
enter into swap, cap, floor or collar transactions. In addition, Strategic
 
Transactions may also include new techniques, instruments or
 
strategies that are developed or permitted as regulatory changes occur.
 
Successful use of Strategic Transactions depends on the Sub-Adviser’s
 
ability to predict correctly market movements, which cannot be
 
assured. Losses on Strategic Transactions may reduce the Trust’s net
 
asset value and its ability to pay distributions if they are not offset by
 
gains on portfolio positions being hedged. See “Investment Objectives
 
and Policies—Strategic Transactions” in this Prospectus and
 
“Investment Objectives and Policies—Derivative
  Instruments” in the SAI.
 
 
Other Investment Practices. The Trust may engage in certain other
 
investment transactions, including entering into forward commitments
 
for the purchase or sale of securities, including on a “when issued” or
 
“delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for
 
the type of security involved, lending portfolio securities to securities
 
broker-dealers or financial institutions and entering into repurchase
 
agreements. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Certain Other
 
Investment Practices.”
 
 
These policies may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust
 
(the “Board of Trustees”), but no change is anticipated. If the Trust’s
 
policy with respect to investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in
 
BABs changes, the Trust will provide shareholders at least 60 days’
 
prior notice before implementation of the change.
 
Special Tax Considerations
The Trust primarily invests in taxable municipal securities whose
 
income is subject to U.S. Federal income tax. Thus, dividends with
 
respect to the common shares will be taxable as ordinary income for
 
U.S. Federal income tax purposes (except in the case of capital gain
 
dividends). See “Tax Matters.”
 
Financial Leverage
The Trust may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior
 
securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing
 
from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including
 
notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii)
 
engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and
 
economically similar transactions, (iii) investments in inverse floating
 
11
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
   
 
rate securities, which have the economic effect of leverage, and (iv)
 
the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) (collectively
 
“Financial Leverage”). Under current market conditions, the Trust
 
initially expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness
 
and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, such that the
 
aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed
 
33 1 / 3 % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such
 
Financial Leverage).
   
 
The Trust may utilize Financial Leverage up to the limits imposed by
 
the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Trust may utilize Financial
 
Leverage in the form of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount up to
 
33 1 / 3 % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such
 
Financial Leverage) immediately after such Indebtedness. Under the
 
1940 Act, the Trust may utilize Financial Leverage in the form of
 
Preferred Shares in an aggregate amount of up to 50% of the Trust’s
 
total assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage)
 
immediately after such issuance. The Trust has no current intention to
 
issue Preferred Shares.
   
 
With respect to Financial Leverage incurred through investments in
 
inverse floating rate securities and/or reverse repurchase agreements,
 
the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in
 
accordance with applicable interpretations of the Staff of the Securities
 
and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). As a result of such
 
segregation, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be
 
considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of
 
the 1940 Act. Therefore, the Trust’s ability to utilize Financial
 
Leverage through such transactions will not be limited by the 1940
 
Act, but will be limited by the Trust’s maximum overall leverage levels
 
approved by the Board of Trustees (currently 33 1/3% of the Trust's
 
Managed Assets) and may be limited by the availability of cash or
 
liquid securities to earmark or segregate in connection with such transactions.
   
 
The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser anticipate that the use of Financial
 
Leverage will result in higher total return to Common Shareholders
 
over time. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for
 
increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time,
 
creates special risks. The costs associated with the issuance of
 
Financial Leverage will be borne by Common Shareholders, which
 
will result in a reduction of net asset value of the Common Shares.
 
There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or
 
will be successful. The fee paid to the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser
 
will be calculated on the basis of the Trust’s Managed Assets,
 
including proceeds from the issuance of Indebtedness, Preferred
 
Shares or any other form of Financial Leverage, so the fees paid to the
 
Adviser and the Sub-Adviser will be higher when Financial Leverage
 
is utilized. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment
 
advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of
 
Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders
 
effectively bear the entire advisory fee. The maximum level of and
 
types of Financial Leverage used by the Trust must be approved by the
 
Board of Trustees.
 
12
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
   
 
In addition, the Trust may engage in certain derivative transactions,
 
including swaps, that have characteristics similar to leverage. To the
 
extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to make
 
payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid
 
securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the
 
amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transactions
 
or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable
 
interpretations of the Staff of the SEC. Such segregation or cover will
 
ensure that the Trust has liquid assets available to satisfy its obligations
 
under such transactions. As a result of such segregation or cover, the Trust’s
 
obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior
 
securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act, or
 
included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Trust’s Financial
 
Leverage. To the extent that the Trust’s obligations under such
 
transactions are not so segregated or covered, such obligations may be
 
considered “senior securities representing indebtedness” under the
 
1940 Act and therefore subject to the 300% asset coverage
 
requirement. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will
 
be utilized or, if utilized, will be successful. See “Risks—Financial
 
Leverage Risk” and “Risks—Volatility Risk.”
 
Temporary Defensive
 
Investments
At any time when a temporary defensive posture is believed by the
 
Sub-Adviser to be warranted (a “temporary defensive period”), the
 
Trust may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money
 
market instruments and repurchase agreements in respect of those
 
instruments. The Trust may not achieve its investment objectives
 
during a temporary defensive period or be able to sustain its historical
 
distribution levels. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—
 
Temporary Defensive Investments.”
 
Management of the Trust
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC acts as the Trust’s
 
investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with
 
the Trust (the “Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Advisory
 
Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for the management of the Trust
 
and administers the affairs of the Trust to the extent requested by the
 
Board of Trustees. As compensation for its services, the Trust pays the
 
Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to .60% of
 
the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means
 
the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the
 
proceeds of any Financial Leverage (whether or nor these assets are
 
reflected in the Trust’s financial statements for purposes of generally
 
accepted accounting principals), minus liabilities, other than liabilities
 
related to any Financial Leverage. Managed Assets shall include assets
 
attributable to Financial Leverage of any form, including Indebtedness,
 
engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and
 
economically similar transactions, investments in inverse floating rate
 
securities, and Preferred Shares.
 
 
Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC, an affiliate of
 
Guggenheim and of the Adviser, acts as the Trust’s investment sub-
 
adviser pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement with the
 
Trust and the Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to
 
the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for the
 
13
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
   
 
management of the Trust’s portfolio of investments. As compensation
 
for its services, the Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable
 
monthly, in an annual amount equal to .30% of the Trust’s average
 
daily Managed Assets.
   
Distributions
The Trust intends to pay substantially all of its net investment
 
income to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In
 
addition, the Trust intends to distribute any net long-term capital
 
gains to Common Shareholders at least annually. The Trust expects
 
that dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist primarily of
 
(i) investment company taxable income, which includes, among
 
other things, ordinary income, net short-term capital gain and income
 
from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, and (ii) net
 
capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over
 
net short-term capital loss). The Trust cannot assure you as to what
 
percentage of the dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist
 
of net capital gain, which is taxed at reduced rates for non-corporate
 
investors. The Trust does not expect that a significant portion of its
 
distributions will consist of qualified dividend income. Initial
 
distributions to Common Shareholders are expected to be declared
 
approximately 60 to 90 days after completion of the Common Share
 
offering, and paid approximately 90 to 120 days after the completion
 
of the Common Share offering, depending upon market conditions.
 
See “Distributions.”
   
 
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the
 
basis for establishing the rate of distributions at any time and may do
 
so without prior notice to Common Shareholders.
   
 
If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold
 
your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the
 
Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless you elect to
 
receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the
 
Trust will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares
 
of the Trust pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares
 
with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not
 
be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may
 
be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult
 
your financial adviser for more information. See “Dividend
 
Reinvestment Plan.”
   
Listing and Symbol
The Trust’s Common Shares are expected to be listed on the New
 
York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GBAB,” subject to notice
 
of issuance.
   
Special Risk Considerations
Investment in the Trust involves special risk considerations, which are
 
summarized below. The Trust is designed for long-term investment
 
and not as a trading vehicle. The Trust is not intended to be a complete
 
investment program. The Trust’s performance and the value of its
 
investments will vary in response to changes in interest rates, inflation,
 
the financial condition of a municipal security and other market
 
factors. See “Risks” for a more complete discussion of the special risk
 
considerations or an investment in the Trust.
 
No Operating History. The Trust is a newly-organized, diversified,
 
closed-end management investment company with no operating history.
 
14
 
 
 
 

 

 
 

 
   
 
Not a Complete Investment Program. An investment in the Common
 
Shares of the Trust should not be considered a complete investment
 
program. The Trust is intended for long-term investors seeking current
 
income and capital appreciation. The Trust is not meant to provide a
 
vehicle for those who wish to play short-term swings in the stock
 
market. Each Common Shareholder should take into account the
 
Trust’s investment objectives as well as the Common Shareholder’s
 
other investments when considering an investment in the Trust.
   
 
Investment and Market Risk. An investment in Common Shares of the
 
Trust is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the
 
entire principal amount invested. An investment in the Common
 
Shares of the Trust represents an indirect investment in the securities
 
owned by the Trust, including municipal securities, which generally
 
trade in the over-the-counter markets. The value of those securities
 
may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The value of the
 
securities owned by the Trust will affect the value of the Common
 
Shares. At any point in time, your Common Shares may be worth less
 
than your original investment, including the reinvestment of Trust
 
dividends and distributions.
   
 
Management Risk. The Trust is subject to management risk because it
 
has an actively managed portfolio. The Sub-Adviser will apply
 
investment techniques and risk analysis in making investment
 
decisions for the Trust, but there can be no guarantee that these will
 
produce the desired results. The Trust will invest in securities that the
 
Sub-Adviser believes are undervalued or mispriced as a result of
 
recent economic events, such as market dislocations, the inability of
 
other investors to evaluate risk and forced selling. If the Sub-Adviser’s
 
perception of the value of a security is incorrect, your investment in
 
the Trust may lose value.
   
 
Build America Bonds Risk. The BABs market is smaller and less
 
diverse than the broader municipal securities market. In addition,
 
because BABs are a new form of municipal financing and because
 
bonds issued after December 31, 2010 currently will not qualify as
 
BABs unless the relevant provisions of the Act are extended, it is
 
impossible to predict the extent to which a market for such bonds will
 
develop, meaning that BABs may experience less liquidity than other
 
types of municipal securities. If the ability to issue BABs is not
 
extended beyond December 31, 2010, the number of BABs available
 
in the market will be limited and there can be no assurance that BABs
 
will be actively traded. Reduced liquidity may negatively affect the
 
value of the BABs.
   
 
Because issuers of Direct Payment BABs held in the Trust’s portfolio
 
receive reimbursement from the U.S. Treasury with respect to interest
 
payment on bonds, there is a risk that those municipal issuers will not
 
receive timely payment from the U.S. Treasury and may remain
 
obligated to pay the full interest due on Direct Payment BABs held by
 
the Trust. Furthermore, it is possible that a municipal issuer may fail to
 
comply with the requirements to receive the direct pay subsidy or that
 
a future Congress may terminate the subsidy altogether. In addition,
 
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) contains
 
15
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
   
 
a general offset rule (the “IRS Offset Rule”) which allows for the
 
possibility that subsidy payments received by issuers of BABs may be
 
subject to offset against amounts owed by them to the federal
 
government. Moreover, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) may
 
audit the agencies issuing BABs and such audits may, among other
 
things, examine the price at which BABs are initially sold to investors.
 
If the IRS concludes that a BAB was mis-priced based on its audit, it
 
could disallow all or a portion of the interest subsidy received by the
 
issuer of the BAB. The IRS Offset Rule and the disallowance of any
 
interest subsidy as a result of an IRS audit could potentially adversely
 
affect a BABs issuer’s credit rating, and adversely affect the issuer’s
 
ability to repay or refinance BABs. This, in turn, could adversely affect
 
the ratings and value of the BABs held by the Trust and the Trust’s net
 
asset value. In this regard, the State of Florida recently announced that
 
it suspended the new issuance of BABs as a result of its uncertainty
 
relating to the IRS Offset Rule and, in May 2010, the IRS withheld
 
subsidies from several states and municipalities, including Austin,
 
Texas and the State of Maryland.
   
 
Because the BABs program is new, certain aspects of the BABs
 
program may be subject to additional federal or state level guidance or
 
subsequent legislation. For example, the IRS or U.S. Treasury could
 
impose restrictions or limitations on the payments received. Aspects of
 
the BABs program for which the IRS and the U.S. Treasury have
 
solicited public comment include, but have not been limited to,
 
methods for making direct payments to issuers, the tax procedural
 
framework for such payments, and compliance safeguards. It is not
 
known what additional procedures will be implemented with respect to
 
Direct Payment BABs, if any, nor is it known what effect such possible
 
procedures would have on the BABs market. Legislation extending the
 
relevant provisions of the Act, if any, may also modify the
 
characteristics of BABs issued after December 31, 2010, including the
 
amount of subsidy paid to issuers.
   
 
The Trust intends to invest primarily in BABs and therefore the Trust’s
 
net asset value may be more volatile than the value of a more broadly
 
diversified portfolio and may fluctuate substantially over short periods
 
of time. Because BABs currently do not include certain industries or
 
types of municipal bonds ( e.g. , tobacco bonds or private activity
 
bonds), there may be less diversification than with a broader pool of
 
municipal securities.
   
 
Continuation of BABs Program. Currently, bonds issued after
 
December 31, 2010 will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant
 
provisions of the Act are extended or similar legislation is enacted that
 
provides for municipal issuers to elect to issue taxable municipal
 
securities and receive from the U.S. Treasury federal subsidies to
 
offset a portion of the interest costs incurred over the full term of such
 
taxable municipal securities. The Obama administration and Congress
 
are considering a variety of proposals to extend or modify the BABs
 
program. In particular, a bill approved by the House of Representatives
 
would (1) extend the BABs program to March 31, 2013, (2) reduce the
 
amount of the direct pay subsidy for bonds issued after 2010, and (3)
 
apply the BABs program to certain bonds issued to refinance BABs. A
 
16
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
   
 
similar proposal in the Senate would extend the BABs program only to
 
December 31, 2011. No assurance can be given as to whether these
 
proposals or other changes in the BABs program will be enacted, nor
 
can it be predicted whether such proposals or changes, if enacted, will
 
have a positive or negative effect on the Trust. If the BABs program is
 
not extended and there cease to be new issuances of BABs or other
 
taxable municipal securities with interest payments subsidized by the
 
U.S. Government through direct pay subsidies, the Board of Trustees
 
intends to evaluate potential actions with respect to the Trust. In such
 
event the Board of Trustees may consider, among other things,
 
changes to the non-fundamental investment policies of the Trust to
 
permit the Trust to broaden its investment focus, for example to
 
taxable municipal securities generally, merger of the Trust into another
 
fund or termination of the Trust. If the Trust were to be terminated, the
 
Trust would distribute all of its net assets to shareholders of record as
 
of the date of termination after providing for all obligations of the
 
Trust. The Trust’s investment objectives and policies are not designed
 
to seek to return the initial offering price of the Common Shares in the
 
offering on any future termination date. Investors who purchase
 
Common Shares may receive more or less than their original
 
investment upon any termination of the Trust.
   
 
General Municipal Securities Market Risk. Investing in the municipal
 
securities market involves certain risks. The municipal market is one in
 
which dealer firms make markets in bonds on a principal basis using
 
their proprietary capital, and during the recent market turmoil these
 
firms’ capital was severely constrained. As a result, some firms were
 
unwilling to commit their capital to purchase and to serve as a dealer
 
for municipal bonds. Certain municipal securities may not be
 
registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and will
 
not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public
 
information available about municipal securities is generally less than
 
for corporate equities or bonds, and the Trust’s investment
 
performance may therefore be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s
 
analytical abilities.
   
 
The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly the below
 
investment grade bonds in which the Trust may invest, also tends to be
 
less developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which
 
may adversely affect the Trust’s ability to sell its municipal securities
 
at attractive prices or at prices approximating those at which the Trust
 
currently values them. Municipal securities may contain redemption
 
provisions, which may allow the securities to be called or redeemed
 
prior to their stated maturity, potentially resulting in the distribution of
 
principal and a reduction in subsequent interest distributions.
   
 
Many state and municipal governments are currently under significant
 
economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their
 
obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments
 
of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic
 
downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among
 
federal, state and local governments. The taxing powers of any
 
governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions
 
or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors, including
 
17
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
   
 
the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or
 
state aid, and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control. In
 
addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or
 
referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or
 
interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such
 
obligations, or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes.
   
 
Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under Chapter 9
 
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Although similar to other bankruptcy
 
proceedings in some respects, municipal bankruptcy is significantly
 
different in that there is no provision in the law for liquidation of the
 
assets of the municipality and distribution of the proceeds to creditors.
 
Municipal bankruptcy is available to issuers in certain states. In states
 
in which municipal bankruptcy is not presently available, new
 
legislation would be required to permit a municipal issuer in such state
 
to file for bankruptcy. Municipalities must voluntarily seek protection
 
under the Bankruptcy Code; municipal bankruptcy proceedings cannot
 
be commenced by creditors. Due to the severe limitations placed upon
 
the power of the bankruptcy court in Chapter 9 cases, the bankruptcy
 
court generally is not as active in managing a municipal bankruptcy
 
case as it is in corporate reorganizations. The bankruptcy court cannot
 
appoint a trustee nor interfere with the municipality’s political or
 
governmental powers or with its properties or revenues, for example
 
by ordering reductions in expenditures, increases in taxes, or sales of
 
property, without the municipality’s consent. In addition, the
 
municipality can continue to borrow in the ordinary course without
 
bankruptcy court approval if it is able to do so without affecting the
 
rights of existing creditors. Neither creditors nor courts may control
 
the affairs of the municipality indirectly by proposing a readjustment
 
plan that would effectively determine the municipality’s future tax and
 
spending decisions, so the Trust’s influence over any bankruptcy
 
proceedings would be very limited. In the event of bankruptcy of a
 
municipal issuer, the Trust could experience delays in collecting
 
principal and interest, and the Trust may not be able to collect all
 
principal and interest to which it is entitled. There is no provision in
 
municipal bankruptcy proceedings for liquidation of municipal assets
 
in order to distribute proceeds to creditors such as the Trust.
   
 
Credit Risk. Credit risk is the risk that one or more securities in the
 
Trust’s portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal
 
when due, because the issuer of the obligation experiences a decline in
 
its financial status.
   
 
Interest Rate Risk. Generally, when market interest rates rise, bond
 
prices fall, and vice versa. Interest rate risk is the risk that the debt
 
securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in value because of
 
increases in market interest rates. As interest rates decline, issuers of
 
municipal securities may prepay principal earlier than scheduled,
 
forcing the Trust to reinvest in lower-yielding securities and potentially
 
reducing the Trust’s income. As interest rates increase, slower than
 
expected principal payments may extend the average life of securities,
 
potentially locking in a below-market interest rate and reducing the
 
Trust’s value. In typical market interest rate environments, the prices
 
of longer-term debt securities generally fluctuate more than the prices
 
18
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
   
 
of shorter-term debt securities as interest rates change. These risks
 
may be greater because certain interest rates are near or at historically
 
low levels. To the extent the Trust invests in debt securities that may be
 
prepaid at the option of the obligor, the sensitivity of such securities to
 
changes in interest rates may increase (to the detriment of the Trust)
 
when interest rates rise. Moreover, because rates on certain floating
 
rate debt securities in which the Trust may invest typically reset only
 
periodically, changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly
 
sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some
 
fluctuations in the Trust’s net asset value. See “Risks—Interest
 
Rate Risk.”
   
 
Duration Management Risk. In connection with the Trust’s duration
 
management strategy, the Trust may utilize certain strategies,
 
including interest rate swaps, in order to manage the duration of the
 
Trust’s portfolio to reduce the interest rate sensitivity of the Trust’s
 
debt securities and decrease the Trust’s exposure to interest rate risk.
 
Certain aspects of the Trust’s duration management strategy may not
 
be implemented until after the full investment of the proceeds of this
 
offering. Until the duration management strategy is fully implemented,
 
the Trust may be more subject to interest rate risk. There can be no
 
assurance that the Sub-Adviser’s duration management strategy will be
 
successful at any given time in managing the duration of the Trust’s
 
portfolio or helping the Trust to achieve its investment objectives.
   
 
Financial Leverage Risk. The Trust initially expects to employ
 
Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse
 
repurchase agreements. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser anticipate
 
that the use of Financial Leverage will result in higher income to
 
Common Shareholders over time. Use of Financial Leverage creates
 
an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at
 
the same time, creates special risks. There can be no assurance that a
 
leveraging strategy will be utilized or will be successful.
   
 
Financial Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Trust to
 
greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented.
 
Increases and decreases in the value of the Trust’s portfolio will be
 
magnified when the Trust uses Financial Leverage. As a result,
 
Financial Leverage may cause greater changes in the Trust’s net asset
 
value and returns than if Financial Leverage had not been used. The
 
Trust will also have to pay interest on its Indebtedness, if any, which
 
may reduce the Trust’s return. This interest expense may be greater
 
than the Trust’s return on the underlying investment, which would
 
negatively affect the performance of the Trust.
   
 
Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Trust to covenants in credit
 
agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition
 
requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Trust also may
 
subject the Trust to certain restrictions on investments imposed by
 
guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings
 
for such Indebtedness. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage
 
or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than
 
those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these
 
covenants or guidelines will impede the Sub-Adviser from managing
 
19
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
   
 
the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment
 
objectives and policies.
   
 
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest
 
income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the
 
interest expense and Trust expenses, that the market value of the
 
securities sold by the Trust may decline below the price at which the
 
Trust is obligated to repurchase such securities and that the securities
 
may not be returned to the Trust. There is no assurance that reverse
 
repurchase agreements can be successfully employed.
   
 
Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the
 
securities the Trust is required to purchase may decline below the
 
agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. If the broker/dealer to
 
whom the Trust sells securities becomes insolvent, the Trust’s right to
 
purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted. Successful use of
 
dollar rolls may depend upon the Sub-Adviser’s ability to correctly
 
predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that
 
dollar rolls can be successfully employed.
   
 
Inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in a
 
special purpose trust (sometimes called a “tender option bond trust”)
 
formed by a third party sponsor for the purpose of holding municipal
 
bonds. Investing in such securities may expose the Trust to certain
 
risks. In general, income on inverse floating rate securities will
 
decrease when interest rates increase and increase when interest rates
 
decrease. Investments in inverse floating rate securities may subject
 
the Trust to the risks of reduced or eliminated interest payments and
 
losses of principal.
   
 
During the time in which the Trust is utilizing Financial Leverage, the
 
amount of the fees paid to the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser for
 
investment advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not
 
utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated
 
based on the Trust’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial
 
Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser
 
and the Sub-Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders,
 
on the other hand. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the
 
investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the
 
proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common
 
Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to
 
manage this conflict of interest, the maximum level of and types of
 
Financial Leverage used by the Trust must be approved by the Board
 
of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from
 
the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser regarding the Trust’s use of Financial
 
Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of
 
the Trust’s portfolio and the performance of the Trust.
   
 
In addition the Trust may engage in certain derivative transactions,
 
including swaps, that have characteristics similar to leverage. To the
 
extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Trust to make
 
payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid
 
securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the
 
amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transaction
 
in accordance with applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC.
 
To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Trust to
 
20
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
   
 
deliver particular securities to extinguish the Trust’s obligations under
 
such transactions, the Trust may “cover” its obligations under such
 
transaction by either (i) owning the securities or collateral underlying
 
such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to
 
acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash
 
consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, having
 
earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities). Securities so
 
segregated or designated as “cover” will be unavailable for sale by the
 
Sub-Adviser (unless replaced by other securities qualifying for
 
segregation or cover requirements), which may adversely effect the
 
ability of the Trust to pursue its investment objectives. See “Risks—
 
Financial Leverage Risk.”
   
 
Reinvestment Risk. Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the
 
Trust’s portfolio will decline if and when the Trust invests the proceeds
 
from matured, traded or called bonds at market interest rates that are
 
below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could
 
affect the Common Shares’ market price or investors’ overall returns.
 
See “Risks—Reinvestment Risk.”
 
Inflation/Deflation Risk. Inflation risk is the risk that the value of
 
assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as
 
inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real
 
value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. In addition,
 
during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing
 
costs associated with the Trust’s use of Financial Leverage would
 
likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common
 
Shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the
 
economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may
 
have an adverse affect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may
 
make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the
 
value of the Trust’s portfolio.
   
 
Insurance Risk. The Trust may purchase municipal securities that
 
are secured by insurance, bank credit agreements or escrow
 
accounts. The credit quality of the companies that provide such
 
credit enhancements will affect the value of these securities. To date,
 
BABs have been sold largely without insurance; however, as the
 
BABs market continues to develop and evolve, insured BABs
 
offerings may become more prevalent. Many significant providers of
 
insurance for municipal securities have recently incurred significant
 
losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other
 
lower credit quality investments that have experienced recent
 
defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a
 
result, such losses have reduced the insurers’ capital and called into
 
question their continued ability to perform their obligations under
 
such insurance if they are called upon to do so in the future. While
 
an insured municipal security will typically be deemed to have the
 
rating of its insurer, if the insurer of a municipal security suffers a
 
downgrade in its credit rating or the market discounts the value of
 
the insurance provided by the insurer, the rating of the underlying
 
municipal security will be more relevant and the value of the
 
municipal security would more closely, if not entirely, reflect such
 
rating. In such a case, the value of insurance associated with a
 
21
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
   
 
municipal security would decline and the insurance may not add any
 
value. As concern has increased about the balance sheets of insurers,
 
prices on insured bonds—especially those bonds issued by weaker
 
underlying credits—declined. Most insured bonds are currently
 
being valued according to their fundamentals as if they were
 
uninsured. The insurance feature of a municipal security normally
 
provides that it guarantees the full payment of principal and interest
 
when due through the life of an insured obligation, but does not
 
guarantee the market value of the insured obligation or the net asset
 
value of the Common Shares attributable to such insured obligation.
   
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk. Under normal market
 
conditions, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in
 
securities that, at the time of investment, are below investment grade
 
quality, which are commonly referred to as “junk” bonds and are
 
regarded as predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s
 
capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Below investment grade
 
securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is
 
likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for
 
such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such
 
securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn
 
could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to
 
repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of
 
default for such securities.
   
 
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by
 
high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the
 
issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower
 
yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower
 
grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated securities.
 
Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell
 
certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in
 
calculating the Trust’s net asset value. Because of the substantial risks
 
associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose
 
money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the
 
short-term and the long-term. See “Risks—Volatility Risk” and
 
“Risks—Recent Market Developments Risks.”
   
 
Sector Risk. The Trust may invest a significant portion of its Managed
 
Assets in certain sectors of the municipal securities market, such as
 
hospitals and other health care facilities, charter schools and other
 
private educational facilities, special taxing districts and start-up utility
 
districts, and private activity bonds including industrial development
 
bonds on behalf of transportation companies such as airline
 
companies, whose credit quality and performance may be more
 
susceptible to economic, business, political and regulatory
 
developments than other sectors of municipal issuers. If the Trust
 
invests a significant portion of its Managed Assets in the sectors noted
 
above, the Trust’s performance may be subject to additional risk and
 
variability. To the extent that the Trust focuses its Managed Assets in
 
the hospital and healthcare facilities sector, for example, the Trust will
 
be subject to risks associated with such sector, including adverse
 
government regulation and reduction in reimbursement rates, as well
 
as government approval of products and services and intense
 
22
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
   
 
competition. Securities issued with respect to special taxing districts
 
will be subject to various risks, including real-estate development
 
related risks and taxpayer concentration risk. Further, the fees, special
 
taxes or tax allocations and other revenues established to secure the
 
obligations of securities issued with respect to special taxing districts
 
are generally limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or
 
assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or
 
municipal or corporate guarantees. Charter schools and other private
 
educational facilities are subject to various risks, including the reversal
 
of legislation authorizing or funding charter schools, the failure to
 
renew or secure a charter, the failure of a funding entity to appropriate
 
necessary funds and competition from alternatives such as voucher
 
programs. Issuers of municipal utility securities can be significantly
 
affected by government regulation, financing difficulties, supply and
 
demand of services or fuel and natural resource conservation. The
 
transportation sector, including airports, airlines, ports and other
 
transportation facilities, can be significantly affected by changes in the
 
economy, fuel prices, maintenance, labor relations, insurance costs and
 
government regulation.
   
 
Special Risks Related to Certain Municipal Securities. The Trust may
 
invest in municipal leases and certificates of participation in such
 
leases. Municipal leases and certificates of participation involve
 
special risks not normally associated with general obligations or
 
revenue bonds. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale
 
contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass
 
eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for
 
governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without
 
meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance
 
of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable
 
because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-
 
appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any
 
obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless
 
money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative
 
body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or
 
contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in
 
the event the governmental issuer is prevented from maintaining
 
occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment.
 
Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or
 
facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-
 
appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and
 
costly, and may result in a delay in recovering or the failure to fully
 
recover the Trust’s original investment. In the event of non-
 
appropriation, the issuer would be in default and taking ownership of
 
the assets may be a remedy available to the Trust, although the Trust
 
does not anticipate that such a remedy would normally be pursued. To
 
the extent that the Trust invests in unrated municipal leases or
 
participates in such leases, the credit quality and risk of cancellation of
 
such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. Certificates
 
of participation, which represent interests in unmanaged pools of
 
municipal leases or installment contracts, involve the same risks as the
 
underlying municipal leases. In addition, the Trust may be dependent
 
upon the municipal authority issuing the certificates of participation to
 
23
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
   
 
exercise remedies with respect to the underlying securities. Certificates
 
of participation entail a risk of default or bankruptcy not only of the
 
issuer of the underlying lease but also of the municipal agency issuing
 
the certificate of participation.
   
 
Asset-Backed Securities Risk. Investing in asset-backed securities
 
(“ABS”) entails various risks, including credit risks, liquidity risks,
 
interest rate risks, market risks and legal risks. ABS are subject to
 
significant credit risks because of the credit risks inherent in the
 
underlying collateral and because issuers are primarily private entities.
 
The structure of ABS and the terms of the investors’ interest in the
 
collateral can vary widely depending on the type of collateral, the
 
desires of investors and the use of credit enhancements. Although the
 
basic elements of all ABS are similar, individual transactions can differ
 
markedly in both structure and execution. Important determinants of
 
the risk associated with issuing or holding the securities include the
 
process by which principal and interest payments are allocated and
 
distributed to investors, how credit losses affect the issuing vehicle and
 
the return to investors in such ABS, whether collateral represents a
 
fixed set of specific assets or accounts, whether the underlying
 
collateral assets are revolving or closed-end, under what terms
 
(including the maturity of the ABS itself) any remaining balance in the
 
accounts may revert to the issuing entity and the extent to which the
 
entity that is the actual source of the collateral assets is obligated to
 
provide support to the issuing vehicle or to the investors in such ABS.
 
The Trust may invest in ABS that are subordinate in right of payment
 
and rank junior to other securities that are secured by or represent an
 
ownership interest in the same pool of assets. In addition, many of the
 
transactions in which such securities are issued have structural features
 
that divert payments of interest and/or principal to more senior classes
 
when the delinquency or loss experience of the pool exceeds certain
 
levels. As a result, such securities have a higher risk of loss. See
 
“Risks—Asset-Backed Securities Risk.”
   
 
Senior Loan Risk. Senior Loans hold the most senior position in the
 
capital structure of a business entity, are typically secured with specific
 
collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower
 
that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and
 
stockholders of the borrower. Senior Loans are usually rated below
 
investment grade. As a result, the risks associated with Senior Loans
 
are similar to the risks of below investment grade securities, although
 
Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to other
 
below investment grade securities, which are often subordinated and
 
unsecured. Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in
 
generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization.
 
In addition, because their interest rates are typically adjusted for
 
changes in short-term interest rates, Senior Loans generally are subject
 
to less interest rate risk than other below investment grade securities,
 
which are typically fixed rate.
   
 
There is less readily available, reliable information about most Senior
 
Loans than is the case for many other types of securities. In addition,
 
there is no minimum rating or other independent evaluation of a
 
borrower or its securities limiting the Trust’s investments, and the
 
24
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
   
 
Sub-Adviser relies primarily on its own evaluation of a borrower’s
 
credit quality rather than on any available independent sources. As a
 
result, the Trust is particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of
 
the Sub-Adviser.
   
 
The Trust may invest in Senior Loans rated below investment grade,
 
which are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their
 
issuers. The companies issuing such Senior Loans are more likely to
 
default on their payments of interest and principal owed to the Trust,
 
and such defaults could reduce the Trust’s net asset value and income
 
distributions. An economic downturn generally leads to a higher non-
 
payment rate, and a Senior Loan may lose significant value before a
 
default occurs. Moreover, any specific collateral used to secure a
 
Senior Loan may decline in value or become illiquid, which would
 
adversely affect the Senior Loan’s value. No active trading market may
 
exist for certain Senior Loans, which may impair the ability of the
 
Trust to realize full value in the event of the need to sell a Senior Loan
 
and which may make it difficult to value Senior Loans. Adverse
 
market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded
 
Senior Loans, meaning that the Trust may not be able to sell them
 
quickly at a desirable price. To the extent that a secondary market does
 
exist for certain Senior Loans, the market may be subject to irregular
 
trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement
 
periods. Illiquid securities are also difficult to value. See “Risks—
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
   
 
Although the Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest generally
 
will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that
 
liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in
 
the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal or that
 
such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of the
 
bankruptcy of a borrower, the Trust could experience delays or
 
limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the
 
collateral securing a Senior Loan. If the terms of a Senior Loan do not
 
require the borrower to pledge additional collateral in the event of a
 
decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, the Trust will be
 
exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times
 
equal or exceed the amount of the borrower’s obligations under the
 
Senior Loans. To the extent that a Senior Loan is collateralized by
 
stock in the borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its
 
value in the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower. Such Senior
 
Loans involve a greater risk of loss. Some Senior Loans are subject to
 
the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar
 
laws, could subordinate the Senior Loans to presently existing or
 
future indebtedness of the borrower or take other action detrimental to
 
lenders, including the Trust. Such court action could under certain
 
circumstances include invalidation of Senior Loans.
   
 
The Trust may purchase Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis
 
from a participant in the original syndicate of lenders or from
 
subsequent assignees of such interests. Investments in Senior Loans on
 
a direct assignment basis may involve additional risks to the Trust. The
 
purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and
 
obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the
 
25
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
   
 
credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the
 
purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning
 
institution, and, in any event, the Trust may not be able to unilaterally
 
enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any
 
associated collateral. If such loan is foreclosed, the Trust could
 
become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and
 
liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. The
 
Trust may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Senior
 
Loans. The participation by the Trust in a lender’s portion of a Senior
 
Loan typically will result in the Trust having a contractual relationship
 
only with such lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Trust
 
may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any
 
fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation
 
and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower.
 
Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. In purchasing
 
participations, the Trust generally will have no right to enforce
 
compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement
 
against the borrower, and the Trust may not directly benefit from the
 
collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the
 
participation. When purchasing loan participations, the Trust assumes
 
the credit risk associated with the Borrower and may assume the credit
 
risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary.
 
The participation interests in which the Trust may invest may not be
 
rated by any NRSRO.
   
 
Liquidity Risk. The Trust may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets
 
in municipal securities that are, at the time of investment, illiquid and
 
certain other securities in which the Trust may invest may be illiquid.
 
Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be disposed of within seven
 
days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value that
 
the Trust values the securities. Illiquid securities may trade at a
 
discount from comparable, more liquid securities and may be subject
 
to wide fluctuations in market value. The Trust may be subject to
 
significant delays in disposing of illiquid securities. Accordingly, the
 
Trust may be forced to sell these securities at less than fair market
 
value or may not be able to sell them when the Sub-Adviser believes it
 
is desirable to do so. Illiquid securities also may entail registration
 
expenses and other transaction costs that are higher than those for
 
liquid securities. Restricted securities ( i.e. , securities subject to legal or
 
contractual restrictions on resale) may be illiquid. However, some
 
restricted securities (such as securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A
 
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and
 
certain commercial paper) may be treated as liquid for these purposes.
 
Inverse floating rate securities or the residual interest certificates of
 
tender option bond trusts are not considered illiquid securities.
   
 
Volatility Risk. The use of Financial Leverage by the Trust will cause
 
the net asset value, and possibly the market price, of the Trust’s
 
common shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in
 
interest rates and other economic indicators. In addition, the Trust may
 
invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of
 
investment, are below investment grade quality ( i.e., “junk bonds”),
 
which may be less liquid and therefore more volatile than investment
 
grade municipal securities. As a result, the net asset value and market
 
26
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
   
 
price of the common shares of the Trust will be more volatile than
 
those of a closed-end investment company that is not exposed to
 
leverage or that does not invest in below investment grade securities.
   
 
Inverse Floating Rate Securities Risk. Under current market
 
conditions, the Trust anticipates utilizing Financial Leverage through
 
Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements.
 
However, the Trust also may utilize Financial Leverage through
 
investments in inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as
 
“inverse floaters”). Typically, inverse floating rate securities represent
 
beneficial interests in a special purpose trust (sometimes called a
 
“tender option bond trust”) formed by a third party sponsor for the
 
purpose of holding municipal bonds. Distributions on inverse floating
 
rate securities bear an inverse relationship to short-term municipal
 
bond interest rates. In general, income on inverse floating rate
 
securities will decrease, or in the extreme be eliminated, when interest
 
rates increase and increase when interest rates decrease. Investments in
 
inverse floating rate securities may subject the Trust to the risks of
 
reduced or eliminated interest payments and losses of principal. Short-
 
term interest rates are at historic lows and may be more likely to rise in
 
the current market environment, which may have a negative effect on
 
the returns of inverse floating rate securities.
   
 
Inverse floating rate securities may increase or decrease in value at a
 
greater rate than the underlying interest rate, which effectively
 
leverages the Trust’s investment. As a result, the market value of such
 
securities generally will be more volatile than that of fixed rate
 
securities. The structure and degree to which the Trust’s inverse
 
floating rate securities are leveraged will vary based upon a number of
 
factors, including the size of the special purpose trust itself and the
 
terms of the underlying municipal security. In the event of a
 
significant decline in the value of an underlying security, the Trust
 
may suffer losses in excess of the amount of its investment (up to an
 
amount equal to the value of the municipal securities underlying the
 
inverse floating rate securities) as a result of liquidating the special
 
purpose trust or other collateral required to maintain the Trust’s
 
anticipated effective leverage ratio. The market price of inverse
 
floating rate securities is generally more volatile than that of the
 
underlying securities due to leverage.
   
 
The Trust may invest in inverse floating rate securities issued by
 
special purpose trusts that have recourse to the Trust. In the Sub-
 
Adviser’s discretion, the Trust may enter into a separate shortfall and
 
forbearance agreement with the third party sponsor of a special
 
purpose trust. The Trust may enter into such shortfall and forbearance
 
agreements (i) when the liquidity provider to the special purpose trust
 
requires such an agreement because the level of leverage in the special
 
purpose trust exceeds the level that the liquidity provider is willing to
 
support absent such an agreement; and/or (ii) to seek to prevent the
 
liquidity provider from collapsing the special purpose trust in the event
 
that the municipal obligation held in the special purpose trust has
 
declined in value. Such an agreement would require the Trust to
 
reimburse the third party sponsor of the special purpose trust, upon
 
termination of the special purpose trust issuing the inverse floating rate
 
27
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
     
 
security, the difference between the liquidation value of the bonds held
 
in the special purpose trust and the principal amount due to the holders
 
of floating rate interests. In such instances, the Trust may be at risk of
 
loss that exceeds its original investment in the inverse floating rate
 
securities. The Trust’s investments in inverse floating rate securities
 
issued by special purpose trusts that have recourse to the Trust may be
 
highly leveraged.
   
 
Inverse floating rate securities have varying degrees of liquidity based,
 
among other things, upon the liquidity of the underlying securities
 
deposited in a special purpose trust. The Trust may invest in taxable
 
inverse floating rate securities, issued by special purpose trusts formed
 
with taxable municipal securities. The market for such inverse floating
 
rate securities issued by special purpose trusts formed with taxable
 
municipal securities is relatively new and undeveloped. Initially, there
 
may be a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the
 
credit risks, counterparty risk and liquidity risk of investing in taxable
 
inverse floating rate securities.
   
 
The leverage attributable to such inverse floating rate securities may be
 
“called away” on relatively short notice and therefore may be less
 
permanent than more traditional forms of Financial Leverage. In
 
certain circumstances, to the extent the Trust relies on inverse floating
 
rate securities to achieve its desired effective leverage ratio, the
 
likelihood of an increase in the volatility of net asset value and market
 
price of the Common Shares may be greater.
   
 
To the extent the Trust relies on inverse floating rate securities to
 
achieve its desired effective leverage ratio, the Trust may be required
 
to sell its inverse floating rate securities at less than favorable prices, or
 
liquidate other Trust portfolio holdings in certain circumstances,
 
including, but not limited to, the following:
   
 
if the Trust has a need for cash and the securities in a special
   
purpose trust are not actively trading due to adverse market
   
conditions;
     
 
if special purpose trust sponsors (as a collective group or
   
individually) experience financial hardship and consequently
   
seek to terminate their respective outstanding special purpose
   
trusts; and/or
     
 
if the value of an underlying security declines significantly (to a
   
level below the notional value of the floating rate securities
   
issued by the special purpose trust) and if additional collateral
   
has not been posted by the Trust.
     
 
Recent Market Developments. Global and domestic financial markets
 
have experienced periods of unprecedented turmoil. Instability in the
 
credit markets has made it more difficult for a number of issuers to
 
obtain financings or refinancings for their investment or lending
 
activities or operations. There is a risk that such issuers will be unable
 
to successfully complete such financings or refinancings. In particular,
 
because of the conditions in the credit markets, issuers of debt
 
securities may be subject to increased costs for debt, tightening
 
underwriting standards and reduced liquidity for loans they make,
 
securities they purchase and securities they issue. There is also a risk
 
28
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
   
 
that developments in sectors of the credit markets in which the Trust
 
does not invest may adversely affect the liquidity and the value of
 
securities in sectors of the credit markets in which the Trust does
 
invest, including securities owned by the Trust.
   
 
The debt and equity capital markets in the United States have been
 
negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services
 
sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk
 
in the broadly syndicated market, among other things. These events,
 
along with the deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major
 
financial institutions and the resulting United States federal
 
government actions led to worsening general economic conditions,
 
which materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and
 
credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital
 
for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. Such market
 
conditions may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned
 
by the Trust, may make it more difficult for the Trust to accurately
 
value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis and may
 
adversely affect the ability of the Trust to borrow for investment
 
purposes and increase the cost of such borrowings, which would
 
reduce returns to Common Shareholders. These developments
 
adversely affected the broader economy, and may continue to do so,
 
which in turn may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities
 
owned by the Trust to make payments of principal and interest when
 
due, lead to lower credit ratings and increased defaults. Such
 
developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by
 
the Trust and adversely affect the net asset value of the Trust’s
 
Common Shares. In addition, the prolonged continuation or further
 
deterioration of current market conditions could adversely impact the
 
Trust’s portfolio.
   
 
Governmental cost burdens may be reallocated among federal, state
 
and local governments. Also, as a result of the downturn, many state
 
and local governments have experienced significant reductions in
 
revenues and consequently difficulties meeting ongoing expenses. As
 
a result, certain of these state and local governments may have
 
difficulty paying principal or interest on their outstanding debt and
 
may experience ratings downgrades of their debt. In addition, laws
 
enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or referenda
 
could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or
 
impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations, or on
 
the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. In addition to actions taken
 
at the federal level, certain municipalities might seek protection under
 
the bankruptcy laws, thereby affecting the repayment of their
 
outstanding debt.
   
 
Recently markets have witnessed more stabilized economic activity as
 
expectations for an economic recovery increased. However, risks to a
 
robust resumption of growth persist. A return to unfavorable economic
 
conditions or sustained economic slowdown could adversely impact
 
the Trust’s portfolio. Financial market conditions, as well as various
 
social and political tensions in the United States and around the world,
 
have contributed to increased market volatility and may have long-
 
term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and cause
 
29
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
   
 
further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States
 
and worldwide. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser do not know how long
 
the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and
 
cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the
 
U.S. and global economies and securities markets in the Trust’s
 
portfolio. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser intend to monitor
 
developments and seek to manage the Trust’s portfolio in a manner
 
consistent with achieving the Trust’s investment objectives, but there
 
can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.
   
 
Government Intervention in the Financial Markets. The instability in
 
the financial markets discussed above has led the U.S. Government to
 
take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain
 
financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have
 
experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity.
 
Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self
 
regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of
 
the instruments in which the Trust invests, or the issuers of such
 
instruments. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
 
Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law in
 
July 2010, is expected to result in a significant revision of the U.S.
 
financial regulatory framework. The Dodd-Frank Act covers a broad
 
range of topics, including, among many others: a reorganization of
 
federal financial regulators; the creation of a process designed to
 
ensure financial system stability and the resolution of potentially
 
insolvent financial firms; the enactment of new rules for derivatives
 
trading; the creation of a consumer financial protection watchdog; the
 
registration and regulation of managers of private funds; the regulation
 
of credit rating agencies; and the enactment of new federal
 
requirements for residential mortgage loans. The regulation of various
 
types of derivative instruments pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act may
 
adversely affect issuers of securities in which the Trust invests that
 
utilize derivatives strategies for hedging or other purposes. The
 
ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and any resulting regulation, is
 
not yet certain and issuers of securities in which the Trust invests may
 
also be affected by the new legislation and regulation in ways that are
 
currently unknown and unforeseeable.
   
 
Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from
 
financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those
 
institutions. The implications of government ownership and
 
disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have
 
positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance
 
of the Trust’s portfolio holdings.
   
 
Legislation Risk. At any time after the date of this Prospectus,
 
legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the
 
Trust or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation
 
may have a negative impact on the entities in which the Trust invests.
 
Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust
 
itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation,
 
regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on
 
the Trust or will not impair the ability of the Trust to achieve its
 
investment objectives.
 
30
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
   
 
Strategic Transactions Risk. The Trust may engage in various portfolio
 
strategies, including derivatives transactions involving interest rate and
 
foreign currency transactions, swaps, options and futures (“Strategic
 
Transactions”), for hedging and risk management purposes and to
 
enhance total return. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance total
 
return may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve
 
risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such
 
instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other
 
party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments.
 
Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic
 
Transactions depends on the Sub-Adviser’s ability to predict pertinent
 
market movements, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic
 
Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used,
 
may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at
 
inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may
 
limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment
 
or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell.
 
Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other
 
assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions
 
are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes.
   
 
Synthetic Investments Risk. As an alternative to holding investments
 
directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to credit
 
securities through the use of derivative instruments (including swaps,
 
options, forwards, notional principal contracts or customized
 
derivative or financial instruments) to replicate, modify or replace the
 
economic attributes associated with an investment in securities in
 
which the Trust may invest. The Trust may be exposed to certain
 
additional risks, including counterparty risk, should the Sub-Adviser use
 
derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Trust’s investment
 
strategies. If the Trust enters into a derivative instrument whereby it agrees
 
to receive the return of a security or financial instrument or a basket of securities
 
or financial instruments, it will typically contract to receive such returns
 
for a predetermined period of time. During such period, the Trust may
 
not have the ability to increase or decrease its exposure. In addition,
 
customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it
 
is possible that the Trust will not be able to terminate such derivative
 
instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties
 
associated with such a termination might impact the Trust’s
 
performance in a material adverse manner. Furthermore, derivative
 
instruments typically contain provisions giving the counterparty the
 
right to terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain events.
 
Such events may include a decline in the value of the reference
 
securities and material violations of the terms of the contract or the
 
portfolio guidelines as well as other events determined by the
 
counterparty. If a termination were to occur, the Trust’s return could
 
be adversely affected as it would lose the benefit of the indirect
 
exposure to the reference securities and it may incur significant
 
termination expenses.
   
 
Counterparty Risk. The Trust will be subject to credit risk with
 
respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by
 
the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to
 
perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial
 
31
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
   
 
difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining
 
any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other
 
reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited
 
recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
   
 
Securities Lending Risk. The Trust may lend its portfolio securities to
 
banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established
 
by the Board of Trustees. Securities lending is subject to the risk that
 
loaned securities may not be available to the Trust on a timely basis
 
and the Trust may therefore lose the opportunity to sell the securities at
 
a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by
 
the Trust that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the
 
Trust and would adversely affect the Trust’s performance. Also, there
 
may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned or even
 
a loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities
 
fail financially while the loan is outstanding.
   
 
Investment Funds Risk. Investments in Investment Funds present
 
certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct
 
investments in securities in which the Trust may invest. Investments in
 
Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees that are in
 
addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Trust. Such expenses
 
and fees attributable to the Trust’s investments in Investment Funds are
 
borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in
 
such entities involves expense and fee layering. To the extent
 
management fees of Investment Funds are based on total gross assets,
 
it may create an incentive for such entities’ managers to employ
 
financial leverage, thereby adding additional expense and increasing
 
volatility and risk. A performance-based fee arrangement may create
 
incentives for an adviser or manager to take greater investment risks in
 
the hope of earning a higher profit participation. Investments in
 
Investment Funds frequently expose the Trust to an additional layer of
 
financial leverage.
   
 
Market Discount Risk. Shares of closed-end investment companies
 
frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which is a risk
 
separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s net asset value could
 
decrease as a result of its investment activities. Although the value of
 
the Trust’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in
 
determining whether to purchase or sell Common Shares, whether
 
investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares
 
will depend entirely upon whether the market price of Common
 
Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase
 
price for Common Shares. Because the market price of Common
 
Shares will be determined by factors such as net asset value, dividend
 
and distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses),
 
supply of and demand for Common Shares, stability of dividends or
 
distributions, trading volume of Common Shares, general market and
 
economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust,
 
the Trust cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, below
 
or above net asset value or at, below or above the initial public offering
 
price. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their
 
Common Shares soon after the completion of the public offering, as
 
the net asset value of the Common Shares will be reduced immediately
 
32
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
   
 
following the offering as a result of the payment of certain offering
 
expenses. Common Shares of the Trust are designed primarily for long-
 
term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Trust
 
as a vehicle for trading purposes.
   
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Trust’s annual portfolio turnover rate
 
may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not
 
considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions
 
for the Trust. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in
 
correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other
 
transactional expenses that are borne by the Trust. High portfolio
 
turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital
 
gains by the Trust which, when distributed to Common Shareholders,
 
will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining
 
market, portfolio turnover may result in realized capital losses. See
 
“Tax Matters.”
   
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk. Instability in the Middle
 
East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world
 
have contributed to increased market volatility, may have long-term
 
effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause
 
further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States
 
and worldwide. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser do not know how long
 
the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and
 
cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the
 
U.S. and global economies and securities markets.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
in the Trust’s
 
Governing Documents
The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and the Trust’s
 
Bylaws (collectively, the “Governing Documents”) include provisions
 
that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire
 
control of the Trust or convert the Trust to an open-end fund. These
 
provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common
 
Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a
 
premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares.
 
See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Trust’s Governing
 
Documents” and “Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”
Administrator, Custodian,
 
Transfer Agent and Dividend
 
Disbursing Agent
The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the custodian of the Trust’s
 
assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement,
 
the custodian holds the Trust’s assets in compliance with the 1940
 
Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based
 
upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the
 
Trust, plus certain charges for securities transactions. The Bank of
 
New York Mellon also serves as the Trust’s dividend disbursing agent,
 
agent under the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan
 
Agent”), transfer agent and registrar with respect to the Common
 
Shares of the Trust.
   
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC serves as the Trust’s
 
administrator. Pursuant to an administration agreement with the Trust,
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC provides certain
 
administrative, bookkeeping and accounting services to the Trust.
 
33
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES
 
 
The purpose of the table and the example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table are based on estimated amounts for the Trust’s first year of operations and assume that the Trust issues approximately 15 million Common Shares. The Trust’s actual expenses may vary from the estimated expenses shown in the table, and may increase as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares if the Trust issues less than 15 million Common Shares. See “Management of the Trust” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
       
 
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
   
 
Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price)
 
4.5%
 
Offering expenses borne by Common Shareholders (as a percentage of offering price)(1)
.20%
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan fees(2)
 
None
   
Percentage of
 
   
Net Assets
 
   
Attributable to
 
 
Annual Expenses
Common Shares
 
   
 
Management fees(3)
.90%
 
 
Interest payments on borrowed funds(4)(7)
.75%
 
 
Other expenses(5)(6)
.30%
 
 
Total annual expenses
1.95%
 
 
 
(1)
The Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all organizational costs of the Trust and (ii) offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load but inclusive of the partial reimbursement of expenses of the underwriters) that exceed $.04 per Common Share sold in the offering, including pursuant to the overallotment option (.20% of the offering price).  The Trust has agreed to pay up to .15% of the public offering price of the securities sold in this offering to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc., ("GFDI") an affiliate of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, as compensation for the distribution services it provides to the Trust. Such compensation is subject to the offering expense limitation of $.04 described above and will not be paid to the extent it would cause the offering expenses of the Trust to exceed $.04. Assuming the Trust issues approximately 15 million Common Shares, the offering expenses are estimated to be approximately $910,000 (exclusive of any compensation paid to GFDI), of which $600,000 ($.04 per Common Share) will be borne by the Trust.
(2)
You will pay brokerage charges if you direct the Plan Agent to sell your Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
(3)
The Trust pays an investment advisory fee to the Adviser in an annual amount equal to .60% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee.
(4)
Under current market conditions, the Trust initially expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage). The table above assumes that the Trust utilizes Financial Leverage in the form of Indebtedness in an amount equal to 33 1 / 3 % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) and an annual interest rate of 1.25%. The table above also assumes a one-time facility fee of .25% of the amount of Indebtedness, which is included as a component of “Interest payments on borrowed funds.” To the extent other forms of Financial Leverage (or combinations of forms of Financial Leverage) are utilized, the associated Financial Leverage costs would likely change from the cost estimates set forth above.
(5)
The “Other expenses” shown in the table and related footnotes are based on estimated amounts for the Trust’s first year of operations. Expenses attributable to the Trust’s investments, if any, in Investment Funds are currently estimated not to exceed .01%.
(6)  Compensation, if any, to be paid by the Trust to GFDI, as described in footnote (1) above, is not reflected in "Other expenses," as it is included in "Offering expenses borne by Common Shareholders (as a percentage of offering price)" above.
 
 
 
34
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
(7)
The table presented in this footnote estimates what the Trust’s annual expenses would be, stated as percentages of the Trust’s net assets attributable to Common Shares and assumes the Trust is the same size as the table above but, unlike the table above, assumes that the Trust does not utilize any form of Financial Leverage. In accordance with these assumptions, the Trust’s expenses would be estimated as follows:

 
   
 
Percentage of Net Assets
 
Attributable to Common
 
Shares (assumes no
Annual Expenses
Financial Leverage is used)
 
Management fees
.60%
Interest payments on borrowed funds
None
Other expenses(4)(5)
.20%
Total annual expenses
.80%
 
Example
 
 
As required by relevant SEC regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $45 and estimated expenses of this offering of $2) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (1) “Total annual expenses” of 1.95% of net assets attributable to Common Shares and (2) a 5% annual return*:
 
         
 
1 Year
3 Years
5 Years
10 Years
 
$66
$100
$137
$238
 
         
*
The Example should not be considered a representation of future expenses or returns. Actual expenses
 
may be higher or lower than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust’s actual rate of return may be higher
 
or lower than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example. The example assumes that all dividends
 
and distributions are reinvested at net asset value and that the estimated “Interest payments on borrowed
 
funds” and “Other expenses” are accurate.
     
 
35
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
THE TRUST
 
 
Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the “Trust”) is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Trust was organized as a statutory trust on June 30, 2010, pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, and is governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. As a newly-organized entity, the Trust has no operating history. Its principal office is located at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, and its telephone number is (630) 505-3700.
 
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust. Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (“GPAM” or the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Trust’s investment sub-adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio of investments. Each of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are subsidiaries of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim”). Guggenheim is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.
 
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
 
The net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares will be approximately $ ($ if the underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full) after payment of the estimated offering expenses. The Trust will pay all of its offering expenses up to $.04 per Common Share, and the Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all of the Trust’s organizational costs, and (ii) those offering expenses of the Trust (other than sales load, but inclusive of the partial reimbursement of expenses of the underwriters) that exceed $.04 per Common Share sold in the offering, including pursuant to the overallotment option. The Trust will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objectives and policies as soon as practicable after the closing of the offering. The Trust expects to be able to invest the net proceeds from this offering within three months after the completion of this offering. Pending the full investment of the proceeds of the offering, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in U.S. Government securities or high quality, short-term money market instruments. Certain aspects of the Trust’s duration management strategy may not be implemented until after the full investment of the proceeds of this offering. Until the duration management strategy is fully implemented, the Trust may be more subject to interest rate risk.
 
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
 
 
Investment Objectives and Strategy
 
 
The Trust’s primary investment objective is to provide current income with a secondary objective of long-term capital appreciation. The Trust cannot ensure investors that it will achieve its investment objectives. The Trust’s investment objectives are considered fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of the Common Shares (the “Common Shareholders”).
 
 
The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of taxable municipal securities known as “Build America Bonds” (or “BABs”).
 
 
Build America Bonds
 
 
BABs are taxable municipal securities issued by state and local governments, pursuant to the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “Act”). Enacted in February 2009, the Act was intended in part to assist state and local governments in financing capital projects at lower net borrowing costs through direct subsidies designed to stimulate state and local infrastructure projects, create jobs and attract non-traditional municipal security investors. BABs are issued by state and local governments to finance capital projects such as public schools, roads, transportation infrastructure, bridges, ports and public buildings. Municipal securities include, among other things, bonds, notes, leases and certificates of participation. Municipal securities may be structured as callable or non-callable, may have payment forms that include fixed-coupon, variable rate and zero coupon, and may include capital appreciation bonds, floating rate securities, inverse floating rate securities (including residual interest municipal tender option bonds), inflation-linked securities and other derivative instruments that replicate investment exposure to such securities. BABs, as municipal securities, may be structured in any of the foregoing ways, except that under current
 
 
36
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
law BABs may not be structured as zero coupon bonds, and new versions of BABs may be offered in the future. The Trust may invest in any of these types of BABs.
 
 
BABs offer an alternative form of financing for state and local government entities whose primary means for accessing the capital markets traditionally has been through the issuance of tax-exempt municipal securities. Unlike investments in most other municipal securities, interest received on BABs is subject to federal income tax and may be subject to state income tax. BABs issuers may elect either (i) to receive payments from the U.S. Treasury equal to a specified percentage of their interest payments (“Direct Payment BABs”) or (ii) to cause investors in the bonds to receive federal tax credits (“Tax Credit BABs”).
 
 
Under the terms of the Act, issuers of Direct Payment BABs are entitled to receive reimbursement from the U.S. Treasury currently equal to 35% (or 45% in the case of Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds, a new type of taxable governmental bond similar to BABs) of the interest paid on the bonds, which continues for the life of the bond. Such subsidies may allow such issuers to issue BABs that pay interest rates that are expected to be competitive with the rates typically paid by private bond issuers in the taxable fixed-income market. Tax Credit BABs provide a 35% interest subsidy (net of the tax credit) to investors that results in a federal subsidy to the issuer equal to approximately 25% of the total return to the investor (interest and tax credit). Based on current market conditions, the Trust anticipates initially investing primarily in Direct Payment BABs and does not anticipate investing in Tax Credit BABs. Therefore, the Trust does not expect to receive (or pass through to Common Shareholders) tax credits as a result of its investments in BABs.
 
 
Currently, bonds issued after December 31, 2010 (referred to as the “sunset”) will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant provisions of the Act are extended or similar legislation is enacted that provides for municipal issuers to elect to issue taxable municipal securities and receive from the U.S. Treasury federal subsidies to offset a portion of the interest costs incurred over the full term of such taxable municipal securities. As currently enacted, the Act contains no budgetary limit on issuances through the program until the sunset. However, under the Act BABs cannot be used to finance private, non-municipal activities, and can only be used to fund capital expenditures. The proceeds of BABs issuances are used for public benefit and generally support facilities that meet such essential needs as water, electricity, transportation, and education. As currently enacted, the Act does not permit refunding issuances, private activity bond issuances, or deficit fund issuances. Many BABs are general obligation bonds, which are backed by the full faith and taxing powers of the state and local governments issuing them.
 
 
The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) contains a general offset rule (the “IRS Offset Rule”) which allows for the possibility that subsidy payments received by issuers of BABs may be subject to offset against amounts owed by them to the federal government. The State of Florida recently announced that it suspended the new issuance of BABs as a result of its uncertainty relating to the IRS Offset Rule, which allows for the possibility that subsidy payments received by issuers of BABs may be subject to offset against amounts owed by them to the federal government. If other BABs issuers were to suspend the new issuance of BABs due to the IRS Offset Rule, as Florida has done, this could then have a negative impact on the BABs market. The possibility of such offsets has been recognized since the inception of the BABs program. The IRS has broad regulatory authority to develop special rules to adapt or tailor the procedural framework implementing the BABs program. In May 2010, the IRS withheld subsidies from several states and municipalities, including Austin, Texas and the State of Maryland. The IRS has stated that less than 2% of all subsidy payments have been withheld for offsets but has not provided an exact dollar figure. The Sub-Adviser believes the IRS Offset Rule is understood by potential BABs issuers. The Sub-Adviser does not believe that the State of Florida’s announcement or the May 2010 offsets will have an adverse impact on the future of BABs issuance in general or on the Trust, although no assurance can be given in this regard. In addition, the IRS may audit the state agencies issuing BABs and such audits may result in negative consequences for the BABs issuers being audited. See “Risks — Build America Bonds Risk.”
 
 
The Obama administration and Congress are considering a variety of proposals to extend or modify the BABs program. In particular, a bill approved by the House of Representatives would (1) extend the BABs program to March 31, 2013, (2) reduce the amount of the direct pay subsidy for bonds issued after 2010, and (3) apply the BABs program to certain bonds issued to refinance BABs. A similar proposal in the Senate would extend the BABs program only to December 31, 2011. No assurance can be given as to whether these proposals or other changes in the BABs program will be enacted, nor can it be predicted whether such proposals or changes, if enacted, will have a positive or negative effect on the Trust. If the BABs program is not extended and there cease to be new issuances of BABs or
 
 
37
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
other taxable municipal securities with interest payments subsidized by the U.S. Government through direct pay subsidies, the Board of Trustees intends to evaluate potential actions with respect to the Trust. See “Risks—Build America Bonds Risk—Continuation of BABs Program.”
 
 
The Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010 (the “HIRE Act”), permits issues of certain types of municipal tax credit bonds to elect to receive direct pay subsidies similar to those provided for by the BABs program. The provisions of the HIRE Act apply to the following types of bonds: (i) Qualified School Construction Bonds (“QSCBs”), which can be issued to finance the construction, rehabilitation, or repair of a public school facility or for the acquisition of land on which such a facility is to be constructed; (ii) Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (“QZABs”), which can be issued to finance the renovation of existing schools that qualify as a “qualified zone academy;” (iii) New Clean Renewable Energy Bonds (“New CREBs”), which may be issued to finance qualified renewable energy facilities that produce electricity; and (iv) and Qualified Energy Conservation Bonds (“QECBs”), which are issued for qualified energy conservation purposes. Eligible issuers of QSCBs and QZABs can receive subsidy payments equal to 100% of the lesser of the actual interest rate of the bonds or the tax credit rate for municipal tax-credit bonds, set daily by the U.S. Treasury. Eligible issuers of New CREBs and QECBs can receive subsidy payments equal to 70% of the lesser of the actual interest rate of the bonds or the tax credit rate for municipal tax-credit bonds, set daily by the U.S. Treasury. QSCBs, QZABs, New CREBs and QECBs that qualify for direct pay subsidies are considered BABs for purposes of the Fund’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in BABs.
 
 
Investment Rationale
 
 
The Sub-Adviser believes that BABs represent a compelling asset class that addresses investors’ need for liquidity, diversification, enhanced credit and yield.

 
 
·  
Liquidity. Between the launch of the BABs program on April 3, 2009 and August 31, 2010 approximately $130 billion of BABs have been issued.
 
 
·  
Diversification. Municipal issuers in 49 states and the District of Columbia have utilized the BABs program since its inception.
 
 
·  
Enhanced Credit. Investment-grade municipal issuers have lower historical default rates than investment- grade corporate issuers.
 
 
·  
Yield. BABs may offer higher yield-to-maturity than similarly-rated corporate bonds and greater call protection than similarly-rated tax-exempt municipal bonds.
 


    The Sub-Adviser considers itself to be at the forefront of the structuring and development of the BABs and (QSCBs) markets, with $4.3 billion in municipal assets under management, including $1.5 billion in BABs and $1.3 billion in QSCBs as of June 30, 2010.
 
 
The Trust seeks to maximize the benefits to investors of this asset class while seeking to mitigate interest-rate risk and overall portfolio volatility.
 
 
Investment Policies
 
 
Under normal market conditions:

 
·  
The Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in BABs.
 
 
·  
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than BABs, including taxable municipal securities that do not qualify for federal subsidy payments under the Act, municipal securities the interest income from which is exempt from regular federal income tax (sometimes referred to as “tax-exempt municipal securities”), asset-backed securities (“ABS”), senior loans and other income producing securities.
 
 
·  
The Trust will not invest more than 25% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities in any one state of origin.
 
 
·  
The Trust will not invest more than 15% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid.
 
 
Credit Quality. Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade quality. A security is considered investment grade
 
 
38
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
quality if, at the time of investment, it is rated within the four highest letter grades by at least one of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) (that is Baa or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or BBB or better by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”)) that rate such security, even if it is rated lower by another, or if it is unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser.
 
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are rated below investment grade (that is below Baa3- by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P or Fitch) or are unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”
 
 
The credit quality policies noted above apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Trust is not required to dispose of a security in the event that an NRSRO downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, the Sub-Adviser may consider such factors as the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other NRSROs.
 
 
NRSROs are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations. Ratings assigned by an NRSRO are not absolute standards of credit quality and do not evaluate market risks or the liquidity of securities. NRSROs may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. To the extent that the issuer of a security pays an NRSRO for the analysis of its security, an inherent conflict of interest may exist that could affect the reliability of the rating. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Sub-Adviser also independently evaluates these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated lower grade securities, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities. A general description of the ratings of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch is set forth in Appendix A to the Statement of Additional Information.
 
 
Duration Management Strategy. “Duration” is a measure of the price volatility of a security as a result of changes in market rates of interest, based on the weighted average timing of a security’s expected principal and interest payments. Duration differs from “maturity” of a security (which is the date on which the issuer is obligated to repay the principal amount) in that it considers a security’s yield, coupon payments, principal payments and call features in addition to the amount of time until the security finally matures. As the value of a security changes over time, so will its duration. Prices of securities with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to interest rate changes than securities with shorter durations, and (in general) a portfolio of securities with a longer duration can be expected to be more sensitive to interest rate changes than a portfolio with a shorter duration. There is no limit on the remaining maturity or duration of any individual security in which the Trust may invest, nor will the Trust’s portfolio be managed to any duration benchmark prior to taking into account the duration management strategy discussed herein.
 
 
The Trust intends to employ investment and trading strategies to seek to reduce the leverage-adjusted portfolio duration to generally less than ten (10) years. The Sub-Adviser may seek to manage the duration of the Trust’s portfolio through the use of derivative instruments, including U.S. treasury swaps, credit default swaps, total return swaps and futures contracts to reduce the overall volatility of the Trust’s portfolio to changes in market interest rates. For example, the Sub-Adviser may seek to manage the overall duration through the combination of the sale of interest-rate swaps on the long end of the yield curve (for example a transaction in which the Trust would pay a fixed interest rate on a 30 year swap transaction) with the purchase of an interest-rate swap on the intermediate portion of the yield curve (for example a transaction in which the Trust would receive a fixed interest rate on a ten year swap transaction). In addition, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than BABs, which may consist of short-duration fixed-income securities, which may help to decrease the overall duration of the Trust’s portfolio while also potentially adding incremental yield. Initially, the Sub-Adviser anticipates focusing such investments in ABS, senior loans and high-yield fixed income securities, although the types of short-duration fixed-income securities in which the Trust may invest may vary significantly over time. The Sub-Adviser may seek to manage the Trust’s duration in a flexible and opportunistic manner based primarily on then current market conditions and interest rate levels. The Trust may incur costs in implementing the duration management strategy, but such strategy will seek to reduce the volatility of the Trust’s portfolio. There can be no assurance that the Sub-Adviser’s
 
 
39
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
duration management strategy will be successful at any given time in managing the duration of the Trust’s portfolio or helping the Trust to achieve its investment objectives.
 
 
The investment policies set forth above may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees”), but no change is anticipated. If the Trust’s policy with respect to investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in BABs changes, the Trust will provide shareholders at least 60 days’ prior notice before implementation of the change. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth in this prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action.
 
 
Portfolio Contents
 
 
The Trust’s investment portfolio may include investments in the following types of securities and investments:
 
 
Municipal Securities. The Trust may invest in taxable municipal securities (including BABs) and tax-exempt municipal securities, including municipal bonds and notes, other securities issued to finance and refinance public projects, and other related securities and derivative instruments creating exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities that provide for the payment of interest income that is exempt from regular federal income tax. Municipal securities are often issued by state and local governmental entities to finance or refinance public projects such as roads, schools, and water supply systems. Municipal securities may also be issued on behalf of private entities or for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction, or for privately owned transportation, electric utility or pollution control projects. Municipal securities may be issued on a long term basis to provide permanent financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing powers of the issuer, a limited or special tax, or any other revenue source, including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments and mortgage payments. Municipal securities may also be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of the later issuance of long-term debt.
 
 
Municipal securities are either general obligation or revenue bonds and typically are issued to finance public projects (such as roads or public buildings), to pay general operating expenses or to refinance outstanding debt. General obligation bonds are backed by the full faith and credit, or taxing authority, of the issuer and may be repaid from any revenue source; revenue bonds may be repaid only from the revenues of a specific facility or source. The Trust also may purchase municipal securities that represent lease obligations, municipal notes, pre-refunded municipal bonds, private activity bonds, taxable municipal bonds, floating rate securities and other related securities and may purchase derivative instruments that create exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities, however, under current law not all such types of municipal securities may be issued as BABs. The Trust may purchase municipal securities representing a wide range of sectors and issued for a wide range of purposes .
 
 
The yields on municipal securities depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing interest rates and the condition of the general money market and the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. A municipal security’s market value generally will depend upon its form, maturity, call features, and interest rate, as well as the credit quality of the issuer, all such factors examined in the context of the municipal securities market and interest rate levels and trends. The market value of municipal securities will vary with changes in interest rate levels and as a result of changing evaluations of the ability of their issuers to meet interest and principal payments.
 
 
Municipal Leases and Certificates of Participation . The Trust also may purchase municipal securities that represent lease obligations and certificates of participation in such leases. These carry special risks because the issuer of the securities may not be obligated to appropriate money annually to make payments under the lease. A municipal lease is an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase that is issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment and facilities. Income from such obligations generally is exempt from state and local taxes in the state of issuance. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by
 
 
40
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment or facilities. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and result in a delay in recovering, or the failure to recover fully, the Trust’s original investment. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. In order to reduce this risk, the Trust will only purchase municipal securities representing lease obligations where the Sub-Adviser believes the issuer has a strong incentive to continue making appropriations until maturity.
 
 
A certificate of participation represents an undivided interest in an unmanaged pool of municipal leases, an installment purchase agreement or other instruments. The certificates are typically issued by a municipal agency, a trust or other entity that has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase agreements. Such certificates provide the Trust with the right to a pro rata undivided interest in the underlying municipal securities. In addition, such participations generally provide the Trust with the right to demand payment, on not more than seven days’ notice, of all or any part of the Trust’s participation interest in the underlying municipal securities, plus accrued interest.
 
 
Municipal Notes . The Trust also may purchase municipal securities in the form of notes that generally are used to provide for short-term capital needs, in anticipation of an issuer’s receipt of other revenues or financing, and typically have maturities of up to three years. Such instruments may include tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes and construction loan notes. Tax anticipation notes are issued to finance the working capital needs of governments. Generally, they are issued in anticipation of various tax revenues, such as income, sales, property, use and business taxes, and are payable from these specific future taxes. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under federal revenue sharing programs. Bond anticipation notes are issued to provide interim financing until long-term bond financing can be arranged. In most cases, the long-term bonds then provide the funds needed for repayment of the bond anticipation notes. Tax and revenue anticipation notes combine the funding sources of both tax anticipation notes and revenue anticipation notes. Construction loan notes are sold to provide construction financing. Mortgage notes insured by the Federal Housing Authority secure these notes; however, the proceeds from the insurance may be less than the economic equivalent of the payment of principal and interest on the mortgage note if there has been a default. The anticipated revenues from taxes, grants or bond financing generally secure the obligations of an issuer of municipal notes. An investment in such instruments, however, presents a risk that the anticipated revenues will not be received or that such revenues will be insufficient to satisfy the issuer’s payment obligations under the notes or that refinancing will be otherwise unavailable.
 
 
Pre-Refunded Municipal Securities . The principal of, and interest on, pre-refunded municipal securities are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, the source of such payments is typically an escrow fund consisting of U.S. Government securities. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded municipal securities. However, except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded municipal securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed by the issuer.
 
 
Insured Municipal Securities . The Trust may purchase municipal securities that are additionally secured by insurance, bank credit agreements or escrow accounts. To date, BABs have sold largely without insurance; however, as the BABs market continues to develop and evolve, insured BABs offerings may become more prevalent. The credit quality of companies that provide such credit enhancements will affect the value of these securities. Although the insurance feature is designed to reduce certain financial risks, the premiums for insurance
 
 
41
 
 

 
 
 
 

 

 
 
and the higher market price paid for insured obligations may reduce the Trust’s income, which may in turn negatively affect the Trust’s net asset value. The Trust may use any insurer, regardless of its rating. A municipal security typically will be deemed to have the rating of its insurer. However, in the event an insurer has a credit rating below the rating of an underlying municipal security or is perceived by the market to have such a lower rating, the municipal security rating would be the more relevant rating and the value of the municipal security would more closely, if not entirely, reflect such rating. As a result, the value of insurance associated with a municipal security may decline and the insurance may not add any value. The insurance feature normally provides that it guarantees the full payment of principal and interest when due of an insured obligation, but does not guarantee the market value of the insured obligation or the net asset value of the Common Shares represented by such insured obligation.
 
 
Private Activity Bonds . Private activity bonds, formerly referred to as industrial development bonds, are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues. Under current law, private activity bonds cannot be issued as BABs.
 
 
Taxable Municipal Bonds . The Trust may invest in taxable municipal bonds that do not qualify for federal support. Taxable municipal bonds are municipal bonds in which interest paid to the bondholder does not qualify as tax-exempt for federal tax purposes because of the use to which the bond proceeds are put by the municipal borrower. Taxable municipal bonds may include bonds issued to finance sports facilities or investor-led housing, refunding of a refunded issue or borrowing to replenish a municipality’s underfunded pension plan. Taxable municipal bonds may be issued on behalf of private non-profit universities or hospitals. Although taxable municipal bonds are subject to federal taxation, they may not be subject to taxation by the state in which the municipal issuer is located.
 
 
Special Taxing Districts . Special taxing districts are organized to plan and finance infrastructure developments to induce residential, commercial and industrial growth and redevelopment. The bond financing methods such as tax increment finance, tax assessment, special services district and Mello-Roos bonds (a type of municipal bond established by the Community Facilities District Act of 1982), are generally payable solely from taxes or other revenues attributable to the specific projects financed by the bonds without recourse to the credit or taxing powers of related or overlapping municipalities. They often are exposed to real estate development-related risks and can have more taxpayer concentration risk than general tax-supported bonds, such as general obligation bonds. Further, the fees, special taxes, or tax allocations and other revenues that are established to secure such financings are generally limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. The bonds could default if development fails to progress as anticipated or if larger taxpayers fail to pay the assessments, fees and taxes as provided in the financing plans of the districts.
 
 
Floating Rate Securities. The Trust may also invest in floating rate securities issued by special purpose trusts. The special purpose trust typically sells two classes of beneficial interests or securities: floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as short-term floaters or tender option bonds) and inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as inverse floaters or residual interest securities). The floating rate securities have first priority on the cash flow from the municipal bonds held by the special purpose trust. Typically, a third party, such as a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution, grants the floating rate security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. Floating rate securities may take the form of short-term floating rate securities or the option period may be substantially longer. Generally, the interest rate earned will be based upon the market rates for municipal securities with maturities or remarketing provisions that are comparable in duration to the periodic interval of the tender option, which may vary from weekly, to monthly, to extended periods of one year or multiple years. Since the option feature has a shorter term than the final maturity or first call date of the underlying bond deposited in the special purpose trust, the Trust as the holder of the floating rate security relies upon the terms of the agreement with the financial institution furnishing the option as well as the credit strength of that institution. As further assurance of liquidity, the terms of the special purpose trust provide for a liquidation of the
 
 
42
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
municipal security deposited in the special purpose trust and the application of the proceeds to pay off the floating rate security. The special purpose trusts that are organized to issue both short-term floating rate securities and inverse floaters generally include liquidation triggers to protect the investor in the floating rate security.
 
 
Zero Coupon Bonds. A zero coupon bond is a bond that does not pay interest either for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligation. When held to its maturity, its return comes from the difference between the purchase price and its maturity value. A zero coupon bond is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero coupon bonds allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The market prices of zero coupon bonds are affected to a greater extent by changes in prevailing levels of interest rates and thereby tend to be more volatile in price than securities that pay interest periodically. In addition, the Trust would be required to distribute the income on any of these instruments as it accrues, even though the Trust will not receive all of the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Trust may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its Common Shareholders. Under current law BABs may not be structured as zero coupon bonds.
 
 
Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities (“ABS”) are a form of structured debt obligation. ABS are securities that are primarily serviced by the cash flows of a discrete pool of receivables or other financial assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period. Asset-backed securitization is a financing technique in which financial assets, in many cases themselves less liquid, are pooled and converted into instruments that may be offered and sold in the capital markets. In a basic securitization structure, an entity, often a financial institution, originates or otherwise acquires a pool of financial assets, either directly or through an affiliate. It then sells the financial assets, again either directly or through an affiliate, to a specially created investment vehicle that issues securities “backed” or supported by those financial assets. The securities issued by such investment vehicle are ABS. Payment on the ABS depends primarily on the cash flows generated by the assets in the underlying pool and other rights designed to assure timely payment, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or other features generally known as credit enhancements. The collateral for these securities may include home equity loans, automobile and credit card receivables, boat loans, computer leases, airplane leases, mobile home loans, recreational vehicle loans and hospital account receivables. The Trust may invest in these and other types of asset-backed securities that may be developed in the future.
 
 
Senior Loans. Senior Loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the “Borrower”), are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. The proceeds of Senior Loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, refinancings and to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Senior Loans typically have rates of interest which are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. These base lending rates are primarily LIBOR and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks and the certificate of deposit rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.
 
 
Senior Loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in the Trust’s net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Trust is not subject to any restrictions with respect to the maturity of Senior Loans held in its portfolio. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Trust from its investments in Senior Loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to the Trust from its investments in Senior Loans should decrease. Because of prepayments, the Sub-Adviser expects the average life of the Senior Loans in which the Trust invests to be shorter than the stated maturity.
 
 
Senior Loans are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to the Trust, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Trust. There can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral securing a Senior Loan would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Trust could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. The collateral securing a Senior Loan may lose all or substantially all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy of a
 
 
43
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
Borrower. Some Senior Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate such Senior Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of Senior Loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such Senior Loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Trust’s performance.
 
 
Many Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest may not be rated by a rating agency, will not be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), or any state securities commission, and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available with respect to Senior Loans will generally be less extensive than that available for registered or exchange-listed securities. In evaluating the creditworthiness of Borrowers, the Sub-Adviser will consider, and may rely in part on, analyses performed by others. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations that are rated below investment grade by a rating agency. Many of the Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest will have been assigned below investment grade ratings by independent rating agencies. In the event Senior Loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality. Because of the protective features of Senior Loans, the Sub-Adviser believes that Senior Loans tend to have more favorable loss recovery rates as compared to more junior types of below investment grade debt obligations. The Sub-Adviser does not view ratings as the determinative factor in their investment decisions and rely more upon their credit analysis abilities than upon ratings.
 
 
No active trading market may exist for some Senior Loans, and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the Trust’s net asset value. In addition, the Trust may not be able to readily dispose of its Senior Loans at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Trust may have to sell other investments including at times when it may not be advisable to do so, or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of Senior Loans, the Trust’s yield may be lower.
 
 
Although changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the value of Senior Loans (due to the fact that floating rates on Senior Loans reset only periodically), the value of Senior Loans is substantially less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than that of fixed rate instruments. As a result, to the extent the Trust invests in floating-rate Senior Loans, the Trust’s portfolio may be less volatile and less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than if the Trust invested in fixed rate obligations. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the value of these investments and in the Trust’s net asset value. Other factors, including rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity, can reduce the value of Senior Loans and other debt obligations, impairing the Trust’s net asset value.
 
 
The Trust may purchase and retain in its portfolio a Senior Loan where the Borrower has experienced, or may be perceived to be likely to experience, credit problems, including involvement in or recent emergence from bankruptcy reorganization proceedings or other forms of debt restructuring. Such investments may provide opportunities for enhanced income as well as capital appreciation, although they also will be subject to greater risk of loss. At times, in connection with the restructuring of a Senior Loan either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Trust may determine or be required to accept equity securities or junior debt securities in exchange for all or a portion of a Senior Loan.
 
 
The Trust may purchase Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis from a participant in the original syndicate of lenders or from subsequent assignees of such interests. If the Trust purchases a Senior Loan on direct assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Investments in Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis may involve additional risks to the Trust. For example, if such loan is foreclosed, the Trust could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.
 
 
The Trust may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Senior Loans. The participation by the Trust in a lender’s portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in the Trust having a contractual relationship only with such
 
 
44
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Trust may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a Borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. The Trust may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Trust assumes the credit risk associated with the Borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Trust intends to invest may not be rated by any NRSRO. Given the current structure of the markets for loan participations and assignments, the Trust currently expects to treat these securities as illiquid.
 
 
The Trust may use an independent pricing service or prices provided by dealers to value loans and other debt securities at their market value. The Trust will use the fair value method to value Senior Loans or other securities if market quotations for them are not readily available or are deemed unreliable. A security that is fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than actual market quotations or the value determined by other funds using their own fair valuation procedures.
 
 
Other Income Producing Securities. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than BABs, including other income producing securities. In addition to ABS and Senior Loans which are discussed above, other income producing securities in which the Trust may invest are described in the SAI.
 
 
Investment Funds. As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest directly by investing up to 20% of its Managed Assets in other investment companies, including U.S. registered investment companies and/or other U.S. or foreign pooled investment vehicles (collectively, “Investment Funds”). Investment Funds do not include structured finance investments, such as asset-backed securities. To the extent that the Trust invests in Investment Funds that invest at least 80% of their total assets in BABs, such investment will be counted for purposes of the Trust’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in BABs. Investments in other Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees at the Investment Funds level that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Trust and are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders.
 
 
Synthetic Investments. As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to investments in which the Trust may invest directly through the use of derivative instruments (including swaps, options, forwards, notional principal contracts or customized derivative or financial instruments) to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in which the Trust may invest directly. The Trust may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Sub-Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Trust’s investment strategies, including counterparty risk, lack of liquidity in such derivative instruments and additional expenses associated with using such derivative instruments. To the extent that the Trust obtains indirect investment exposure to BABs through the use of the foregoing derivative instruments with economic characteristics similar to BABs, such investments will be counted for purposes of the Trust’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in BABs. The Trust has not adopted any percentage limitation with respect to the overall percentage of investment exposure to BABs that the Trust may obtain through the use of derivative instruments.
 
 
Illiquid Securities. The Trust may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that are, at the time of investment, illiquid and certain other securities in which the Trust may invest may be illiquid. Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value that the Trust values the securities. Illiquid securities include securities legally restricted as to resale, such as commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A thereunder. Section 4(2) and Rule 144A securities may, however, be treated as liquid by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, which require consideration of factors such as trading activity, availability of market quotations and number of dealers willing to purchase the security. If the Trust invests in Rule 144A securities, the level of portfolio illiquidity may increase to the extent that eligible buyers become uninterested in purchasing such securities. It may be difficult to sell such securities at a price representing the fair value until such time as such securities may be sold publicly. Where registration is required, a considerable period may elapse between a decision to sell the securities and the time when it would be permitted to sell. Thus, the Trust may not be able to obtain as favorable a price as that prevailing at the time of the decision to sell. The Trust may also acquire securities through private placements under which it may agree to
 
 
45
 
 

 
 
 
 

 

 
 
contractual restrictions on the resale of such securities. Such restrictions might prevent their sale at a time when such sale would otherwise be desirable.
 
 
Interest Rate Transactions. In connection with the Trust’s duration management strategy and anticipated use of Financial Leverage, the Trust may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions. Interest rate swaps involve the Trust’s agreement with the swap counterparty to pay or receive a fixed-rate payment in exchange for a variable-rate payment. An interest rate cap transaction would require the Trust to pay a premium to the cap counterparty and would entitle it, to the extent that a specified variable-rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, to receive payment from the counterparty of the difference based on the notional amount.
 
 
In connection with the Trust’s duration management strategy, the Trust may use interest rate swaps to reduce the overall duration of the portfolio. In connection with the Trust’s anticipated leverage, the Trust may use interest rate swaps or caps to reduce or eliminate the risk that an increase in short-term interest rates could have on Common Share net earnings as a result of Financial Leverage. For example, the Trust may agree to pay to the swap counterparty a fixed-rate payment in exchange for the counterparty’s paying the Trust a variable-rate payment that is intended to approximate all or a portion of the Trust’s variable-rate payment obligation on the Trust’s Financial Leverage.
 
 
The Trust will usually enter into swaps or caps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Trust’s receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities having a value at least equal to the Trust’s net payment obligations under any swap transaction, marked to market daily. The Trust will treat such amounts as illiquid.
 
 
The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Trust’s use of interest rate instruments could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Common Shares.
 
 
Interest rate swaps and caps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Trust is contractually obligated to make. The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to interest rate transactions entered into by the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. Depending on whether the Trust would be entitled to receive net payments from the counterparty on the swap or cap, which in turn would depend on the general state of short-term interest rates at that point in time, such default by a counterparty could negatively impact the performance of the Common Shares. Although this will not guarantee that the counterparty does not default, the Trust will not enter into an interest rate swap or cap transaction with any counterparty that the Sub-Adviser believes does not have the financial resources to honor its obligation under the interest rate swap or cap
transaction. Further, the Sub-Adviser will regularly monitor the financial stability of a counterparty to an interest rate swap or cap transaction in an effort to proactively protect the Trust’s investments.
 
 
At the time the interest rate swap or cap transaction reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Trust will not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as favorable as on the expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the performance of the Common Shares. The Trust may choose or be required to prepay Indebtedness. Such a prepayment would likely result in the Trust’s seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap or cap transaction entered into in connection with the Trust’s use of Financial Leverage. Such early termination of a swap could result in a termination payment by or to the Trust. An early termination of a cap could result in a termination payment to the Trust. There may also be penalties associated with early termination.
 
Temporary Defensive Investments
 
At any time when a temporary defensive posture is believed by the Sub-Adviser to be warranted (a “temporary defensive period”), the Trust may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. The money market instruments in which the Trust may invest are obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; commercial paper rated A-1 or higher by
 
 
 
46
 
 

 
 
 
 

 

 
 
 
 
S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s; and certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks that are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. During a temporary defensive period, the Trust may also invest in shares of money market mutual funds. Money market mutual funds are investment companies, and the investments in those companies by the Trust are in some cases subject to certain fundamental investment restrictions and applicable law. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI. As a shareholder in a mutual fund, the Trust will bear its ratable share of its expenses, including management fees, and will remain subject to payment of the fees to the Adviser, with respect to assets so invested. See “Management of the Trust.” The Trust may not achieve its investment objectives during a temporary defensive period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels.
 
 
Certain Other Investment Practices
 
 
When Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments. The Trust may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities, including on a “when issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved, in order to acquire the security or to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and price. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring ( i.e. , a when, as and if issued security). When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future, generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While it will only enter into a forward commitment with the intention of actually acquiring the security, the Trust may sell the security before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. Securities purchased under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and no interest (or dividends) accrues to the Trust prior to the settlement date. The Trust will earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an aggregate amount at least equal to the amount of its outstanding forward commitments.
 
 
Loans of Portfolio Securities. To increase income, the Trust may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions if (i) the loan is collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and (ii) no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the value of the Trust’s total assets. If the borrower fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the loan automatically terminates and the Trust could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over the value of the collateral. As with any extension of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. There can be no assurance that borrowers will not fail financially. On termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Trust, and any gain or loss in the market price during the period of the loan would inure to the Trust. If the other party to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Trust is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Trust’s ability to sell the collateral and the Trust would suffer a loss. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Loans of Portfolio Securities” in the SAI.
 
Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements may be seen as loans by the Trust collateralized by underlying debt securities. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the Trust would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the Trust to resell, the obligation at an agreed price and time. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return to the Trust that is not subject to market fluctuations during the holding period. The Trust bears a risk of loss in the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the Trust is delayed in or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral securities, including the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which it seeks to assert these rights. The Sub-Adviser, acting under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, reviews the creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the Trust enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate these risks and monitors on an ongoing basis the value of the securities subject to repurchase agreements to ensure that the value is maintained at the required level. The Trust has not adopted percentage limitations with respect to the percentage of its assets that may be subject to repurchase agreements. The Trust will not enter into repurchase agreements with the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or their affiliates.
 
Strategic Transactions
 
In addition to those derivatives transactions utilized in connection with the Trust’s duration management strategy and those described above under “—Portfolio Contents—Interest Rate Transactions,” the Trust may, but is not
 
 
47
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
required to, use various portfolio strategies, including derivatives transactions involving interest rate and foreign currency transactions, swaps, options and futures (“Strategic Transactions”). In the course of pursuing Strategic Transactions, the Trust may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, instruments or equity and fixed-income indices, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, and enter into swap, cap, floor or collar transactions. In addition, Strategic Transactions may also include new techniques, instruments or strategies that are developed or permitted as regulatory changes occur.
 
The Fund generally may seek to use Strategic Transactions to earn income, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks.  The Trust may use Strategic Transactions as a portfolio management or hedging technique to seek to protect against possible adverse changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for the Fund's portfolio, protect the value of the Fund's portfolio, facilitate the sale of certain securities for investment purposes, manage the effective interest rate exposure of the Fund, protect against changes in currency exchange rates, manage the effective maturity or duration of the Fund's portfolio, or obtain indirect investment exposure as a substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities directly. The Fund will not enter into a Strategic Transaction to the extent such Strategic Transaction would cause the Fund to become subject to regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a commodity pool.
 
Strategic Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Sub-Adviser's ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Losses on Strategic Transactions may reduce the Trust’s net asset value and its ability to pay distributions if they are not offset by gains on portfolio positions being hedged.  The use of Strategic Transactions may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment, or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Fund for investment purposes. The use of Financial Leverage by the Fund, if any, may limit the Fund's ability to use Strategic Transactions.
 
For a more deleted discussion of certain derivatives  and their attendant risks, see “Investment Objectives and Policies—Derivative Instruments” in the SAI.
 
 
Portfolio Turnover
 
 
The Trust will buy and sell securities to seek to accomplish its investment objectives. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expense to the Trust, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities. The portfolio turnover rate is computed by dividing the lesser of the amount of the securities purchased or securities sold by the average monthly value of securities owned during the year (excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less). The Trust’s portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Higher portfolio turnover may decrease the after-tax return to individual investors in the Trust to the extent it results in a decrease of the long-term capital gains portion of distributions to shareholders. Under normal market conditions, the Trust anticipates that its annual portfolio turnover rate will be approximately 50%.
 
 
Investment Restrictions
 
 
The Trust has adopted certain other investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. These limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares, as defined in the 1940 Act (and preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class). See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI for a complete list of the fundamental investment policies of the Trust.
 
 
USE OF FINANCIAL LEVERAGE
 
 
The Trust may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, (iii) investing in inverse floating rate securities, and (iv) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) (collectively “Financial Leverage”). So long as the net rate of return on the Trust’s investments purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage exceeds the cost of such Financial Leverage, such excess amounts will be available to pay higher distributions to Common Shareholders. The maximum level of and types of Financial
48

 
 

 


Leverage used by the Trust must be approved by the Board of Trustees. The Trust may utilize Financial Leverage up to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under current market conditions, the Trust initially expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage). The Trust has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be implemented or that it will be successful during any period during which it is employed.
 
 
Indebtedness
 
 
Under the 1940 Act, the Trust generally is not permitted to issue Indebtedness unless, immediately after the Indebtedness, the value of the Trust’s total assets less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by Indebtedness, is at least 300% of such principal amount. In addition, the Trust is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on the Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Trust’s total assets, less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by Indebtedness, is at least 300% of such principal amount after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution. If the Trust utilized Indebtedness, the Trust intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount of any outstanding Indebtedness to the extent necessary to maintain the required asset coverage. The Trust may also utilize Indebtedness in excess of such limit for temporary purposes such as the settlement of transactions.
 
 
The terms of any such Indebtedness may require the Trust to pay a fee to maintain a line of credit, such as a commitment fee, or to maintain minimum average balances with a lender. Any such requirements would increase the cost of such Indebtedness over the stated interest rate. Such lenders would have the right to receive interest on and repayment of principal of any such Indebtedness, which right will be senior to those of the Common Shareholders. Any such Indebtedness may contain provisions limiting certain activities of the Trust, including the payment of dividends to Common Shareholders in certain circumstances. Any Indebtedness will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future Indebtedness of the Trust. If the Trust utilizes Indebtedness, the Common Shareholders will bear the offering costs of the issuance of any Indebtedness, which are currently expected to be approximately .25% of the total amount of an offering of Indebtedness, and which is included as a component of “Interest payments on borrowed funds” in the Annual Expenses table under “Summary of Trust Expenses.”
 
 
Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Trust to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Trust also may subject the Trust to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for such Indebtedness. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Sub-Adviser from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies.
 
 
The 1940 Act grants to the lenders to the Trust, under certain circumstances, certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle the debt holders to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees.
 
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions
 
 
In reverse repurchase agreement transactions, the Trust sells portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers and agrees to repurchase them at a particular date and price. The Trust may utilize reverse repurchase agreements when it is anticipated that the interest income to be earned from the investment of the proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the transaction. During the period between the sale and repurchase, the Trust will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Trust, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Trust. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the reverse repurchase agreement, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Trust compared with what the performance would have been without the use of reverse repurchase agreements.
 
 
A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by the Trust of a security, often a mortgage-backed security, concurrently with an agreement by the Trust to purchase a similar security at a later date at an agreed-upon price. The securities that are purchased will bear the same interest rate and stated maturity as those sold, but pools of mortgages collateralizing those securities may have different prepayment histories than those sold. During the period between the sale and repurchase, the Trust will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Trust, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Trust. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have
 
 
49
 
 

 
 

 
 
been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Trust compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls.
 
 
With respect to Financial Leverage incurred through engaging in reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC. Under current interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, the Trust would earmark or segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to the Trust’s repurchase obligation under the reverse repurchase agreement. As a result of such segregation, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act. Therefore, the Trust’s ability to utilize Financial Leverage through such transactions will not be limited by the 1940 Act, but will be limited by the Trust’s maximum overall leverage levels approved by the Board of Trustees (currently 33 1/3% of the Trust's Managed Assets) and may be limited by the availability of cash or liquid securities to earmark or segregate in connection with such transactions.
 
 
With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, the Trust’s Managed Assets shall include any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Trust to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the underlying asset as of the relevant measuring date.
 
 
Inverse Floating Rate Securities
 
 
Under current market conditions, the Trust anticipates utilizing Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements. The Trust also may utilize Financial Leverage through investments in inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as “inverse floaters”), although the Trust will not do so during its first year of operation. Inverse floating rate securities are securities whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. Generally, inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust formed by a third party sponsor for the purpose of holding municipal bonds. The special purpose trust typically sells two classes of beneficial interests or securities: floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as short-term floaters or tender option bonds) and inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as inverse floaters or residual interest securities). The short-term floating rate securities have first priority on the cash flow from the municipal bonds held by the special purpose trust. The holder of the inverse floating rate securities receives the residual cash flow from the special purpose trust. Because the holder of the short-term floater is generally assured liquidity at the face value of the security, the holder of the inverse floater assumes the interest rate cash flow risk and the market value risk associated with the municipal security deposited into the special purpose trust. In addition, all voting rights and decisions to be made with respect to any other rights relating to the municipal bonds held in the special purpose trust are passed through to the holder of the residual inverse floating rate securities.
 
 
Because increases in the interest rate on the short-term floaters reduce the residual interest paid on inverse floaters, and because fluctuations in the value of the municipal bond deposited in the special purpose trust affect the value of the inverse floater only, and not the value of the short-term floater issued by the special purpose trust, inverse floaters’ value is generally more volatile than that of fixed rate bonds. The market price of inverse floating rate securities is generally more volatile than that of the underlying securities due to the leveraging effect of this ownership structure. The volatility of the interest cash flow and the residual market value will vary with the degree to which the special purpose trust is leveraged. This is expressed in the ratio of the total face value of the short-term floaters in relation to the value of the residual inverse floaters that are issued by the special purpose trust. These securities generally will underperform the market of fixed rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment ( i.e. , when bond values are falling), but tend to outperform the market of fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline or remain relatively stable. Although volatile, inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields exceeding the yields available on fixed rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity.
 
 
Inverse floaters have varying degrees of liquidity based upon the liquidity of the underlying securities deposited in a special purpose trust. The market for such inverse floating rate securities issued by special purpose trusts formed with taxable municipal securities is relatively new and undeveloped. Initially, there may be a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the credit risks, counterparty risk and liquidity risk of investing in taxable inverse floating rate securities.
 
 
The Trust may invest in inverse floating rate securities, issued by special purpose trusts that have recourse to the Trust. At the Sub-Adviser’s discretion, the Trust may enter into a separate shortfall and forbearance agreement with the third party sponsor of a special purpose trust. The Trust may enter into such shortfall and forbearance agreements (i) when the liquidity provider to the special purpose trust requires such an agreement because the level of leverage in the special purpose trust exceeds the level that the liquidity provider is willing support absent such an agreement; and/or (ii) to seek to prevent the liquidity provider from collapsing the special purpose trust in the event that the municipal obligation held in the special purpose trust has declined in value. Such an agreement would require the
 
 
50
 
 

 
 

 
 
Trust to reimburse the third party sponsor of the special purpose trust, upon termination of the special purpose trust issuing the inverse floating rate security, the difference between the liquidation value of the bonds held in the special purpose trust and the principal amount due to the holders of floating rate interests. Such agreements may expose the Trust to a risk of loss that exceeds its investment in the inverse floating rate securities. Absent a shortfall and forbearance agreement, the Trust would not be required to make such a reimbursement. If the Trust chooses not to enter into such an agreement, the special purpose trust could be liquidated and the Trust could incur a loss.

 
With respect to Financial Leverage incurred through investments in inverse floating rate securities, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC. Under current interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, the Trust would earmark or segregate liquid assets, not including assets deposited in the special purpose trust, in an amount equal to any short term floaters that are not owned by the Trust, plus any accrued but unpaid interest due on such short term floaters, issued by special purpose trusts sponsored on behalf of the Trust. As a result of such segregation, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act. Therefore, the Trust’s ability to utilize Financial Leverage through such transactions will not be limited by the 1940 Act, but will be limited by the Trust’s maximum overall leverage levels approved by the Board of Trustees (currently 33 1/3% of the Trust's Managed Assets) and may be limited by the availability of cash or liquid securities to earmark or segregate in connection with such transactions.
 
 
With respect to inverse floating rate securities, the Trust’s Managed Assets include assets attributable to the Trust’s use of effective leverage (whether or not those assets are reflected in the Trust’s financial statements for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles), including the portion of assets in special purpose trusts of which the Trust owns the inverse floater certificates that has been effectively financed by the special purpose trust’s issuance of floating rate certificates.
 
 
Preferred Shares
 
 
Although the Trust has no current intention to do so, the 1940 Act also permits the Trust to utilize Financial Leverage through the issuance of Preferred Shares. The Trust’s Governing Documents provide that the Board of Trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without prior approval of the Common Shareholders. Common Shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Any such Preferred Share offering would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Trust may not issue Preferred Shares unless, immediately after such issuance, it has an “asset coverage” of at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares ( i.e. , such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the value of the Trust’s total assets). For these purposes, “asset coverage” means the ratio of (i) total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by “senior securities” to (ii) the amount of “senior securities representing indebtedness” plus the “involuntary liquidation preference” of the Preferred Shares. “Senior security” means any bond, note, or similar security evidencing indebtedness and any class of shares having priority over any other class as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends. “Senior security representing indebtedness” means any “senior security” other than equity shares. The “involuntary liquidation preference” of the Preferred Shares is the amount that holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to receive in the event of an involuntary liquidation of the Trust in preference to the Common Shares. In addition, the Trust is not permitted to declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in Common Shares), or to declare any other distribution on its Common Shares, or to purchase any Common Shares, unless the Preferred Shares have at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or other distribution, or at the time of any such purchase of Common Shares, an asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Trust intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary to maintain asset coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%. Any Preferred Shares issued by the Trust would have special voting rights and a liquidation preference over the Common Shares. Issuance of Preferred Shares would constitute Financial Leverage and would entail special risks to the Common Shareholders.
 
 
If Preferred Shares are outstanding, two of the Trust’s Trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees of the Trust will be elected by Common Shareholders and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the unlikely event the Trust failed to pay dividends on Preferred Shares for two years, Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Trust.
 
 
The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more NRSROs that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the 1940 Act. The Trust has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares.
 
 
51
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
Certain Portfolio Transactions
 
 
In addition, the Trust may engage in certain derivative transactions, including swaps, that have characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to make payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to deliver particular securities to extinguish the Trust’s obligations under such transactions the Trust may “cover” its obligations under such transactions by either (i) owning the securities or collateral underlying such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, having earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities). Such segregation or cover will ensure that the Trust has liquid assets available to satisfy its obligations under such transactions. As a result of such segregation or cover, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act, or included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Trust’s financial leverage. To the extent that the Trust’s obligations under such transactions are not so segregated or covered, such obligations may be considered “senior securities representing indebtedness” under the 1940 Act and therefore subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement.
 
 
Effects of Financial Leverage
 
 
Assuming (i) the use by the Trust of Financial Leverage representing approximately 33 1 / 3 % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) and (ii) interest costs to the Trust at an average annual rate of 1.25% with respect to such Financial Leverage, then the incremental income generated by the Trust’s portfolio (net of estimated expenses including expenses related to the Financial Leverage) must exceed approximately .42% to cover such interest expense. These numbers are merely estimates used for illustration. The amount of Financial Leverage used by the Trust as well as actual interest expenses on such Financial Leverage may vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate estimated above.
 
 
The following table is furnished pursuant to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of Financial Leverage on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income, net expenses and changes in the value of investments held in the Trust’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of what the Trust’s investment portfolio returns will be. The table further reflects the issuance of Financial Leverage representing approximately 33 1 / 3 % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) and the Trust’s currently projected annual interest rate of 1.25% with respect to such Financial Leverage. The table does not reflect any offering costs of Common Shares or Financial Leverage.
 
           
Assumed portfolio total return (net of expenses)
(10.00)%
(5.00)%
0.00%
5.00%
10.00%
Common Share total return
-15.62%
-8.12%
-.62%
6.87%
14.37%
 
Common Share total return is composed of two elements—the Common Share dividends paid by the Trust (the amount of which is largely determined by the Trust’s net investment income after paying the carrying cost of Financial Leverage) and realized and unrealized gains or losses on the value of the securities the Trust owns. As required by SEC rules, the table assumes that the Trust is more likely to suffer capital loss than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0%, the Trust must assume that the net investment income it receives on its investments is entirely offset by losses on the value of those investments. This table reflects the hypothetical performance of the Trust’s portfolio and not the performance of the Trust’s Common Shares, the value of which will be determined by market and other factors.
 
 
During the time in which the Trust is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Trust’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the maximum level of and types of Financial Leverage used by the Trust must be approved by the Board of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees will
 
 
52
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
receive regular reports from the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser regarding the Trust’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Trust’s portfolio and the performance of the Trust.
 
 
Unless and until the Trust utilizes Financial Leverage, the Common Shares will not be leveraged and this section will not apply.
 
 
RISKS
 
 
Investors should consider the following risk factors and special considerations associated with investing in the Trust. An investment in the Trust is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest.
 
 
No Operating History
 
 
The Trust is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history.
 
 
Not a Complete Investment Program
 
 
An investment in the Common Shares of the Trust should not be considered a complete investment program. The Trust is intended for long-term investors seeking current income and capital appreciation. The Trust is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to play short-term swings in the stock market. Each Common Shareholder should take into account the Trust’s investment objectives as well as the Common Shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Trust.
 
 
Investment and Market Risk
 
 
An investment in Common Shares of the Trust is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in the Common Shares of the Trust represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Trust, including municipal securities, which generally trade in the over-the-counter markets. The value of those securities may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The value of the securities owned by the Trust will affect the value of the Common Shares. At any point in time, your Common Shares may be worth less than your original investment, including the reinvestment of Trust dividends and distributions.
 
 
Management Risk
 
 
The Trust is subject to management risk because it has an actively managed portfolio. The Sub-Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analysis in making investment decisions for the Trust, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The Trust will invest in securities that the Sub-Adviser believes are undervalued or mispriced as a result of recent economic events, such as market dislocations, the inability of other investors to evaluate risk and forced selling. If the Sub-Adviser’s perception of the value of a security is incorrect, your investment in the Trust may lose value.
 
 
Build America Bonds Risk
 
 
The BABs market is smaller and less diverse than the broader municipal securities market. In addition, because BABs are a new form of municipal financing and because bonds issued after December 31, 2010 currently will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant provisions of the Act are extended, it is impossible to predict the extent to which a market for such bonds will develop, meaning that BABs may experience less liquidity than other types of municipal securities. If the ability to issue BABs is not extended beyond December 31, 2010, the number of BABs available in the market will be limited and there can be no assurance that BABs will be actively traded. Reduced liquidity may negatively affect the value of the BABs.
 
 
Because issuers of Direct Payment BABs held in the Trust’s portfolio receive reimbursement from the U.S. Treasury with respect to interest payment on bonds, there is a risk that those municipal issuers will not receive timely payment from the U.S. Treasury and may remain obligated to pay the full interest due on Direct Payment BABs held by the Trust. Furthermore, it is possible that a municipal issuer may fail to comply with the requirements to receive the direct pay subsidy or that a future Congress may terminate the subsidy altogether. In addition, the IRS Offset Rule allows for the possibility that subsidy payments received by issuers of BABs may be subject to offset against amounts owed by them to the federal government. Moreover, the IRS may audit the agencies issuing BABs and such audits may, among other things, examine the price at which BABs are initially sold to investors. If the IRS concludes that a
 
 
53
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
BAB was mis-priced based on its audit, it could disallow all or a portion of the interest subsidy received by the issuer of the BAB. The IRS Offset Rule and the disallowance of any interest subsidy as a result of an IRS audit could potentially adversely affect a BABs issuer’s credit rating, and adversely affect the issuer’s ability to repay or refinance BABs. This, in turn, could adversely affect the ratings and value of the BABs held by the Trust and the Trust’s net asset value. In this regard, the State of Florida recently announced that it suspended the new issuance of BABs as a result of its uncertainty relating to the IRS Offset Rule and, in May 2010, the IRS withheld subsidies from several states and municipalities, including Austin, Texas and the State of Maryland.
 
 
Because the BABs program is new, certain aspects of the BABs program may be subject to additional federal or state level guidance or subsequent legislation. For example, the IRS or U.S. Treasury could impose restrictions or limitations on the payments received. Aspects of the BABs program for which the IRS and the U.S. Treasury have solicited public comment include, but have not been limited to, methods for making direct payments to issuers, the tax procedural framework for such payments, and compliance safeguards. It is not known what additional procedures will be implemented with respect to Direct Payment BABs, if any, nor is it known what effect such possible procedures would have on the BABs market. Legislation extending the relevant provisions of the Act, if any, may also modify the characteristics of BABs issued after December 31, 2010, including the amount of subsidy paid to issuers.
 
 
The Trust intends to invest primarily in BABs and therefore the Trust’s net asset value may be more volatile than the value of a more broadly diversified portfolio and may fluctuate substantially over short periods of time. Because BABs currently do not include certain industries or types of municipal bonds ( e.g. , tobacco bonds or private activity bonds), there may be less diversification than with a broader pool of municipal securities.
 
 
Continuation of BABs Program. Currently, bonds issued after December 31, 2010 will not qualify as BABs unless the relevant provisions of the Act are extended or similar legislation is enacted that provides for municipal issuers to elect to issue taxable municipal securities and receive from the U.S. Treasury federal subsidies to offset a portion of the interest costs incurred over the full term of such taxable municipal securities. The Obama administration and Congress are considering a variety of proposals to extend or modify the BABs program. In particular, a bill approved by the House of Representatives would (1) extend the BABs program to March 31, 2013, (2) reduce the amount of the direct pay subsidy for bonds issued after 2010, and (3) apply the BABs program to certain bonds issued to refinance BABs. A similar proposal in the Senate would extend the BABs program only to December 31, 2011. No assurance can be given as to whether these proposals or other changes in the BABs program will be enacted, nor can it be predicted whether such proposals or changes, if enacted, will have a positive or negative effect on the Trust. If the BABs program is not extended and there cease to be new issuances of BABs or other taxable municipal securities with interest payments subsidized by the U.S. Government through direct pay subsidies, the Board of Trustees intends to evaluate potential actions with respect to the Trust. In such event the Board of Trustees may consider, among other things, changes to the non-fundamental investment policies of the Trust to permit the Trust to broaden its investment focus, for example to taxable municipal securities generally, merger of the Trust into another fund or termination of the Trust. If the Trust were to be terminated, the Trust would distribute all of its net assets to shareholders of record as of the date of termination after providing for all obligations of the Trust. The Trust’s investment objectives and policies are not designed to seek to return the initial offering price of the Common Shares in the offering on any future termination date. Investors who purchase Common Shares may receive more or less than their original investment upon any termination of the Trust.
 
 
General Municipal Securities Market Risk
 
 
Investing in the municipal securities market involves certain risks. The municipal market is one in which dealer firms make markets in bonds on a principal basis using their proprietary capital, and during the recent market turmoil these firms’ capital was severely constrained. As a result, some firms were unwilling to commit their capital to purchase and to serve as a dealer for municipal bonds. Certain municipal securities may not be registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than for corporate equities or bonds, and the Trust’s investment performance may therefore be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s analytical abilities.
 
 
The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly the below investment grade bonds in which the Trust may invest, also tends to be less developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Trust’s ability to sell its municipal securities at attractive prices or at prices approximating those at which the Trust currently values them. Municipal securities may contain redemption provisions, which may allow the securities to be
 
 
54
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
called or redeemed prior to their stated maturity, potentially resulting in the distribution of principal and a reduction in subsequent interest distributions.
 
 
Many state and municipal governments are currently under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. The taxing powers of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors, including the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid, and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control. In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations, or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes.
 
 
Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under Chapter 9 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Although similar to other bankruptcy proceedings in some respects, municipal bankruptcy is significantly different in that there is no provision in the law for liquidation of the assets of the municipality and distribution of the proceeds to creditors. Municipal bankruptcy is available to issuers in certain states. In states in which municipal bankruptcy is not presently available, new legislation would be required to permit a municipal issuer in such state to file for bankruptcy. Municipalities must voluntarily seek protection under the Bankruptcy Code; municipal bankruptcy proceedings cannot be commenced by creditors. Due to the severe limitations placed upon the power of the bankruptcy court in Chapter 9 cases, the bankruptcy court generally is not as active in managing a municipal bankruptcy case as it is in corporate reorganizations. The bankruptcy court cannot appoint a trustee nor interfere with the municipality’s political or governmental powers or with its properties or revenues, for example by ordering reductions in expenditures, increases in taxes, or sales of property, without the municipality’s consent. In addition, the municipality can continue to borrow in the ordinary course without bankruptcy court approval if it is able to do so without affecting the rights of existing creditors. Neither creditors nor courts may control the affairs of the municipality indirectly by proposing a readjustment plan that would effectively determine the municipality’s future tax and spending decisions, so the Trust’s influence over any bankruptcy proceedings would be very limited. In the event of bankruptcy of a municipal issuer, the Trust could experience delays in collecting principal and interest, and the Trust may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which it is entitled. There is no provision in municipal bankruptcy proceedings for liquidation of municipal assets in order to distribute proceeds to creditors such as the Trust.
 
 
Credit Risk
 
 
Credit risk is the risk that one or more securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation experiences a decline in its financial status.
 
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
 
Generally, when market interest rates rise, bond prices fall, and vice versa. Interest rate risk is the risk that the debt securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. As interest rates decline, issuers of municipal securities may prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Trust to reinvest in lower-yielding securities and potentially reducing the Trust’s income. As interest rates increase, slower than expected principal payments may extend the average life of securities, potentially locking in a below-market interest rate and reducing the Trust’s value. In typical market interest rate environments, the prices of longer-term debt securities generally fluctuate more than the prices of shorter-term debt securities as interest rates change. These risks may be greater because certain interest rates are near or at historically low levels. To the extent the Trust invests in debt securities that may be prepaid at the option of the obligor, the sensitivity of such securities to changes in interest rates may increase (to the detriment of the Trust) when interest rates rise. Moreover, because rates on certain floating rate debt securities in which the Trust may invest typically reset only periodically, changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the Trust’s net asset value.
 
 
The Trust may invest in variable and floating rate debt securities. Rates on these securities typically reset only periodically so changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the Trust’s net asset value, although these types of securities generally are less sensitive
 
 
55
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
to interest rate changes than longer duration fixed rate instruments. Conversely, variable and floating rate debt securities generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline.
 
 
Duration Management Risk
 
 
In connection with the Trust’s duration management strategy, the Trust may utilize certain strategies, including interest rate swaps, in order to manage the duration of the Trust’s portfolio to reduce the interest rate sensitivity of the Trust’s debt securities and decrease the Trust’s exposure to interest rate risk. Certain aspects of the Trust’s duration management strategy may not be implemented until after the full investment of the proceeds of this offering. Until the duration management strategy is fully implemented, the Trust may be more subject to interest rate risk. There can be no assurance that the Sub-Adviser’s duration management strategy will be successful at any given time in managing the duration of the Trust’s portfolio or helping the Trust to achieve its investment objectives.
 
 
Financial Leverage Risk
 
 
The Trust initially expects to employ Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser anticipate that the use of Financial Leverage will result in higher income to Common Shareholders over time. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or will be successful.
 
 
Financial Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Trust to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. Financial Leverage involves risks and special considerations for Common Shareholders, including:

 
 
·  
the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and dividend rate of the Common Shares than a comparable portfolio without Financial Leverage;
 
 
·  
the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the interest or dividend rates on any Financial Leverage that the Trust must pay will reduce the return to the Common Shareholders;
 
 
·  
the effect of Financial Leverage in a declining market may result in a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Trust were not leveraged;
 
 
·  
when the Trust uses Financial Leverage, the investment advisory fees payable to the Adviser and Sub- Adviser will be higher than if the Trust did not use Financial Leverage; and
 
 
·  
Financial Leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return.
 
 
The Trust will have to pay interest on its Indebtedness, if any, which may reduce the Trust’s return. This interest expense may be greater than the Trust’s return on the underlying investment. Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Trust to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Trust also may subject the Trust to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for such Indebtedness. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Sub-Adviser from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies.
 
 
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and Trust expenses, that the market value of the securities sold by the Trust may decline below the price at which the Trust is obligated to repurchase such securities and that the securities may not be returned to the Trust. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed.
 
 
Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Trust is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Trust sells securities becomes insolvent, the Trust’s right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted. Successful use of dollar rolls may depend upon the Sub-Adviser’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.
 
 
Inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust (sometimes called a “tender option bond trust”) formed by a third party sponsor for the purpose of holding municipal bonds. Investing in such securities may expose the Trust to certain risks. In general, income on inverse floating rate securities will decrease
 
 
56
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
when interest rates increase and increase when interest rates decrease. Investments in inverse floating rate securities may subject the Trust to the risks of reduced or eliminated interest payments and losses of principal.
 
 
During the time in which the Trust is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Trust’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the maximum level of and types of Financial Leverage used by the Trust must be approved by the Board of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser regarding the Trust’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Trust’s portfolio and the performance of the Trust.
 
 
In addition the Trust may engage in certain derivative transactions, including swaps, that have characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Trust to make payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transaction in accordance with applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Trust to deliver particular securities to extinguish the Trust’s obligations under such transactions, the Trust may “cover” its obligations under such transaction by either (i) owning the securities or collateral underlying such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, having earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities). Securities so segregated or designated as “cover” will be unavailable for sale by the Sub-Adviser (unless replaced by other securities qualifying for segregation or cover requirements), which may adversely effect the ability of the Trust to pursue its investment objectives.
 
 
Reinvestment Risk
 
 
Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Trust’s portfolio will decline if and when the Trust invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called bonds at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A municipal security’s issuer may call the security for redemption before it matures. If this happens to a municipal security that the Trust holds, the Trust may lose income and may have to invest the proceeds in municipal securities with lower yields. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or investors’ overall returns.
 
 
Inflation/Deflation Risk
 
 
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Trust’s use of Financial Leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common Shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse affect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio.
 
 
Insurance Risk
 
 
The Trust may purchase municipal securities that are secured by insurance, bank credit agreements or escrow accounts. The credit quality of the companies that provide such credit enhancements will affect the value of these securities. To date, BABs have been sold largely without insurance; however, as the BABs market continues to develop and evolve, insured BABs offerings may become more prevalent. Many significant providers of insurance for municipal securities have recently incurred significant losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower credit quality investments that have experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such losses have reduced the insurers’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such insurance if they are called upon to do so in the future. While an insured municipal security will typically be deemed to have the rating of its insurer, if the insurer of a municipal security suffers a downgrade in its credit rating or the market discounts the value of the insurance provided by the insurer, the rating of the underlying municipal security will be more relevant and the value of the municipal security would more closely, if not entirely, reflect such rating. In such a case, the value of insurance associated with a municipal security
 
 
57
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
would decline and the insurance may not add any value. As concern has increased about the balance sheets of insurers, prices on insured bonds—especially those bonds issued by weaker underlying credits—declined. Most insured bonds are currently being valued according to their fundamentals as if they were uninsured. The insurance feature of a municipal security normally provides that it guarantees the full payment of principal and interest when due through the life of an insured obligation, but does not guarantee the market value of the insured obligation or the net asset value of the Common Shares attributable to such insured obligation.
 
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk
 
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are below investment grade quality, which are commonly referred to as “junk” bonds and are regarded as predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Below investment grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.
 
 
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s net asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term. See “—Volatility Risk” and “—Recent Market Developments Risks.”
 
 
Sector Risk
 
 
The Trust may invest a significant portion of its Managed Assets in certain sectors of the municipal securities market, such as hospitals and other health care facilities, charter schools and other private educational facilities, special taxing districts and start-up utility districts, and private activity bonds including industrial development bonds on behalf of transportation companies such as airline companies, whose credit quality and performance may be more susceptible to economic, business, political and regulatory developments than other sectors of municipal issuers. If the Trust invests a significant portion of its Managed Assets in the sectors noted above, the Trust’s performance may be subject to additional risk and variability. To the extent that the Trust focuses its Managed Assets in the hospital and healthcare facilities sector, for example, the Trust will be subject to risks associated with such sector, including adverse government regulation and reduction in reimbursement rates, as well as government approval of products and services and intense competition. Securities issued with respect to special taxing districts will be subject to various risks, including real-estate development related risks and taxpayer concentration risk. Further, the fees, special taxes or tax allocations and other revenues established to secure the obligations of securities issued with respect to special taxing districts are generally limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. Charter schools and other private educational facilities are subject to various risks, including the reversal of legislation authorizing or funding charter schools, the failure to renew or secure a charter, the failure of a funding entity to appropriate necessary funds and competition from alternatives such as voucher programs. Issuers of municipal utility securities can be significantly affected by government regulation, financing difficulties, supply and demand of services or fuel and natural resource conservation. The transportation sector, including airports, airlines, ports and other transportation facilities, can be significantly affected by changes in the economy, fuel prices, maintenance, labor relations, insurance costs and government regulation.
 
 
Special Risks Related to Certain Municipal Securities
 
 
The Trust may invest in municipal leases and certificates of participation in such leases. Municipal leases and certificates of participation involve special risks not normally associated with general obligations or revenue bonds. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract
 
 
58
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the governmental issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and may result in a delay in recovering or the failure to fully recover the Trust’s original investment. In the event of non-appropriation, the issuer would be in default and taking ownership of the assets may be a remedy available to the Trust, although the Trust does not anticipate that such a remedy would normally be pursued. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. Certificates of participation, which represent interests in unmanaged pools of municipal leases or installment contracts, involve the same risks as the underlying municipal leases. In addition, the Trust may be dependent upon the municipal authority issuing the certificates of participation to exercise remedies with respect to the underlying securities. Certificates of participation entail a risk of default or bankruptcy not only of the issuer of the underlying lease but also of the municipal agency issuing the certificate of participation.
 
 
Asset-Backed Securities Risk
 
 
Investing in ABS entails various risks, including credit risks, liquidity risks, interest rate risks, market risks and legal risks. ABS are subject to significant credit risks because of the credit risks inherent in the underlying collateral and because issuers are primarily private entities. The structure of ABS and the terms of the investors’ interest in the collateral can vary widely depending on the type of collateral, the desires of investors and the use of credit enhancements. Although the basic elements of all ABS are similar, individual transactions can differ markedly in both structure and execution. Important determinants of the risk associated with issuing or holding the securities include the process by which principal and interest payments are allocated and distributed to investors, how credit losses affect the issuing vehicle and the return to investors in such ABS, whether collateral represents a fixed set of specific assets or accounts, whether the underlying collateral assets are revolving or closed-end, under what terms (including the maturity of the ABS itself) any remaining balance in the accounts may revert to the issuing entity and the extent to which the entity that is the actual source of the collateral assets is obligated to provide support to the issuing vehicle or to the investors in such ABS. The Trust may invest in ABS that are subordinate in right of payment and rank junior to other securities that are secured by or represent an ownership interest in the same pool of assets. In addition, many of the transactions in which such securities are issued have structural features that divert payments of interest and/or principal to more senior classes when the delinquency or loss experience of the pool exceeds certain levels. As a result, such securities have a higher risk of loss.
 
 
The collateral underlying ABS may constitute assets related to a wide range of industries and sectors. For example, ABS can be collateralized with credit card and automobile receivables. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. If the economy of the United States deteriorates, defaults on securities backed by credit card, automobile and other receivables may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any ABS owned by the Trust. In addition, these securities may provide the Trust with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do mortgage-related securities. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. The Credit CARD Act of 2009 imposes new regulations on the ability of credit card issuers to adjust the interest rates and exercise various other rights with respect to indebtedness extended through credit cards. The Trust and the Sub-Adviser cannot predict what effect, if any, such regulations might have on the market for ABS and such regulations may adversely affect the value of ABS owned by the Trust. U.S. automobile manufacturers have recently reported reduced sales and the potential inability to meet their financing needs. As a result, certain automobile manufacturers have been granted access to emergency loans from the U.S.
 
 
59
 
 
 
 

 
 

Government and have experienced bankruptcy. As a result of these events, the value of securities backed by receivables from the sale or lease of automobiles may be adversely affected.
 
 
Senior Loan Risk
 
 
Senior Loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. Senior Loans are usually rated below investment grade. As a result, the risks associated with Senior Loans are similar to the risks of below investment grade securities, although Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to other below investment grade securities, which are often subordinated and unsecured. Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. In addition, because their interest rates are typically adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, Senior Loans generally are subject to less interest rate risk than other below investment grade securities, which are typically fixed rate.
 
 
There is less readily available, reliable information about most Senior Loans than is the case for many other types of securities. In addition, there is no minimum rating or other independent evaluation of a borrower or its securities limiting the Trust’s investments, and the Sub-Adviser relies primarily on its own evaluation of a borrower’s credit quality rather than on any available independent sources. As a result, the Trust is particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Sub-Adviser.
 
 
The Trust may invest in Senior Loans rated below investment grade, which are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. The companies issuing such Senior Loans are more likely to default on their payments of interest and principal owed to the Trust, and such defaults could reduce the Trust’s net asset value and income distributions. An economic downturn generally leads to a higher non-payment rate, and a Senior Loan may lose significant value before a default occurs. Moreover, any specific collateral used to secure a Senior Loan may decline in value or become illiquid, which would adversely affect the Senior Loan’s value.
 
 
No active trading market may exist for certain Senior Loans, which may impair the ability of the Trust to realize full value in the event of the need to sell a Senior Loan and which may make it difficult to value Senior Loans. Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded Senior Loans, meaning that the Trust may not be able to sell them quickly at a desirable price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Illiquid securities are also difficult to value. See “—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
 
Although the Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower, the Trust could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. If the terms of a Senior Loan do not require the borrower to pledge additional collateral in the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, the Trust will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the borrower’s obligations under the Senior Loans. To the extent that a Senior Loan is collateralized by stock in the borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower. Such Senior Loans involve a greater risk of loss. Some Senior Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the Senior Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the borrower or take other action detrimental to lenders, including the Trust. Such court action could under certain circumstances include invalidation of Senior Loans.
 
 
The Trust may purchase Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis from a participant in the original syndicate of lenders or from subsequent assignees of such interests. Investments in Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis may involve additional risks to the Trust. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and, in any event, the Trust may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral. If such loan is foreclosed, the Trust could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.
 
 
60
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
The Trust may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Senior Loans. The participation by the Trust in a lender’s portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in the Trust having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Trust may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. In purchasing participations, the Trust generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the borrower, and the Trust may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. When purchasing loan participations, the Trust assumes the credit risk associated with the Borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Trust may invest may not be rated by any NRSRO.
 
 
Liquidity Risk
 
 
The Trust may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in municipal securities that are, at the time of investment, illiquid and certain other securities in which the Trust may invest may be illiquid. Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value that the Trust values the securities. Illiquid securities may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid securities and may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. The Trust may be subject to significant delays in disposing of illiquid securities. Accordingly, the Trust may be forced to sell these securities at less than fair market value or may not be able to sell them when the Sub-Adviser believes it is desirable to do so. Illiquid securities also may entail registration expenses and other transaction costs that are higher than those for liquid securities. Restricted securities ( i.e. , securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale) may be illiquid. However, some restricted securities (such as securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and certain commercial paper) may be treated as liquid for these purposes. Inverse floating rate securities or the residual interest certificates of tender option bond trusts are not considered illiquid securities.
 
 
Volatility Risk
 
 
The use of Financial Leverage by the Trust will cause the net asset value, and possibly the market price, of the Trust’s common shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and other economic indicators. In addition, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are below investment grade quality ( i.e., “junk bonds”), which may be less liquid and therefore more volatile than investment grade municipal securities. As a result, the net asset value and market price of the common shares of the Trust will be more volatile than those of a closed-end investment company that is not exposed to leverage or that does not invest in below investment grade securities.
 
 
Inverse Floating Rate Securities Risk
 
 
Under current market conditions, the Trust anticipates utilizing Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or engaging in reverse repurchase agreements. However, the Trust also may utilize Financial Leverage through investments in inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as “inverse floaters”). Typically, inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust (sometimes called a “tender option bond trust”) formed by a third party sponsor for the purpose of holding municipal bonds. Distributions on inverse floating rate securities bear an inverse relationship to short-term municipal bond interest rates. In general, income on inverse floating rate securities will decrease, or in the extreme be eliminated, when interest rates increase and increase when interest rates decrease. Investments in inverse floating rate securities may subject the Trust to the risks of reduced or eliminated interest payments and losses of principal. Short-term interest rates are at historic lows and may be more likely to rise in the current market environment, which may have a negative effect on the returns of inverse floating rate securities.
 
 
Inverse floating rate securities may increase or decrease in value at a greater rate than the underlying interest rate, which effectively leverages the Trust’s investment. As a result, the market value of such securities generally will be more volatile than that of fixed rate securities. The structure and degree to which the Trust’s inverse floating rate securities are leveraged will vary based upon a number of factors, including the size of the special purpose trust itself and the terms of the underlying municipal security. In the event of a significant decline in the value of an underlying security, the Trust may suffer losses in excess of the amount of its investment (up to an amount equal to the value of the municipal securities underlying the inverse floating rate securities) as a result of liquidating the special purpose
 
 
61
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
trust or other collateral required to maintain the Trust’s anticipated effective leverage ratio. The market price of inverse floating rate securities is generally more volatile than that of the underlying securities due to leverage.
 
 
The Trust may invest in inverse floating rate securities issued by special purpose trusts that have recourse to the Trust. In the Sub-Adviser’s discretion, the Trust may enter into a separate shortfall and forbearance agreement with the third party sponsor of a special purpose trust. The Trust may enter into such shortfall and forbearance agreements (i) when the liquidity provider to the special purpose trust requires such an agreement because the level of leverage in the special purpose trust exceeds the level that the liquidity provider is willing to support absent such an agreement; and/or (ii) to seek to prevent the liquidity provider from collapsing the special purpose trust in the event that the municipal obligation held in the special purpose trust has declined in value. Such an agreement would require the Trust to reimburse the third party sponsor of the special purpose trust, upon termination of the special purpose trust issuing the inverse floating rate security, the difference between the liquidation value of the bonds held in the special purpose trust and the principal amount due to the holders of floating rate interests. In such instances, the Trust may be at risk of loss that exceeds its original investment in the inverse floating rate securities. The Trust’s investments in inverse floating rate securities issued by special purpose trusts that have recourse to the Trust may be highly leveraged.
 
 
Inverse floating rate securities have varying degrees of liquidity based, among other things, upon the liquidity of the underlying securities deposited in a special purpose trust. The Trust may invest in taxable inverse floating rate securities, issued by special purpose trusts formed with taxable municipal securities. The market for such inverse floating rate securities issued by special purpose trusts formed with taxable municipal securities is relatively new and undeveloped. Initially, there may be a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the credit risks, counterparty risk and liquidity risk of investing in taxable inverse floating rate securities.
 
 
The leverage attributable to such inverse floating rate securities may be “called away” on relatively short notice and therefore may be less permanent than more traditional forms of Financial Leverage. In certain circumstances, to the extent the Trust relies on inverse floating rate securities to achieve its desired effective leverage ratio, the likelihood of an increase in the volatility of net asset value and market price of the Common Shares may be greater.
 
 
To the extent the Trust relies on inverse floating rate securities to achieve its desired effective leverage ratio, the Trust may be required to sell its inverse floating rate securities at less than favorable prices, or liquidate other Trust portfolio holdings in certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
 
·  
if the Trust has a need for cash and the securities in a special purpose trust are not actively trading due to adverse market conditions;
 
 
·  
if special purpose trust sponsors (as a collective group or individually) experience financial hardship and consequently seek to terminate their respective outstanding special purpose trusts; and/or
 
 
·  
if the value of an underlying security declines significantly (to a level below the notional value of the floating rate securities issued by the special purpose trust) and if additional collateral has not been posted by the Trust.
 

Recent Market Developments
 
 
Global and domestic financial markets have experienced periods of unprecedented turmoil. Instability in the credit markets has made it more difficult for a number of issuers to obtain financings or refinancings for their investment or lending activities or operations. There is a risk that such issuers will be unable to successfully complete such financings or refinancings. In particular, because of the conditions in the credit markets, issuers of debt securities may be subject to increased costs for debt, tightening underwriting standards and reduced liquidity for loans they make, securities they purchase and securities they issue. There is also a risk that developments in sectors of the credit markets in which the Trust does not invest may adversely affect the liquidity and the value of securities in sectors of the credit markets in which the Trust does invest, including securities owned by the Trust.
 
 
The debt and equity capital markets in the United States have been negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market, among other things. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major financial institutions and the resulting United States federal government actions led to worsening general economic conditions, which materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. Such market
 
 
62
 
 
 
 

 

 
 

 
 
conditions may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Trust, may make it more difficult for the Trust to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis and may adversely affect the ability of the Trust to borrow for investment purposes and increase the cost of such borrowings, which would reduce returns to the Common Shareholders. These developments adversely affected the broader economy, and may continue to do so, which in turn may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by the Trust to make payments of principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings and increased defaults. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Trust and adversely affect the net asset value of the Trust’s Common Shares. In addition, the prolonged continuation or further deterioration of current market conditions could adversely impact the Trust’s portfolio.
 
 
Governmental cost burdens may be reallocated among federal, state and local governments. Also, as a result of the downturn, many state and local governments have experienced significant reductions in revenues and consequently difficulties meeting ongoing expenses. As a result, certain of these state and local governments may have difficulty paying principal or interest on their outstanding debt and may experience ratings downgrades of their debt. In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations, or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. In addition to actions taken at the federal level, certain municipalities might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws, thereby affecting the repayment of their outstanding debt.
 
 
Recently markets have witnessed more stabilized economic activity as expectations for an economic recovery increased. However, risks to a robust resumption of growth persist. A return to unfavorable economic conditions or sustained economic slowdown could adversely impact the Trust’s portfolio. Financial market conditions, as well as various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world, have contributed to increased market volatility and may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and cause further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser do not know how long the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. and global economies and securities markets in the Trust’s portfolio. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser intend to monitor developments and seek to manage the Trust’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Trust’s investment objectives, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.
 
 
Government Intervention in Financial Markets
 
 
The instability in the financial markets discussed above has led the U.S. Government to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Trust invests, or the issuers of such instruments. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law in July 2010, is expected to result in a significant revision of the U.S. financial regulatory framework. The Dodd-Frank Act covers a broad range of topics, including, among many others: a reorganization of federal financial regulators; the creation of a process designed to ensure financial system stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; the enactment of new rules for derivatives trading; the creation of a consumer financial protection watchdog; the registration and regulation of managers of private funds; the regulation of credit rating agencies; and the enactment of new federal requirements for residential mortgage loans. The regulation of various types of derivative instruments pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act may adversely affect issuers of securities in which the Trust invests that utilize derivatives strategies for hedging or other purposes. The ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and any resulting regulation, is not yet certain and issuers of securities in which the Trust invests may also be affected by the new legislation and regulation in ways that are currently unknown and unforeseeable.
 
 
Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Trust’s portfolio holdings.
 
 
63
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
Legislation Risk
 
 
At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Trust or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the entities in which the Trust invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust or will not impair the ability of the Trust to achieve its investment objectives.
 
 
Strategic Transactions Risk
 
 
The Trust may engage in various Strategic Transactions, including derivatives transactions involving interest rate and foreign currency transactions, swaps, options and futures, for hedging and risk management purposes and to enhance total return. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Sub-Adviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes.
 
 
Synthetic Investments Risk
 
 
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to credit securities through the use of derivative instruments (including swaps, options, forwards, notional principal contracts or customized derivative or financial instruments) to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in securities in which the Trust may invest. The Trust may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Sub-Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Trust’s investment strategies. If the Trust enters into a derivative instrument whereby it agrees to receive the return of a security or financial instrument or a basket of securities or financial instruments, it will typically contract to receive such returns for a predetermined period of time. During such period, the Trust may not have the ability to increase or decrease its exposure. In addition, customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Trust will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Trust’s performance in a material adverse manner. Furthermore, derivative instruments typically contain provisions giving the counterparty the right to terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain events. Such events may include a decline in the value of the reference securities and material violations of the terms of the contract or the portfolio guidelines as well as other events determined by the counterparty. If a termination were to occur, the Trust’s return could be adversely affected as it would lose the benefit of the indirect exposure to the reference securities and it may incur significant termination expenses.
 
 
Counterparty Risk
 
 
The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
 
 
Securities Lending Risk
 
 
The Trust may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established by the Board of Trustees. Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Trust on a timely basis and the Trust may therefore lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by the Trust that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Trust and would adversely affect the Trust’s performance. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned or even a loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding.
 
 
64
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
Investment Funds Risk
 
 
Investments in Investment Funds present certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct investments in securities in which the Trust may invest. Investments in Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Trust. Such expenses and fees attributable to the Trust’s investments in Investment Funds are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in such entities involves expense and fee layering. To the extent management fees of Investment Funds are based on total gross assets, it may create an incentive for such entities’ managers to employ financial leverage, thereby adding additional expense and increasing volatility and risk. A performance-based fee arrangement may create incentives for an adviser or manager to take greater investment risks in the hope of earning a higher profit participation. Investments in Investment Funds frequently expose the Trust to an additional layer of financial leverage.
 
 
Market Discount Risk
 
 
Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities. Although the value of the Trust’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in determining whether to purchase or sell Common Shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will depend entirely upon whether the market price of Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for Common Shares. Because the market price of Common Shares will be determined by factors such as net asset value, dividend and distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for Common Shares, stability of dividends or distributions, trading volume of Common Shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the initial public offering price. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their Common Shares soon after the completion of the public offering, as the net asset value of the Common Shares will be reduced immediately following the offering as a result of the payment of certain offering expenses. Common Shares of the Trust are designed primarily for long-term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Trust as a vehicle for trading purposes.
 
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk
 
 
The Trust’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Trust. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Trust. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Trust which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may result in realized capital losses. See “Tax Matters.”
 
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk
 
 
Instability in the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world have contributed to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser do not know how long the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. and global economies and securities markets.
 
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk
 
 
The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) and the Trust’s Bylaws (collectively, the “Governing Documents”) include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Trust’s Governing Documents.”
 
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
 
 
Trustees and Officers
 
 
The Board of Trustees is broadly responsible for the management of the Trust, including general supervision of the duties performed by the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and
 
 
65
 
 

 
 
 
 

 

 
 
officers of the Trust and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Trust” in the SAI.
 
 
The Adviser
 
 
The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guggenheim Funds Services Group, Inc. (“Guggenheim Funds”), which acts as the Trust’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Trust (the “Advisory Agreement”). The Adviser acts as investment adviser to a number of closed-end and open-end investment companies. As of June 30, 2010, Guggenheim Funds entities have provided supervision, management and/or servicing on $15.3 billion in assets through closed-end funds, unit investment trusts and exchange-traded funds. The Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser.
 
 
Guggenheim Funds is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim”), a global, diversified financial services firm with more than $100 billion in assets under supervision as of June 30, 2010. Guggenheim, through its affiliates, provides investment management, investment advisory, insurance, investment banking, and capital markets services. The firm is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia.
 
 
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for the management of the Trust, furnishes offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Trust, oversees the activities of the Trust’s Sub-Adviser, provides personnel, including certain officers required for the Trust’s administrative management, and pays the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Trust who are its affiliates.
 
 
As compensation for its services, the Trust pays the Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to .60% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets (from which the Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser’s fee as described below). “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds of any Financial Leverage (whether or not these assets are reflected in the Trust’s financial statements for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles), minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any Financial Leverage. Managed Assets shall include assets attributable to Financial Leverage of any form, including Indebtedness, engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, investments in inverse floating rate securities, and/or Preferred Shares.
 
 
The Advisory Agreement was approved by the Board of Trustees on September 23, 2010. A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Advisory Agreement by the Board of Trustees will be available in the Trust’s initial report to shareholders, for the period ending November 30, 2010.
 
 
In addition to the fees of the Adviser, the Trust pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its Trustees (other than those affiliated with the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser), custodial expenses, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm, expenses of repurchasing shares, listing expenses, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any. All fees and expenses are accrued daily and deducted before payment of distributions to shareholders.
 
 
In 2009 the SEC conducted an examination of the Adviser and in 2010 reported to the Adviser that the SEC believed that certain deficiencies existed in procedures and disclosure relating to the management of a liquidated closed-end fund advised by the Adviser and sub-advised by a third-party sub-adviser who is not the sub-adviser to the Trust. In April 2010, SEC initiated an investigation of this liquidated closed-end fund and issued a subpoena to the Adviser, who has responded to this request for information and continues to cooperate with this investigation. Based on current knowledge, the Adviser believes that this matter will be resolved without a material adverse effect to its financial condition or its ability to act as investment adviser to the Trust, although there can be no assurance that this assessment will reflect the ultimate outcome of the pending matter.
 
 
The Sub-Adviser
 
 
Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC, an affiliate of Guggenheim, acts as the Trust’s investment sub-adviser pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement among the Trust, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). The Sub-Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401.
 
 
66
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser, under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio of investments and provides certain facilities and personnel related to such management. As compensation for the Sub-Adviser’s services, the Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to .30% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
 
The Sub-Advisory Agreement was approved by the Board of Trustees on September 23, 2010. A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Sub-Advisory Agreement by the Board of Trustees will be available in the Trust’s initial report to shareholders, for the period ending November 30, 2010.
 
 
Conflicts of Interest
 
 
During the time in which the Trust is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Trust’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the maximum level of and types of Financial Leverage used by the Trust must be approved by the Board of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser regarding the Trust’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Trust’s portfolio and the performance of the Trust.
 
 
Portfolio Management
 
 
The Sub-Adviser’s investment process is a collaborative effort between its portfolio construction group, which utilizes tools such as Guggenheim’s financial analysis model to determine allocation of assets among a variety of sectors, and its sector specialists, who are responsible for security selection within these sectors and for implementing securities transactions, including the structuring of certain securities directly with the issuer or with investment banks and dealers involved in the origination of such securities. The Sub-Adviser’s personnel with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Trust’s portfolio are:
 
 
B. Scott Minerd, Chief Investment Officer and Chief Executive Officer. Since 2001, Mr. Minerd has served as Chief Investment Officer of the Sub-Adviser, guiding the investment strategies of the sector portfolio managers. He was formerly a Managing Director with Credit Suisse First Boston in charge of trading and risk management for the Fixed Income Credit Trading Group (1994-1996). In this position, he was responsible for the corporate bond, preferred stock, money markets, U.S. Government agency and sovereign debt, derivatives securities, structured debt and interest-rate swaps trading business units. Previously, Mr. Minerd was Morgan Stanley’s London-based European Capital Markets Products Trading and Risk Manager responsible for Eurobonds, Euro medium-term-notes, domestic European Bonds, floating rate notes, derivative securities and money market products in 12 European currencies and Asian markets (1988-1994). Mr. Minerd has also held capital markets positions with Merrill Lynch (1983-1988) and Continental Bank (1982-1983) and was a Certified Public Accountant working for Price Waterhouse (1980-1982). Mr. Minerd holds a BS degree in Economics from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania and has completed graduate work at both the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business and the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.
 
 
Anne Bookwalter Walsh, Senior Managing Director. Ms. Walsh joined Guggenheim and the Sub-Adviser in 2007. Prior to joining Guggenheim, she was Senior Vice President and the Chief Investment Officer for Reinsurance Group of America, where she was employed from 2000 to 2007. Prior to that role, Ms. Walsh served as Vice President and Senior Investment Consultant for Zurich Scudder Investments. Earlier, she held roles at Lincoln Investment Management and American Bankers Insurance Group. Ms. Walsh received her BSBA and MBA from Auburn University and her JD from the University of Miami School of Law. She is a CFA Charter holder, a Fellow of the Life Management Institute and a member of the CFA Institute.
 
 
James E. Pass, Managing Director, Municipals. Mr. Pass joined Guggenheim and the Sub-Adviser in 2009. Mr. Pass is is responsible for the research, development and implementation of Guggenheim’s strategy involving municipal obligations. Previously, Mr. Pass was a Managing Director at RBC Capital Markets (2000-2009) where he managed the firm’s Midwest Region, which included Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Missouri, Ohio and Wisconsin. Mr.
 
 
67
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Pass has been involved in the municipal sector since 1986 and his municipal expertise has been recognized by The Bond Buyer, National Federation of Municipal Analysts and Bloomberg as he has served as a panelists at various conferences. Mr. Pass has the following security registrations: 7, 52, 53 and 63.
 
 
The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities of the Trust.
 
 
NET ASSET VALUE
 
 
The net asset value of the Common Shares is calculated by subtracting the Trust’s total liabilities (including from Borrowings) and the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Shares from total assets (the market value of the securities the Trust holds plus cash and other assets). The per share net asset value is calculated by dividing its net asset value by the number of Common Shares outstanding and rounding the result to the nearest full cent. The Trust calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on each day on which there is a regular trading session on the NYSE. Information that becomes known to the Trust or its agent after the Trust’s net asset value has been calculated on a particular day will not be used to retroactively adjust the price of a security or the Trust’s previously determined net asset value.
 
 
The Trust values debt securities at the last available bid price for such securities or, if such prices are not available, at prices for securities of comparable maturity, quality, and type. The Trust’s values certain of its portfolio securities using independent dealers or pricing services selected under the supervision of the Board of Trustees. In determining the value of a particular investment, pricing services may use certain information with respect to transactions in such investments, quotations from dealers, pricing matrixes, market transaction in comparable investments and information with respect to various relationships between investments. The Trust periodically verifies valuations provided by the pricing services. Short-term securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. In the event that quotations are not available or the application of these methods of valuation results in a price for an investment which is deemed not to be representative of the market value of such investment or is not available, the investment will be valued by a method approved by the Board of Trustees as reflecting fair value. Fair value represents a good faith approximation of the value of an asset at the time such approximation is made.
 
 
The Trust values equity securities at the last reported sale price on the principal exchange or in the principal over-the-counter market in which such securities are traded, as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the day the securities are being valued or, if there are no sales, at the mean between the last available bid and asked prices on that day. Securities traded primarily on the Nasdaq Stock Market are normally valued by the Trust at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”) provided by Nasdaq each business day. The NOCP is the most recently reported price as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, unless that price is outside the range of the “inside” bid and asked prices ( i.e. , the bid and asked prices that dealers quote to each other when trading for their own accounts); in that case, Nasdaq will adjust the price to equal the inside bid or asked price, whichever is closer. Because of delays in reporting trades, the NOCP may not be based on the price of the last trade to occur before the market closes.
 
 
The Trust values exchange-traded options and other derivative contracts at the mean of the best bid and asked prices at the close on those exchanges on which they are traded.
 
 
Any swap transaction that the Trust enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have a positive or negative value for purposes of calculating net asset value. Any cap transaction that the Trust enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have no value or a positive value. In addition, accrued payments to the Trust under such transactions will be assets of the Trust and accrued payments by the Trust will be liabilities of the Trust.
 
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
 
The Trust intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income, if any, to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Trust intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders at least annually. The Trust expects that dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist primarily of (i) investment company taxable income taxed as ordinary income, which includes, among other things, ordinary
 
 
68
 
 

 
 
 
 

 

 
income, short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, and (ii) net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). The Trust cannot assure you as to what percentage of the dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist of net capital gain, which is taxed at reduced rates for non-corporate investors. The Trust does not expect that a significant portion of its distributions will consist of qualified dividend income.
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, in the event the Trust makes distributions from sources other than income, a notice will accompany each monthly distribution with respect to the estimated source of the distribution made. Such notices will describe the portion, if any, of the monthly dividend which, in the Trust’s good faith judgment, constitutes long-term capital gain, short-term capital gain, investment company taxable income or a return of capital. The actual character of such dividend distributions for U.S. federal income tax purposes, however, will only be determined finally by the Trust at the close of its fiscal year, based on the Trust’s full year performance and its actual net investment company taxable income and net capital gains for the year, which may result in a recharacterization of amounts distributed during such fiscal year from the characterization in the monthly estimates.
 
 
Initial distributions to Common Shareholders are expected to be declared approximately 60 to 90 days after completion of the Common Share offering, and paid approximately 90 to 120 days after the completion of the Common Share offering, depending upon market conditions. The Trust expects that over time it will distribute all of its investment company taxable income. The investment company income of the Trust will consist of all dividend and interest income accrued on portfolio assets, short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, less all expenses of the Trust. Expenses of the Trust will be accrued each day.
 
 
To permit the Trust to maintain more stable monthly distributions, the Trust may initially distribute less than the entire amount of the net investment income earned in a particular period. The undistributed net investment income may be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Trust during the period, and the Trust may have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio to make a distribution at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. Undistributed net investment income is included in the Common Shares’ net asset value, and, correspondingly, distributions from net investment income will reduce the Common Shares’ net asset value.
 
 
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to Common Shareholders.
 
 
If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Trust will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Trust pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial adviser for more information. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
 
Under the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, a shareholder whose Common Shares are registered in his or her own name will have all distributions reinvested automatically by The Bank of New York Mellon, which is agent under the Plan, unless the shareholder elects to receive cash. Distributions with respect to Common Shares registered in the name of a broker-dealer or other nominee (that is, in “street name”) will be reinvested by the broker or nominee in additional Common Shares under the Plan, unless the service is not provided by the broker or nominee or the shareholder elects to receive distributions in cash. Investors who own Common Shares registered in street name should consult their broker-dealers for details regarding reinvestment. All distributions to investors who do not participate in the Plan will be paid by check mailed directly to the record holder by The Bank of New York Mellon as dividend disbursing agent.
 
 
Under the Plan, whenever the market price of the Common Shares is equal to or exceeds net asset value at the time Common Shares are valued for purposes of determining the number of Common Shares equivalent to the cash dividend or capital gains distribution, participants in the Plan are issued new Common Shares from the Trust, valued at the greater of (i) the net asset value as most recently determined or (ii) 95% of the then-current market price of the
 
 
69
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
Common Shares. The valuation date is the dividend or distribution payment date or, if that date is not a NYSE trading day, the next preceding trading day. If the net asset value of the Common Shares at the time of valuation exceeds the market price of the Common Shares, the Plan agent will buy the Common Shares for such Plan in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts, except that the Plan agent will endeavor to terminate purchases in the open market and cause the Trust to issue Common Shares at the greater of net asset value or 95% of market value if, following the commencement of such purchases, the market value of the Common Shares exceeds net asset value. If the Trust should declare a distribution or capital gains distribution payable only in cash, the Plan agent will buy the Common Shares for such Plan in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts. There is no charge from the Trust for reinvestment of dividends or distributions in Common Shares pursuant to the Plan; however, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan agent when it makes open-market purchases.
 
 
The Plan agent maintains all shareholder accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmations of all transactions in the account, including information needed by shareholders for personal and tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan agent in non-certificated form in the name of the participant.
 
 
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees, which hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the shareholder as representing the total amount registered in the shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
 
 
The automatic reinvestment of dividends and other distributions will not relieve participants of an income tax that may be payable or required to be withheld on such dividends or distributions.
 
 
Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, the Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate its Plan as applied to any voluntary cash payments made and any dividend or distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change sent to the members of such Plan at least 90 days before the record date for such dividend or distribution. The Plan also may be amended or terminated by the Plan agent on at least 90 days’ prior written notice to the participants in such Plan. All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to BNY Mellon Shareowner Services, PO Box 358015, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15252-8015, phone number: (866) 488-3559.
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE
 
 
The Trust is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, dated as of June 30, 2010. The following is a brief description of the terms of the Common Shares, Borrowings and Preferred Shares which may be issued by the Trust. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the Trust’s Governing Documents.
 
 
Common Shares
 
 
Pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, dated as of June 30, 2010, the Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 per share. Each Common Share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable. All Common Shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.
 
 
Any additional offerings of Common Shares will require approval by the Board of Trustees. Any additional offering of Common Shares will be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing Common Shareholders or with the consent of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
 
 
The Trust’s Common Shares are expected to be listed on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “GBAB.”
 
 
70
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Trust do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if Common Shareholder determines to buy additional Common Shares or sell shares already held, the Common Shareholder may conveniently do so by trading on the exchange through a broker or otherwise. Shares of close-end investment companies may frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than prices higher than net asset value and, during other periods, have traded at prices lower than net asset value. Because the market value of the Common Shares may be influenced by such factors beyond the Trust’s control, the Trust cannot guarantee you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The Common Shares are deigned primarily for long-term investors, and investors in the Common Shares should not view the Trust as a vehicle for trading purposes. See “Repurchase of Trust Shares; Conversion to Open-End Trust.”
 
 
The Trust’s net asset value per Common Share generally increases and decreases based on the market value of the Trust’s securities. Net asset value per Common Share will be reduced immediately following the offering of Common Shares by the amount of the sales load and offering expenses paid by the Trust. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
 
The Trust will not issue certificates for Common Shares.
 
 
Borrowings
 
 
The Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of Trustees may authorize the borrowing of money by the Trust, without the approval of the Common Shareholders. The Trust may issue notes or other evidences of indebtedness (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting the Trust’s assets as security. In connection with such borrowings, the Trust may be required to maintain minimum average balances with the lender or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit. Any such requirements will increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. Any such borrowings would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act, which generally limits such borrowings to 33 1 / 3 % of the value of the Trust’s total assets less liabilities and indebtedness of the Trust. The Trust may also borrow for temporary purposes in excess of such limit in an amount not to exceed 5% of the Trust’s total assets.
 
 
The rights of lenders to receive interest on and repayment of amounts borrowed by the Trust will be senior to the rights of Common Shareholders. The terms of such borrowing may limit certain activities of the Trust, including payment of distributions to Common Shareholders. In addition, agreements related to such borrowings may also impose certain requirements, which may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. Any borrowing by the Trust, other than for temporary purposes, would constitute Financial Leverage and would entail special risks to the Common Shareholders.
 
 
Preferred Shares
 
 
The Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of Trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without prior approval of the Common Shareholders. Common Shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase any preferred shares that might be issued. Any such Preferred Share offering would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act, which currently limits the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding Preferred Shares to 50% of the value of the Trust’s total assets less liabilities and indebtedness of the Trust. Any Preferred Shares issued by the Trust would have special voting rights and a liquidation preference over the Common Shares. If the Trust issues and has Preferred Shares outstanding, the Common Shareholders will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Trust unless all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to Preferred Shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating the Preferred Shares have been met. Issuance of Preferred Shares would constitute Financial Leverage and would entail special risks to the common shareholders. The Trust has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares.
 
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE
TRUST’S GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
 
 
The Trust presently has provisions in its Governing Documents which could have the effect of limiting, in each case, (i) the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust, (ii) the Trust’s freedom to engage in certain transactions or (iii) the ability of the Board of Trustees or shareholders to amend the Governing Documents or effectuate changes in the Trust’s management. These provisions of the Governing Documents of the Trust may be
 
 
71
 
 
 
 

 

 
regarded as “anti-takeover” provisions. The Board of Trustees is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of Trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. A Trustee may be removed from office by the action of a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective Trustee.
 
 
In addition, the Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust.
 
 
The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:
 
 
·  
the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder;
 
 
·  
the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan);
 
 
·  
the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or
 
 
·  
the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.
 
 
To convert the Trust to an open-end investment company, the Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment has been approved by at least 80% of the Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust shall be required. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the 1940 Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company be approved by the shareholders.
 
 
To liquidate the Trust, the Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such liquidation has been approved by at least 80% of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust shall be required.
 
 
For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Trust shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.
 
 
The Board of Trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the Board of Trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Declaration of Trust on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions. See “Additional Information.”
 
 
72
 
 
 
 

 

 
 

 
 
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
 
 
Closed-end funds differ from open-end management investment companies (commonly referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the shareholder. By comparison, mutual funds issue securities redeemable at net asset value at the option of the shareholder and typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Mutual funds are subject to continuous asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management, whereas closed-end funds generally can stay more fully invested in securities consistent with the closed-end fund’s investment objectives and policies. In addition, in comparison to open-end funds, closed-end funds have greater flexibility in their ability to make certain types of investments, including investments in illiquid securities.
 
 
However, shares of closed-end investment companies listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a discount from net asset value, but in some cases trade at a premium. The market price may be affected by trading volume of the shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the closed-end fund. The foregoing factors may result in the market price of the Common Shares being greater than, less than or equal to net asset value. The Board of Trustees has reviewed the structure of the Trust in light of its investment objectives and policies and has determined that the closed-end structure is in the best interests of the shareholders. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is highly unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end investment company.
 
 
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND
 
 
Repurchase of Common Shares
 
 
The Board of Trustees will review periodically the trading range and activity of the Trust’s shares with respect to its net asset value and the Board of Trustees may take certain actions to seek to reduce or eliminate any such discount. Such actions may include open market repurchases or tender offers for the Common Shares at net asset value. There can be no assurance that the Board of Trustees will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in the Common Shares trading at a price equal to or close to net asset value per Common Share.
 
 
Conversion to Open-End Fund
 
 
To convert the Trust to an open-end investment company, the Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment has been approved by at least 80% of the Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust shall be required. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the 1940 Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company could not occur until 90 days after the shareholders’ meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 30 days’ prior notice to all shareholders.
 
 
In the event of conversion, the Common Shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange or market system. The Board of Trustees believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable, given the Trust’s investment objectives and policies. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end investment company. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The Trust would expect to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but intends to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Trust were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new Common Shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load.
 
 
73
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
TAX MATTERS
 
 
The following is a description of certain U.S. Federal income tax consequences to a shareholder of acquiring, holding and disposing of common shares of the Trust. The discussion reflects applicable tax laws of the United States as of the date of this prospectus, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the IRS retroactively or prospectively. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position different from any of the tax aspects set forth below. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders owning large positions in the Trust). The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
 
 
The Trust intends to elect to be treated as, and to qualify each year for special tax treatment afforded to, a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify as a regulated investment company, the Trust must, among other things, satisfy income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. As long as it so qualifies, the Trust will not be subject to U.S. Federal income tax to the extent that it distributes its investment company taxable income and net recognized capital gains. The Trust intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of such income.
 
 
The Trust primarily invests in taxable municipal securities whose income is subject to U.S. Federal income tax. Thus, distributions paid to you by the Trust from its investment company taxable income (including the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) are generally taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. The Trust does not expect that its ordinary income dividends will be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which is eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains in the case of individual shareholders, or that a corporate shareholder will be able to claim a dividends received reduction with respect to Trust distributions.
 
 
Distributions made to you from an excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss (“capital gain dividends”), including capital gain dividends credited to you but retained by the Trust, are taxable to you as long-term capital gain if they have been properly designated by the Trust, regardless of the length of time you have owned Trust shares. For individuals, long-term capital gain is generally taxed at a reduced maximum rate.
 
 
If, for any calendar year, the Trust’s total distributions exceed both the current taxable year’s earnings and profits and accumulated earnings and profits from prior years, the excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in the common shares, reducing that basis accordingly. Such distributions exceeding the shareholder’s basis will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the shares. When you sell your shares in the Trust, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds your basis in the shares is gain subject to tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of your loss when you sell the shares. Generally, on or before February 15th of each year, you will be provided with a written notice designating the amount of ordinary dividend income, capital gain dividends and other distributions (if relevant).
 
 
The sale or other disposition of shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to you (provided that the shares were held as a capital asset), which will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of Trust shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the Trust will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the shares. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain will currently be taxed at the U.S. Federal income tax rates applicable to ordinary income, while long-term capital gain generally will be taxed at a reduced maximum U.S. Federal income tax rate.
 
 
The IRS currently requires that a regulated investment company that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income and net capital gain) based
 
 
74
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

upon the percentage of total dividends paid to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, if the Trust issues preferred shares, then the Trust intends each year to allocate its ordinary income, net capital gain and other relevant items (if any) between its common shares and preferred shares in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year.
 
 
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to shareholders. If the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
 
 
The Trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold, for U.S. Federal backup withholding purposes, on taxable dividends and certain other payments paid to certain holders of the Trust’s shares who do not furnish the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who do not otherwise establish an exemption from or are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. Federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. In addition, the Trust may be required to withhold on distributions to non-U.S. Shareholders.
 
 
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative, judicial or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust and its shareholders can be found in the Statement of Additional Information that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to U.S. Federal, foreign, state, local income or other taxes.
 
 
75
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
UNDERWRITING
 
 
Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated       , 2010, each underwriter named below, for which Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., are acting as representatives, has severally agreed to purchase, and the Trust has agreed to sell to such underwriter, the number of Common Shares set forth opposite the name of such underwriter.
 
   
 
Number
Underwriter
of Shares
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
 
         Incorporated
 
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
 
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
 
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC
 
Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc.
 
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
 
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
 
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
 
Maxim Group LLC
 
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
 
Wedbush Securities Inc.
 
Wunderlich Securities, Inc.
 
   
            Total  
 
                                                                                                                                                                 
 
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the Common Shares included in this offering are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the Common Shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of the Common Shares are purchased. In the underwriting agreement, the Trust, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or to contribute payments the underwriters may be required to make for any of those liabilities.
 
 
Commissions and Discounts
 
 
The underwriters propose to initially offer some of the Common Shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the Common Shares to certain dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $    per share. The sales load investors in the Trust will pay of $.90 per share is equal to 4.5% of the initial offering price. After the initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed. Investors must pay for any Common Shares purchased on or before       , 2010.
 
 
The following table shows the public offering price, sales load, estimated offering expenses and proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.
 
       
 
Per Share
Without Option
With Option
Public offering price
$20.00
$ $
Sales load
$.90
$ $
Estimated offering expenses
$.04
$ $
Proceeds, after expenses, to Trust
$19.06
$ $
 
Offering expenses payable by the Trust will be deducted from the Proceeds to the Trust. Total offering expenses (other than sales load) are estimated to be $        , which will be paid by the Trust. The Trust has agreed to pay the
underwriters $ ($.00667 per Common Share) as partial reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with this offering. The Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all of the Trust’s organizational costs and (ii) offering expenses of the Trust (other than sales load, but inclusive of the partial reimbursement of expenses of the underwriters) that exceed $.04 per
 
 
76
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
Common Share sold in the offering, including pursuant to the overallotment option. The Trust has agreed to pay up to .15% of the public offering price of the securities sold in this offering to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc. (“GFDI”), an affiliate of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, as compensation for the distribution services it provides to the Trust. Such compensation is subject to the offering expense limitation of $.04 described above and will not be paid to the extent it would cause the offering expenses of the Trust to exceed $.04.
 
Overallotment Option
 
 
The Trust has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional Common Shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the preceding table.
 
 
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
 
 
Until the distribution of the Common Shares is complete, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing Common Shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of Common Shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
 
 
If the underwriters create a short position in the Common Shares in connection with the offering ( i.e. , if they sell more Common Shares than are listed on the cover of this prospectus), the representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing Common Shares in the open market. The representatives may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the overallotment option described above. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of Common Shares sold in this offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such Common Shares are repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. Purchases of Common Shares to stabilize its price or to reduce a short position may cause the price of Common Shares to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.
 
 
Neither the Trust nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of Common Shares. In addition, neither the Trust nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
 
The Trust has agreed not to offer or sell any additional Common Shares for a period of 180 days after the date of the underwriting agreement without the prior written consent of the underwriters, except for the sale of the Common Shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement.
 
 
Prior to the public offering of the Common Shares, GFDI, an affiliate of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, purchased Common Shares from the Trust in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act, which requires the Trust to have a net worth of at least $100,000 prior to making a public offering. As of the date of this prospectus, GFDI owned 100% of the Trust’s outstanding Common Shares. GFDI may be deemed to control the Trust until such time as it owns less than 25% of the Trust’s outstanding Common Shares, which is expected to occur as of the completion of the offering of the Common Shares.
 
 
The Trust anticipates that the underwriters may from time to time act as brokers or dealers in executing the Trust’s portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters, and may also act as placement agent for issuers whose securities the Trust purchases in direct placement transactions. The underwriters are active underwriters of, and dealers in, securities and act as market makers in a number of such securities, and therefore can be expected to engage in portfolio transactions with the Trust.
 
 
The Common Shares will be sold to ensure that the New York Stock Exchange distribution standards ( i.e. , round lots, public shares and aggregate market value) will be met.
 
 
Other Relationships
 
 
The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (and not the Trust) have agreed to pay from their own assets to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated an up-front fee for advice relating to the design and the organization of the Trust as well as for services related to the sale and distribution of the Common Shares in an aggregate amount equal to 1.25% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering. The total amount of these additional
 
 
77
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
compensation payments to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will not exceed 1.25% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
 
 
The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (and not the Trust) have agreed to pay to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., from their own assets, a structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Trust and the distribution of its Common Shares in an aggregate amount of $ . The structuring fee paid to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. will not exceed % of the total price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
 
 
The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (and not the Trust) have agreed to pay to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, from their own assets, a structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Trust and the distribution of its Common Shares in an aggregate amount of $ . The structuring fee paid to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will not exceed % of the total price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
 
 
The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (and not the Trust) have agreed to pay to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, from their own assets, a structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Trust and the distribution of the Common Shares in an aggregate amount of $ . The structuring fee paid to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will not exceed % of the total price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
 
 
The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (and not the Trust) have agreed to pay to Raymond James & Associates, Inc., from their own assets, a structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Trust and the distribution of its Common Shares in an aggregate amount of $ . The structuring fee paid to Raymond James & Associates, Inc. will not exceed % of the total price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
 
 
The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (and not the Trust) may also pay certain qualifying underwriters a sales incentive marketing or structuring fee in connection with this offering. The total amounts of these payments paid to any qualifying underwriter, including those named above, will not exceed 1.5% of the total price of the Common Shares sold by that underwriter in this offering.
 
 
GFDI, an affiliate of the Adviser and Sub-Adviser, will provide distribution assistance during the sale of the Common Shares of the Trust, including preparation and review of the Trust’s marketing material and assistance in presentations to other underwriters and selected dealers. GFDI may pay compensation to its employees who assist in marketing securities. GFDI provides wholesaling efforts on behalf of the Trust to supplement the selling efforts of the other underwriters.  The Trust has agreed to pay up to .15% of the public offering price of the securities sold in this offering to GFDI as compensation for the distribution services it provides to the Trust. Such compensation is subject to the offering expense limitation of $.04 described herein and will not be paid to the extent it would cause the offering expenses of the Trust to exceed $.04. The amount payable by the Trust to GFDI for its distribution assistance will not exceed .15% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering. GFDI is a registered broker-dealer and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and is a party to the underwriting agreement.
 
 
In addition, the sum total of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this offering of Common Shares will not exceed in the aggregate 9.0% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
 
 
The Trust anticipates that Merrill Lynch and other underwriters may from time to time act as brokers in connection with the execution of its portfolio transactions, and after they have ceased to be underwriters, the Trust anticipates that underwriters other than may from time to time act as dealers in connection with the execution of portfolio transactions.
 
 
The principal business address of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is 4 World Financial Center, New York, New York, 10020. The principal place of business of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013. The principal place of business of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036. The principal business address of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152. The principal place of business of Raymond James & Associates, Inc. is 880 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716. The principal business address of Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc. is 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532.
 
 
78
 
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
CUSTODIAN, ADMINISTRATOR, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
 
 
The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the custodian of the Trust’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Trust’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Trust, plus certain charges for securities transactions. The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the Trust’s dividend disbursing agent, Plan Agent under the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares of the Trust. The Bank of New York Mellon is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286.
 
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC serves as administrator to the Trust. Pursuant to an administration agreement, Guggenheim Funds Investments Advisors, LLC is responsible for: (1) coordinating with the custodian and transfer agent and monitoring the services they provide to the Trust, (2) coordinating with and monitoring any other third parties furnishing services to the Trust, (3) supervising the maintenance by third parties of such books and records of the Trust as may be required by applicable federal or state law, (4) preparing or supervising the preparation by third parties of all federal, state and local tax returns and reports of the Trust required by applicable law, (5) preparing and, after approval by the Trust, filing and arranging for the distribution of proxy materials and periodic reports to shareholders of the Trust as required by applicable law, (6) preparing and, after approval by the Trust, arranging for the filing of such registration statements and other documents with the SEC and other federal and state regulatory authorities as may be required by applicable law, (7) reviewing and submitting to the officers of the Trust for their approval invoices or other requests for payment of the Trust’s expenses and instructing the custodian to issue checks in payment thereof and (8) taking such other action with respect to the Trust as may be necessary in the opinion of the administrator to perform its duties under the Administration Agreement. For the services, the Trust pays Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, as administrator, a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annualized rate of .0275% of the average daily Managed Assets of the Trust, reduced on assets over $200 million.
 
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
 
Certain legal matters will be passed on for the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, and for the underwriters by Clifford Chance US LLP in connection with the offering of the Common Shares. Clifford Chance US LLP may rely in matters of Delaware law on the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
 
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
 
Ernst & Young LLP, 155 North Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust and is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Trust.
 
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
 
This prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Trust with the SEC under the 1933 Act, and the 1940 Act. This prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Trust and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov).
 
 
 
 
79
 
 

 
 
 

 
 

 
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST
 
 
The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Trust collects, how the Trust protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Trust may share information with select other parties.
 
 
Generally, the Trust does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Trust. The Trust does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).
 
 
The Trust restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and their delegates and affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.
 
 
80
 
 

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 
   
 
 
 
Page
The Trust
S-2
Investment Objectives and Policies
S-2
Investment Restrictions
S-24
Management of the Trust
S-26
Portfolio Transactions
S-35
Tax Matters
S-35
General Information
S-40
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
FS-1
Financial Statements for the Trust
FS-2
Appendix A: Ratings of Investments
A-1
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
B-1
 
81
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

Until       , 2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the Common Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
 
 
 
                      Shares
 
 
Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust
 
Common Shares

$20.00 per Share

PROSPECTUS


 
 
BofA Merrill Lynch


Citi


Morgan Stanley


Wells Fargo Securities


Raymond James


BB&T Capital Markets


Guggenheim Funds
Distributors, Inc.


J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC


Janney Montgomery Scott


Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.


Maxim Group LLC


RBC Capital Markets


Stifel Nicolaus Weisel


Wedbush Securities Inc.


Wunderlich Securities

 
 
, 2010
 
 


 
 
 

 
 


 
The information in this statement of additional information is not complete and may be changed. The Trust may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This statement of additional information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion
 
 
Preliminary Statement of Additional Information dated September 30, 2010
 
 
Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust
 
 
__________________________
 
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
 
     Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the “Trust”) is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Trust’s primary investment objective is to provide current income with a secondary objective of long-term capital appreciation. The Trust cannot ensure investors that it will achieve its investment objectives. The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of taxable municipal securities known as “Build America Bonds” (or “BABs”).
 
 
      This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Trust dated , 2010. Investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing common shares. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained, without charge, by calling the Trust at (800) 345-7999.
 
 
     The prospectus and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed, or inspected at the SEC’s office or via its website (www.sec.gov) at no charge. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
 
Page
The Trust 
S-2 
Investment Objectives and Policies 
S-2 
Investment Restrictions 
S-24 
Management of the Trust 
S-26 
Portfolio Transactions 
S-35 
Tax Matters 
S-35 
General Information 
S-40 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
FS-1 
Financial Statement for the Trust 
FS-2 
Appendix A: Ratings of Investments 
A-1 
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures 
B-1 

 
This Statement of Additional Information is dated , 2010.
 
 

 
 

 
 
THE TRUST
 
 
     The Trust is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 (the “Common Shares”), are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “GBAB.”
 
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
 
 
Additional Investment Policies and Portfolio Contents
 
 
     The following information supplements the discussion of the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and techniques that are described in the prospectus. The Trust may make the following investments, among others, some of which are part of its principal investment strategies and some of which are not. The principal risks of the Trust’s principal investment strategies are discussed in the prospectus. The Trust may not buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described.
 
 
      Auction Rate Securities. Municipal securities also include auction rate municipal securities and auction rate preferred securities issued by closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in municipal securities (collectively, “auction rate securities”). In certain recent market environments, auction failures have been widespread, which may adversely affect the liquidity and price of auction rate securities. Provided that the auction mechanism is successful, auction rate securities usually permit the holder to sell the securities in an auction at par value at specified intervals. The dividend is reset by “Dutch” auction in which bids are made by broker-dealers and other institutions for a certain amount of securities at a specified minimum yield. The dividend rate set by the auction is the lowest interest or dividend rate that covers all securities offered for sale. While this process is designed to permit auction rate securities to be traded at par value, there is a risk that an auction will fail due to insufficient demand for the securities. Moreover, between auctions, there may be no secondary market for these securities, and sales conducted on a secondary market may not be on terms favorable to the seller. Thus, with respect to liquidity and price stability, auction rate securities may differ substantially from cash equivalents, notwithstanding the frequency of auctions and the credit quality of the security. The Trust’s investments in auction rate securities of closed-end funds are subject to the limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act. The Trust will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other fees paid by such closed-end funds in addition to the advisory fees payable directly by the Trust.
 
 
      U.S. Government Securities. The Trust may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities including: (1) U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, such as U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years), and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten years), including the principal components or the interest components issued by the U.S. Government under the separate trading of registered interest and principal securities program ( i.e. , “STRIPS”), all of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities, including government guaranteed mortgage-related securities, some of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, some of which are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Government, and some of which are backed only by the credit of the issuer itself.
 
 
      Mortgage-Related Securities. Mortgage-related securities include structured debt obligations collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans and mortgage-related loans such as mezzanine loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. Mortgage-related securities include complex instruments such as collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), stripped mortgage-backed securities, mortgage pass-through securities, interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), including debt and preferred stock issued by REITs, as well as other real estate-related securities. The mortgage-related securities in which the Trust may invest include those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest. The Trust may invest in residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), including residual interests,
 
S–2
 
 

 

 
issued by governmental entities and private issuers, including subordinated mortgage-related securities. The Trust may invest in sub-prime mortgages or mortgage-related securities that are backed by sub-prime mortgages. Certain mortgage-related securities that the Trust may invest in are described below.
 
 
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities . RMBS are securities the payments on which depend (except for rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities) primarily on the cash flow from residential mortgage loans made to borrowers that are secured (on a first priority basis or second priority basis, subject to permitted liens, easements and other encumbrances) by residential real estate (one- to four-family properties) the proceeds of which are used to purchase real estate and purchase or construct dwellings thereon (or to refinance indebtedness previously so used). Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by residential property is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower. A number of factors, including a general economic downturn, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances, may impair borrowers’ abilities to repay their loans.
 
 
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities . CMBS generally are multi-class debt or pass-through certificates secured or backed by mortgage loans on commercial properties. CMBS generally are structured to provide protection to the senior class investors against potential losses on the underlying mortgage loans. This protection generally is provided by having the holders of subordinated classes of securities (“Subordinated CMBS”) take the first loss if there are defaults on the underlying commercial mortgage loans. Other protection, which may benefit all of the classes or particular classes, may include issuer guarantees, reserve funds, additional Subordinated CMBS, cross-collateralization and over-collateralization. The Trust may invest in Subordinated CMBS issued or sponsored by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Subordinated CMBS have no governmental guarantee and are subordinated in some manner as to the payment of principal and/or interest to the holders of more senior mortgage-related securities arising out of the same pool of mortgages. The holders of Subordinated CMBS typically are compensated with a higher stated yield than are the holders of more senior mortgage-related securities. On the other hand, Subordinated CMBS typically subject the holder to greater risk than senior CMBS and tend to be rated in a lower rating category, and frequently a substantially lower rating category, than the senior CMBS issued in respect of the same mortgage pool. Subordinated CMBS generally are likely to be more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates and the market for such securities may be less liquid than is the case for traditional income securities and senior mortgage-related securities.
 
 
Government Agency Securities . Mortgage-related securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Ginnie Maes”) which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA and such guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA is a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA certificates also are supported by the authority of GNMA to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee.
 
 
Government-Related Securities . Mortgage-related securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) include FNMA Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Fannie Maes”) which are solely the obligations of FNMA and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States. FNMA is a privately owned government-sponsored organization. Fannie Maes are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA. Mortgage-related securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) include FHLMC Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as “Freddie Macs” or “PCs”). FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended. Freddie Macs are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Bank and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Macs entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by FHLMC. FHLMC guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When FHLMC does not guarantee timely payment of principal, FHLMC may remit the amount due on account of its
 
S–3
 
 

 

 
 
guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable. On September 7, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), a new independent regulatory agency, placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship, a statutory process designed to stabilize a troubled institution with the objective of returning the entity to normal business operations. In addition, a July 2009 congressional report issued by the Committee on Oversight and Government Reform noted that the FNMA and FHLMC’s role in the financial crisis “was significant and has received too little attention.”
 
 
Private Entity Securities . These mortgage-related securities are issued by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Timely payment of principal and interest on mortgage-related securities backed by pools created by non-governmental issuers often is supported partially by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or mortgage poolers can meet their obligations under the policies, so that if the issuers default on their obligations the holders of the security could sustain a loss. No insurance or guarantee covers the Trust or the price of the Trust’s shares. Mortgage-related securities issued by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government-agency and government-related securities because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment.
 
 
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations . A CMO is a multi-class bond backed by a pool of mortgage pass-through certificates or mortgage loans. CMOs may be collateralized by (a) Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pass-through certificates, (b) unsecuritized mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans’ Affairs, (c) unsecuritized conventional mortgages, (d) other mortgage-related securities or (e) any combination thereof. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on collateral underlying a CMO may cause it to be retired substantially earlier than the stated maturities or final distribution dates. The principal and interest on the underlying mortgages may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in many ways. One or more tranches of a CMO may have coupon rates which reset periodically at a specified increment over an index, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) (or sometimes more than one index). These floating rate CMOs typically are issued with lifetime caps on the coupon rate thereon. The Trust also may invest in inverse floating rate CMOs. Inverse floating rate CMOs constitute a tranche of a CMO with a coupon rate that moves in the reverse direction to an applicable index such as LIBOR. Accordingly, the coupon rate thereon will increase as interest rates decrease. Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of the applicable indexes. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. Inverse floaters based on multiples of a stated index are designed to be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and can subject the holders thereof to extreme reductions of yield and loss of principal. The markets for inverse floating rate CMOs with highly leveraged characteristics at times may be very thin. The Trust’s ability to dispose of its positions in such securities will depend on the degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such securities, and therefore the future degree of liquidity.
 
 
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities . Stripped mortgage-backed securities are created by segregating the cash flows from underlying mortgage loans or mortgage securities to create two or more new securities, each with a specified percentage of the underlying security’s principal or interest payments. Mortgage securities may be partially stripped so that each investor class receives some interest and some principal. When securities are completely stripped, however, all of the interest is distributed to holders of one type of security, known as an interest-only security (“IO”), and all of the principal is distributed to holders of another type of security known as a principal-only security (“PO”). Strips can be created in a pass-through structure or as tranches of a CMO. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are very sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Trust may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially and adversely affected.
 
 
S–4
 
 

 
 
 

 
Sub-Prime Mortgages . Sub-prime mortgages are mortgages rated below “A” by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch. Historically, sub-prime mortgage loans have been made to borrowers with blemished (or non-existent) credit records, and the borrower is charged a higher interest rate to compensate for the greater risk of delinquency and the higher costs of loan servicing and collection. Sub-prime mortgages are subject to both state and federal anti-predatory lending statutes that carry potential liability to secondary market purchasers such as the Trust. Sub-prime mortgages have certain characteristics and associated risks similar to below investment grade securities, including a higher degree of credit risk, and certain characteristics and associated risks similar to mortgage-backed securities, including prepayment risk.
 
 
Other Mortgage-Related Securities . Other mortgage-related securities include securities other than those described above that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property, including CMO residuals. Other mortgage-related securities may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
 
 
     The risks associated with mortgage-backed securities include: (1) credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; (2) adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-backed securities secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; (3) prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in the value of the mortgage-backed security; (4) loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and (5) decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral.
 
 
     Mortgage-backed securities represent an interest in a pool of mortgages. When market interest rates decline, more mortgages are refinanced and the securities are paid off earlier than expected. Prepayments may also occur on a scheduled basis or due to foreclosure. When market interest rates increase, the market values of mortgage-backed securities decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancings and prepayments slow, which lengthens the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of mortgage-backed securities is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of debt securities. In addition, due to increased instability in the credit markets, the market for some mortgage-backed securities has experienced reduced liquidity and greater volatility with respect to the value of such securities, making it more difficult to value such securities. The Trust may invest in sub-prime mortgages or mortgage-backed securities that are backed by sub-prime mortgages.
 
 
     Moreover, the relationship between prepayments and interest rates may give some high-yielding mortgage-related and asset-backed securities less potential for growth in value than conventional bonds with comparable maturities. In addition, in periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayments tends to increase. During such periods, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Trust will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid. Because of these and other reasons, mortgage-related and asset-backed security’s total return and maturity may be difficult to predict precisely. To the extent that the Trust purchases mortgage-related and asset-backed securities at a premium, prepayments (which may be made without penalty) may result in loss of the Trust’s principal investment to the extent of premium paid.
 
 
     The market for CMBS developed more recently and, in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues, is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family mortgage-related securities. CMBS are subject to particular risks, including lack of standardized terms, shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans and payment of all or substantially all of the principal only at maturity rather than regular amortization of principal. In addition, commercial lending generally is viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than one-to-four family residential lending. Commercial lending, for example, typically involves larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than residential one-to-four family mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties typically is dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project and the cash flow generated therefrom. Net operating income of an income-producing property can be affected by, among other things: tenant mix, success of tenant businesses, property management decisions, property location and condition, competition from comparable types of properties, changes in laws that
 
 
 
S–5
 
 

 
 
 
 
increase operating expense or limit rents that may be charged, any need to address environmental contamination at the property, the occurrence of any uninsured casualty at the property, changes in national, regional or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments, declines in regional or local real estate values, declines in regional or local rental or occupancy rates, increases in interest rates, real estate tax rates and other operating expenses, change in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies, including environmental legislation, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances. Consequently, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-related securities secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties. Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property. Special risks are presented by hospitals, nursing homes, hospitality properties and certain other property types. Commercial property values and net operating income are subject to volatility, which may result in net operating income becoming insufficient to cover debt service on the related mortgage loan. The exercise of remedies and successful realization of liquidation proceeds relating to CMBS may be highly dependent on the performance of the servicer or special servicer. There may be a limited number of special servicers available, particularly those that do not have conflicts of interest.
 
 
     Credit-related risk on RMBS arises from losses due to delinquencies and defaults by the borrowers in payments on the underlying mortgage loans and breaches by originators and servicers of their obligations under the underlying documentation pursuant to which the RMBS are issued. The rate of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans and the aggregate amount of the resulting losses will be affected by a number of factors, including general economic conditions, particularly those in the area where the related mortgaged property is located, the level of the borrower’s equity in the mortgaged property and the individual financial circumstances of the borrower. If a residential mortgage loan is in default, foreclosure on the related residential property may be a lengthy and difficult process involving significant legal and other expenses. The net proceeds obtained by the holder on a residential mortgage loan following the foreclosure on the related property may be less than the total amount that remains due on the loan. The prospect of incurring a loss upon the foreclosure of the related property may lead the holder of the residential mortgage loan to restructure the residential mortgage loan or otherwise delay the foreclosure process.
 
 
     The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain mortgages and mortgage-related securities. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially sub-prime and second-line mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have recently experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Largely due to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen. If the economy of the United States deteriorates further, the incidence of mortgage foreclosures, especially sub-prime mortgages, may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any mortgage-backed securities owned by the Trust.
 
 
     The significance of the mortgage crisis and loan defaults in residential mortgage loan sectors led to the enactment in July 2008 of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, a wide-ranging housing rescue bill that offers up to $300 billion in assistance to troubled homeowners and emergency assistance to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, companies that operate under federal charter and play a vital role in providing financing for the housing markets. The above-mentioned housing bill could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s investment as the bill, among other things, (1) allows approximately 400,000 homeowners to refinance into affordable, government-backed loans through a program run by the Federal Housing Authority (“FHA”), a division of the U.S. Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) and (2) provides approximately $180 million for “pre-foreclosure” housing counseling and legal services for distressed borrowers. In addition, the mortgage crisis has led public advocacy groups to demand, and governmental officials to propose and consider, a variety of other “bailout” and “rescue” plans that could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s investments. Certain borrowers may also seek relief through the “FHA Secure” refinancing option that gives homeowners with non-FHA adjustable rate mortgages, current or delinquent and regardless of reset status, the ability to refinance into a FHA-insured
 
 
 
S–6
 
 
 
 

 

 
mortgage. The Helping Families Save Their Homes Act of 2009, which was enacted on May 20, 2009, provides a safe harbor for servicers entering into “qualified loss mitigation plans” with respect to residential mortgages originated before the act was enacted. By protecting servicers from certain liabilities, this safe harbor may encourage loan modifications and reduce the likelihood that investors in securitizations will be paid on a timely basis or will be paid in full. In addition to the above, a variety of other plans and proposals from federal and state regulatory agencies have been presented. Law, legislation or other government regulation, promulgated in furtherance of a “bailout” or “rescue” plan to address the crisis and distress in the residential mortgage loan sector, may result in a reduction of available transactional opportunities for the Trust, or an increase in the cost associated with such transactions. Any such law, legislation or regulation may adversely affect the market value of non-agency RMBS.
 
 
     A number of originators and servicers of residential and commercial mortgage loans, including some of the largest originators and servicers in the residential and commercial mortgage loan market, have experienced serious financial difficulties, including some that are now subject to federal insolvency proceedings. Such difficulties may affect the performance of non-agency RMBS and CMBS backed by mortgage loans. There can be no assurance that originators and servicers of mortgage loans will not continue to experience serious financial difficulties or experience such difficulties in the future, including becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or that underwriting procedures and policies and protections against fraud will be sufficient in the future to prevent such financial difficulties or significant levels of default or delinquency on mortgage loans.
 
 
       Second-Lien Loans. Second-lien floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt (“Second-Lien Loans”) have many of the same characteristics as Senior Loans, except that Second-Lien Loans are second in lien property rather than first. Second-Lien Loans typically have adjustable floating rate interest payments. In the event of default on a Second-Lien Loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for the second priority lien holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Trust.
 
 
     Second-Lien Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in Senior Loans. Because Second-Lien Loans are subordinated and thus lower in priority of payment to Senior Loans, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. This risk is generally higher for subordinated loans or debt which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Second-Lien Loans generally have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and may be less liquid.
 
 
     There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in Second-Lien Loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure for the holders of such loans. Second-Lien Loans share the same risks as other below investment grade securities.
 
 
       Other Secured Loans. Other subordinated secured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt (“Other Secured Loans”) are made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Other Secured Loans may rank lower in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans of the borrower. Other Secured Loans typically are secured by a lower priority security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the Borrower’s obligation under the Loan, and typically have more subordinated protections and rights than Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans. Secured Loans may become subordinated in right of payment to more senior obligations of the Borrower issued in the future. Other Secured Loans may have fixed or adjustable floating rate interest payments. Because Other Secured Loans may rank lower as to right of payment than Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans of the Borrower, they may present a greater degree of investment risk than Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their more subordinated status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans discussed above. The Trust may purchase interests in Other Secured Loans through assignments or participations.
 
 
     Other Secured Loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second-Lien Loans and below investment grade securities. However, such loans may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans of the borrower and therefore are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the higher ranking secured obligations of the borrower. Other Secured Loans are expected to have
 
 
S–7
 

 
 

 
 
greater price volatility than Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in Other Secured Loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
 
 
       Unsecured Loans. Unsecured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt (“Unsecured Loans”) are loans made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Unsecured Loans generally have lower priority in right of payment compared to holders of secured debt of the Borrower. Unsecured Loans are not secured by a security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the Borrower’s obligation under the loan. Unsecured Loans by their terms may be or may become subordinate in right of payment to other obligations of the borrower, including Senior Loans, Second-Lien Loans and Other Secured Loans. Unsecured Loans may have fixed or adjustable floating rate interest payments. Because Unsecured Loans are subordinate to the secured debt of the borrower, they present a greater degree of investment risk but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their subordinated and unsecured status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans, Second-Lien Loans and Other Secured Loans discussed above. The Trust may purchase interests in Unsecured Loans through assignments or participations.
 
 
     Unsecured Loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second-Lien Loans, Other Secured Loans and below investment grade securities. However, because Unsecured Loans have lower priority in right of payment to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower and are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral, they are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower. Unsecured Loans are expected to have greater price volatility than Senior Loans, Second-Lien Loans and Other Secured Loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in Unsecured Loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
 
 
      Mezzanine Investments. The Trust may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security ( e.g. , with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments may be issued with or without registration rights. Similar to other lower grade securities, maturities of Mezzanine Investments are typically seven to ten years, but the expected average life is significantly shorter at three to five years. Mezzanine Investments are usually unsecured and subordinated to other obligations of the issuer.
 
 
     Mezzanine Investments are subject to the same risks associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second-Lien Loans and other lower grade Income Securities. However, Mezzanine Investments may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans of the borrower, or may be unsecured ( i.e. , not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral), and are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower. Mezzanine Investments are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and Second-Lien Loans and may be less liquid.
 
 
      Corporate Bonds. Corporate bonds are debt obligations issued by corporations. Corporate bonds may be either secured or unsecured. Collateral used for secured debt includes real property, machinery, equipment, accounts receivable, stocks, bonds or notes. If a bond is unsecured, it is known as a debenture. Bondholders, as creditors, have a prior legal claim over common and preferred stockholders as to both income and assets of the corporation for the principal and interest due them and may have a prior claim over other creditors if liens or mortgages are involved. Interest on corporate bonds may be fixed or floating, or the bonds may be zero coupons. Interest on corporate bonds is typically paid semi-annually and is fully taxable to the bondholder. Corporate bonds contain elements of both interest-rate risk and credit risk. The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates and may also be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace. Corporate bonds usually yield more than government or agency bonds due to the presence of credit risk.
 
 
      Collateralized Debt Obligations. A collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) is an asset-backed security whose underlying collateral is typically a portfolio of bonds, bank loans, other structured finance securities and/or synthetic instruments. Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of bonds, a CDO is referred to as a
 
 
S–8
 
 
 
 

 

 
collateralized bond obligation (“CBO”). Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of bank loans, a CDO is referred to as a collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”). Investors in CDOs bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. Multiple tranches of securities are issued by the CDO, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics. Tranches are categorized as senior, mezzanine, and subordinated/equity, according to their degree of risk. If there are defaults or the CDO’s collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches. CDOs are subject to the same risk of prepayment described with respect to certain mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. The value of CDOs may be affected by changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement.
 
 
Collateralized Bond Obligations . CBOs are structured securities backed by a diversified pool of high yield, public or private debt securities. These may be fixed pools or may be “market value” (or managed) pools of collateral. The pool of high yield securities is typically separated into tranches representing different degrees of credit quality. The top tranche of CBOs, which represents the highest credit quality in the pool, has the greatest collateralization and pays the lowest interest rate. Lower CBO tranches represent lower degrees of credit quality and pay higher interest rates intended to compensate for the attendant risks. The bottom tranche specifically receives the residual interest payments ( i.e. , money that is left over after the higher tranches have been paid) rather than a fixed interest rate. The return on the lower tranches of CBOs is especially sensitive to the rate of defaults in the collateral pool.
 
 
Collateralized Loan Obligations . A CLO is a structured debt security, issued by a financing company (generally called a “Special Purpose Vehicle” or “SPV”), that was created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of assets. The assets, typically Senior Loans, are used as collateral supporting the various debt tranches issued by the SPV. The key feature of the CLO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of debt securities among the several classes of the CLO. The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing payment claims. On this basis, marketable securities are issued which, due to the diversification of the underlying risk, generally represent a lower level of risk than the original assets. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collected claims.
 
 
     Holders of structured finance products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Trust may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured finance products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured finance products generally pay their share of the structured product’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying structured finance products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of structured finance products) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured finance products owned by the Trust.
 
 
     Certain structured finance products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market. CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CBOs, CLOs and CDOs may be characterized by the Trust as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances. In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities discussed herein, CBOs, CLOs and CDOs carry additional risks, including (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the CBOs, CLOs and CDOs are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
 
 
     Investments in structured notes involve risks, including credit risk and market risk. Where the Trust’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors, including currency exchange
 
 
S–9
 
 
 
 

 

 
rates, interest rates, referenced bonds and stock indices, depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero, and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Structured notes may be less liquid than other types of securities and more volatile than the reference instrument or security underlying the note.
 
 
      Risk-Linked Securities. Risk-linked securities (“RLS”) are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. The Trust may invest in RLS in order to earn income, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. RLS are typically debt obligations for which the return of principal and the payment of interest are contingent on the non-occurrence of a pre-defined “trigger event.” Depending on the specific terms and structure of the RLS, this trigger could be the result of a hurricane, earthquake or some other catastrophic event. Insurance companies securitize this risk to transfer to the capital markets the truly catastrophic part of the risk exposure. A typical RLS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but would involve full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. RLS typically have relatively high yields compared with similarly rated fixed-income securities, and also have low correlation with the returns of traditional securities. Investments in RLS may be linked to a broad range of insurance risks, which can be broken down into three major categories: natural risks (such as hurricanes and earthquakes), weather risks (such as insurance based on a regional average temperature) and non-natural events (such as aerospace and shipping catastrophes). Although property-casualty RLS have been in existence for over a decade, significant developments have started to occur in securitizations done by life insurance companies. In general, life insurance industry securitizations could fall into a number of categories. Some are driven primarily by the desire to transfer risk to the capital markets, such as the transfer of extreme mortality risk (mortality bonds). Others, while also including the element of risk transfer, are driven by other considerations. For example, a securitization could be undertaken to relieve the capital strain on life insurance companies caused by the regulatory requirements of establishing very conservative reserves for some types of products. Another example is the securitization of the stream of future cash flows from a particular block of business, including the securitization of embedded values of life insurance business or securitization for the purpose of funding acquisition costs.
 
 
     Unlike other insurable low-severity, high-probability events (such as auto collision coverage), the insurance risk of which can be diversified by writing large numbers of similar policies, the holders of a typical RLS are exposed to the risks from high-severity, low-probability events such as that posed by major earthquakes or hurricanes. RLS represent a method of reinsurance, by which insurance companies transfer their own portfolio risk to other reinsurance companies and, in the case of RLS, to the capital markets. A typical RLS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but involves full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. In essence, investors invest funds in RLS and if a catastrophe occurs that “triggers” the RLS, investors may lose some or all of the capital invested. In the case of an event, the funds are paid to the bond sponsor—an insurer, reinsurer or corporation—to cover losses. In return, the bond sponsors pay interest to investors for this catastrophe protection. RLS can be structured to pay-off on three types of variables—insurance-industry catastrophe loss indices, insure-specific catastrophe losses and parametric indices based on the physical characteristics of catastrophic events. Such variables are difficult to predict or model, and the risk and potential return profiles of RLS may be difficult to assess. Catastrophe-related RLS have been in use since the 1990s, and the securitization and risk-transfer aspects of such RLS are beginning to be employed in other insurance and risk-related areas. The RLS market is thus in the early stages of development. No active trading market may exist for certain RLS, which may impair the ability of the Trust to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets.
 
 
      Preferred Securities. The Trust may invest in preferred securities. There are two basic types of preferred securities. The first, sometimes referred to as traditional preferred securities, consists of preferred stock issued by an entity taxable as a corporation. The second type, sometimes referred to as trust preferred securities, are usually issued by a trust or limited partnership and represent preferred interests in deeply subordinated debt instruments issued by the corporation for whose benefit the trust or partnership was established.
 
 
Traditional Preferred Securities . Traditional preferred securities generally pay fixed or adjustable rate dividends to investors and generally have a “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends
 
 
S–10
 
 
 
 

 

 
and the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends on its common stock. In order to be payable, distributions on such preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Income payments on typical preferred securities currently outstanding are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accumulate even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. In such a case all accumulated dividends must be paid before any dividend on the common stock can be paid. However, some traditional preferred stocks are non-cumulative, in which case dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. A portion of the portfolio may include investments in non-cumulative preferred securities, whereby the issuer does not have an obligation to make up any arrearages to its shareholders. Should an issuer of a non-cumulative preferred stock held by the Trust determine not to pay dividends on such stock, the amount of dividends the Trust pays may be adversely affected. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on the traditional preferred securities in which the Trust invests will be declared or otherwise made payable.
 
 
Preferred stockholders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Shares of traditional preferred securities have a liquidation value that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market value of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred securities, and by actual and anticipated changes in tax laws, such as changes in corporate income tax rates or the “dividends received deduction.” Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by traditional preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such securities, the issuer may redeem the securities. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Trust’s holdings of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred securities may be reduced and the Trust would be unable to acquire securities of comparable credit quality paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.
 
 
Trust Preferred Securities . Trust preferred securities are a comparatively new asset class. Trust preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The trust preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates.
 
 
Trust preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer or the beneficiary of a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, trust preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for eighteen months or more without triggering an event of default. Generally, the deferral period is five years or more. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the trust preferred securities have not been made), these trust preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors. Trust preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows.
 
 
Trust preferred securities are typically issued with a final maturity date, although some are perpetual in nature. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without default. No redemption can typically take place unless all cumulative payment obligations have been met, although issuers may be able to engage in open-market repurchases without regard to whether all payments have been paid.
 
 
Many trust preferred securities are issued by trusts or other special purpose entities established by operating companies and are not a direct obligation of an operating company. At the time the trust or special purpose entity sells such preferred securities to investors, it purchases debt of the operating company (with terms comparable to those of the trust or special purpose entity securities), which enables the operating company to deduct for tax purposes the interest paid on the debt held by the trust or special purpose entity. The trust
 
 
S–11
 
 
 
 

 

 
or special purpose entity is generally required to be treated as transparent for federal income tax purposes such that the holders of the trust preferred securities are treated as owning beneficial interests in the underlying debt of the operating company. Accordingly, payments on the trust preferred securities are treated as interest rather than dividends for federal income tax purposes and, as such, are not eligible for the dividends received deduction. The trust or special purpose entity in turn would be a holder of the operating company’s debt and would have priority with respect to the operating company’s earnings and profits over the operating company’s common shareholders, but would typically be subordinated to other classes of the operating company’s debt. Typically a preferred share has a rating that is slightly below that of its corresponding operating company’s senior debt securities.
 
 
There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including:
 
 
Deferral . Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Trust owns a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, the Trust may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income.
 
 
Subordination . Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.
 
 
Liquidity . Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks or U.S. Government securities.
 
 
Limited Voting Rights . Generally, preferred security holders (such as the Trust) have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights. In the case of Trust preferred securities, holders generally have no voting rights, except if (i) the issuer fails to pay dividends for a specified period of time or (ii) a declaration of default occurs and is continuing.
 
 
Special Redemption Rights . In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by certain changes in federal income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a special redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Trust.
 
 
New Types of Securities . From time to time, preferred securities, including hybrid-preferred securities, have been, and may in the future be, offered having features other than those described herein. The Trust reserves the right to invest in these securities if the Sub-Adviser believe that doing so would be consistent with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies. Since the market for these instruments would be new, the Trust may have difficulty disposing of them at a suitable price and time. In addition to limited liquidity, these instruments may present other risks, such as high price volatility.
 
 
      Convertible Securities. Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks and other securities that entitle the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest or preferred dividends paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt obligations. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a debt obligation. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by the Trust is called for redemption, the Trust would be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to underlying common stock, or would sell the convertible security to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.
 
 
S–12
 
 
 
 

 

 
The price of a convertible security often reflects variations in the price of the underlying common stock in a way that non-convertible debt may not. The value of a convertible security is a function of (i) its yield in comparison to the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (ii) its worth if converted into the underlying common stock.
 
 
     Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. As with all income securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock.
 
 
      Common Stocks. The Trust may invest in common stocks that the Sub-Adviser believes offer attractive income potential. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than debt securities over the long-term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and, in certain periods, have significantly under-performed relative to debt securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of common stocks is sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.
 
 
      Private Securities. Private securities have additional risk considerations than with investments in comparable public investments. Whenever the Trust invests in issuers that do not publicly report financial and other material information, it assumes a greater degree of investment risk and reliance upon the Sub-Adviser’s ability to obtain and evaluate applicable information concerning such companies’ creditworthiness and other investment considerations. Because there is often no readily available trading market for private securities, the Trust may not be able to readily dispose of such investments at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell them if they were more widely traded. Private securities are also more difficult to value. Valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation of private securities as compared to public securities because there is less reliable objective data available. Private debt securities are of below investment grade quality, frequently are unrated and present many of the same risks as investing in below investment grade public debt securities. Investing in private debt instruments is a highly specialized investment practice that depends more heavily on independent credit analysis than investments in other types of obligations.
 
 
      Real Property Asset Companies. The Trust may invest in securities issued by companies that own, produce, refine, process, transport and market “real property assets,” such as real estate and the natural resources upon or within real estate. These real property asset companies include:
 
 
·  
Companies engaged in the ownership, construction, financing, management and/or sale of commercial, industrial and/or residential real estate (or that have assets primarily invested in such real estate), including REITs; and
 
 
·  
Companies engaged in energy, natural resources and basic materials businesses and companies engaged in associated businesses. These companies include those engaged in businesses such as oil and gas exploration and production, gold and other precious metals, steel and iron ore production, energy services, forest products, chemicals, coal, alternative energy sources and environmental services, as well as related transportation companies and equipment manufacturers.
 
 
      Mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon. Mortgage REITs are generally not taxed on income timely distributed to shareholders, provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Trust will indirectly
 
 
S–13
 
 
 
 

 

 
bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by mortgage REITs in which it invests. Investing in mortgage REITs involves certain risks related to investing in real property mortgages. Mortgage REITs are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by borrowers. Mortgage REITs whose underlying assets are mortgages on real properties used by a particular industry or concentrated in a particular geographic region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. Real property mortgages may be relatively illiquid, limiting the ability of mortgage REITs to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions. Mortgage REITs may have limited financial resources, their securities may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies.
 
 
       Distressed and Defaulted Securities. The Trust may invest in the securities of financially distressed and bankrupt issuers, at the time of investment, including debt obligations that are in covenant or payment default, although the Trust has no present intention to do so. Such investments generally trade significantly below par and are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted obligation for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or speculative.
 
 
     Investments in the securities of financially distressed issuers involve substantial risks. These securities may present a substantial risk of default or may be in default at the time of investment. The Trust may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company, the Trust may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled entity is the fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. The Sub-Adviser’s judgment about the credit quality of the issuer and the relative value of its securities may prove to be wrong.
 
 
      Securities Subject To Reorganization. The Trust may invest in securities of companies for which a tender or exchange offer has been made or announced and in securities of companies for which a merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization proposal has been announced if, in the judgment of the Sub-Adviser, there is a reasonable prospect of high total return significantly greater than the brokerage and other transaction expenses involved. In general, securities which are the subject of such an offer or proposal sell at a premium to their historic market price immediately prior to the announcement of the offer or may also discount what the stated or appraised value of the security would be if the contemplated transaction were approved or consummated. Such investments may be advantageous when the discount significantly overstates the risk of the contingencies involved; significantly undervalues the securities, assets or cash to be received by shareholders of the prospective portfolio company as a result of the contemplated transaction; or fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of such contingencies requires unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Sub-Adviser which must appraise not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses as well as the assets or securities to be received as a result of the contemplated transaction but also the financial resources and business motivation of the offer and/or the dynamics and business climate when the offer or proposal is in process. Since such investments are ordinarily short-term in nature, they will tend to increase the turnover ratio of the Trust, thereby increasing its brokerage and other transaction expenses. The Sub-Adviser intends to select investments of the type described which, in its view, have a reasonable prospect of capital appreciation which is significant in relation to both the risk involved and the potential of available alternative investments.
 
 
      Rights Offerings and Warrants to Purchase. The Trust may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Trust could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.
 
 
S–14
 
 
 
 

 

 
      Equity-Linked Notes. Equity-linked notes are hybrid securities with characteristics of both fixed-income and equity securities. An equity-linked note is a debt instrument, usually a bond, that pays interest based upon the performance of an underlying equity, which can be a single stock, basket of stocks or an equity index. Instead of paying a predetermined coupon, equity-linked notes link the interest payment to the performance of a particular equity market index or basket of stocks or commodities. The interest payment is typically based on the percentage increase in an index from a predetermined level, but alternatively may be based on the decrease in the index. The interest payment may in some cases be leveraged so that, in percentage terms, it exceeds the relative performance of the market.
 
 
       Private Investment Funds. The Trust may invest in Investment Funds, but has no current intention of investing in "Private Investment Funds,” which are privately offered Investment Funds that are excluded from the definition of “investment company” under the 1940 Act, including by operation of Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) thereof, which are commonly referred to as “hedge funds.” To the extent the Trust in the future invests in Private Investment Funds, such investment may pose certain risks to the Trust. In addition to those risks described above with respect to all Investment Funds. Certain Private Investment Funds may involve capital call provisions under which an investor is obligated to make additional investments at specified levels even if it would otherwise choose not to. Investments in Private Investment Funds may have very limited liquidity. Often there will be no secondary market for such investments and the ability to redeem or otherwise withdraw from a Private Investment Fund may be prohibited during the term of the Private Investment Fund or, if permitted, may be infrequent. Certain Private Investment Funds may be subject to “lock-up” periods of a year or more. The valuation of investments in Private Investment Funds often will be based upon valuations provided by the adviser or manager of such Private Investment Fund and it may not always be possible to effectively assess the accuracy of such valuations, particularly if the Private Investment Fund holds substantial investments the values of which are determined by the adviser or manager of the Private Investment Fund based upon a fair valuation methodology. Incentive fee considerations, which are generally expected to be between 15%-25% of the net capital appreciation (if any) in the assets managed by a Private Investment Fund manager, may cause conflicts in the fair valuation of investment holdings by a Private Investment Fund’s adviser or manager. Private Investment Funds may employ a number of investment techniques, including short sales, investment in non-investment grade or nonmarketable securities, uncovered option transactions, forward transactions, futures and options on futures transactions, foreign currency transactions and highly concentrated portfolios, among others, which could, under certain circumstances, magnify the impact of any negative market, sector or investment development. Investors in Private Investment Funds may be exposed to increased leverage risk, as Private Investment Fund may borrow and may utilize various lines of credit, reverse repurchase agreements, “dollar” rolls, issuance of debt securities, swaps, forward purchases and other forms of leverage. Some Private Investment Funds may provide to their investors very limited information with respect to their operation and performance, thereby severely limiting an investor’s ability to verify initially or on a continuing basis any representations made by the Private Investment Funds or the investment strategies being employed. The Trust would not have the ability to direct or influence the management of the Private Investment Funds in which it invests, so the returns on such investments will primarily depend on the performance of the Private Investment Funds’ managers and could suffer substantial adverse effects by the unfavorable performance of such managers.
 
 
Short Sales
 
 
     Although the Trust has no present intention of doing so, the Trust is authorized to make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. To the extent the Trust engages in short sales, the Trust will not make a short sale, if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. Also, the market value of the securities sold short of any one issuer will not exceed either 10% of the Trust’s total assets or 5% of such issuer’s voting securities. The Trust may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns, or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost, the identical security. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss will be increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Trust, including the costs associated with providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash and liquid securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian. Although the Trust’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.
 
 
S–15
 
 
 
 

 

 
Derivative Instruments
 
 
      Swaps. Swap contracts may be purchased or sold to obtain investment exposure and/or to hedge against fluctuations in securities prices, currencies, interest rates or market conditions, to change the duration of the overall portfolio or to mitigate default risk. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) on different currencies, securities, baskets of currencies or securities, indices or other instruments, which returns are calculated with respect to a “notional value” ( i.e. , the designated reference amount of exposure to the underlying instruments). The Trust intends to enter into swaps primarily on a net basis ( i.e. , the two payment streams are netted out, with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The Trust may use swaps for risk management purposes and as a speculative investment.
 
 
     The Sub-Adviser requires counterparties to have a minimum credit rating of A from Moody’s (or a comparable rating from another Rating Agency) and monitors such rating on an on-going basis. If the other party to a swap contract defaults, the Trust’s risk of loss will consist of the net amount of payments that the Trust is contractually entitled to receive. Under such circumstances, the Trust will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. Swap instruments are not exchange-listed securities and may be traded only in the over-the-counter market. Swap transactions must be covered by assets or instruments acceptable under applicable segregation and coverage requirements.
 
 
·  
Interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of respective commitments to pay or receive interest ( e.g ., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments).
 
 
·  
Total return swaps. Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from the designated underlying asset(s), which may include securities, baskets of securities, or securities indices, during the specified period, in return for receiving payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from the other designated underlying asset(s).
 
 
·  
Currency swaps. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the two parties’ respective commitments to pay or receive fluctuations with respect to a notional amount of two different currencies ( e.g. , an exchange of payments with respect to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Japanese yen).
 
 
·  
Credit default swaps. When the Trust is the buyer of a credit default swap contract, the Trust is entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Trust would normally pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Trust would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the Trust is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it normally receives a stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Trust would add the equivalent of leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Trust would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. The Trust may enter into credit default swap contracts and baskets thereof for investment and risk management purposes, including diversification.
 
 
      Options. The Trust may purchase or sell ( i.e. , write) options on securities and securities indices or on currencies, which options are listed on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market, as a means of achieving additional return or of hedging the value of the Trust’s portfolio.
 
 
     A call option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right to buy from the writer of the call option, in return for a premium, the security or currency underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of the call option has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to deliver the underlying security or currency upon payment of the exercise price during the option period. A put option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right, in return for a premium, to sell to the seller the underlying security or currency at a specified price. The seller of the put option has the obligation to buy the underlying security upon exercise at the exercise price.
 
 
S–16
 
 
 
 

 

 
     The Trust may purchase or write (sell) exchange traded and over-the-counter options. Writing call options involves giving third parties the right to buy securities from the Trust for a fixed price at a future date and writing put options involves giving third parties the right to sell securities to the Trust for a fixed price at a future date. Buying an options contract gives the Trust the right to purchase securities from third parties or gives the Trust the right to sell securities to third parties for a fixed price at a future date. In addition to options on individual securities, the Trust may buy and sell put and call options on currencies, baskets of securities or currencies, indices and other instruments. Options bought or sold by the Trust may be “cash settled,” meaning that the purchaser of the option has the right to receive a cash payment from the writer of the option to the extent that the value of the underlying position rises above (in the case of a call) or falls below (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. There can be no assurance that the Trust’s use of options will be successful.
 
 
     In the case of a call option on a common stock or other security, the option is “covered” if the Trust owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, the Trust has earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to such additional cash consideration) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Trust. A call option is also covered if the Trust holds a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities. A put option on a security is “covered” if the Trust segregates assets determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser as described above equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Trust holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities.
 
 
     If the Trust has written an option, it may terminate its obligation by effecting a closing purchase transaction. This is accomplished by purchasing an option of the same series as the option previously written. However, once the Trust has been assigned an exercise notice, the Trust will be unable to effect a closing purchase transaction. Similarly, if the Trust is the holder of an option it may liquidate its position by effecting a closing sale transaction. This is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. There can be no assurance that either a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Trust so desires.
 
 
     The Trust will realize a profit from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to purchase the option; the Trust will realize a loss from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is more than the premium received from writing the option or is less than the premium paid to purchase the option. Since call option prices generally reflect increases in the price of the underlying security or currency, any loss resulting from the repurchase of a call option may also be wholly or partially offset by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security or currency. Other principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price and price volatility of the underlying security or currency and the time remaining until the expiration date. Gains and losses on investments in options depend, in part, on the ability of the Sub-Adviser to predict correctly the effect of these factors. The use of options cannot serve as a complete hedge since the price movement of securities underlying the options will not necessarily follow the price movements of the portfolio securities subject to the hedge.
 
 
     An option position may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series or in a private transaction. Although the Trust will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option. In such event it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, so that the Trust would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur brokerage commissions upon the exercise of call options and upon the subsequent disposition of underlying securities for the exercise of put options. If the Trust, as a covered call option writer, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise or otherwise covers the position.
 
 
     The Trust my purchase call or put options as long as the aggregate initial margins and premiums, measured at the time of such investment, do not exceed 10% of the fair market value of the Trust’s total assets.
 
 
S–17
 
 
 
 

 

 
      Options on Securities Indices. The Trust may purchase and sell securities index options. One effect of such transactions may be to hedge all or part of the Trust’s securities holdings against a general decline in the securities market or a segment of the securities market. Options on securities indices are similar to options on stocks except that, rather than the right to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the securities index upon which the option is based is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option.
 
 
     The Trust’s successful use of options on indices depends upon its ability to predict the direction of the market and is subject to various additional risks. The correlation between movements in the index and the price of the securities being hedged against is imperfect and the risk from imperfect correlation increases as the composition of the Trust diverges from the composition of the relevant index. Accordingly, a decrease in the value of the securities being hedged against may not be wholly offset by a gain on the exercise or sale of a securities index put option held by the Trust. Options on securities indices must be covered by assets or instruments acceptable under applicable segregation and coverage requirements.
 
 
      Futures Contracts and Options on Futures. The Trust may, without limit, enter into futures contracts or options on futures contracts. It is anticipated that these investments, if any, will be made by the Trust primarily for the purpose of hedging against changes in the value of its portfolio securities and in the value of securities it intends to purchase. Such investments will only be made if they are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks involved in the management of the Trust. In this regard, the Trust may enter into futures contracts or options on futures for the purchase or sale of securities indices or other financial instruments.
 
 
     A “sale” of a futures contract (or a “short” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to deliver the securities underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. A “purchase” of a futures contract (or a “long” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to acquire the securities underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. Certain futures contracts, including stock and bond index futures, are settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the securities underlying the futures contracts.
 
 
     No consideration will be paid or received by the Trust upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Trust will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as the “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or security underlying the futures contract fluctuates. At any time prior to the expiration of the futures contract, the Trust may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate its existing position in the contract.
 
 
     An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account attributable to that contract, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option purchased is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does change daily and that change would be reflected in the net assets of the Trust. Futures transactions and options on futures must be covered by assets or instruments acceptable under applicable segregation and coverage requirements.
 
 
     The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying debt securities, it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or underlying debt securities. As with the purchase of futures contracts, when the
 
 
S–18
 
 
 
 

 

 
Trust is not fully invested it may purchase a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining interest rates.
 
 
     The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. The Trust may purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge the Trust’s portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates and consequent reduction in the value of portfolio securities.
 
 
      Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. The Trust may purchase or sell interest rate futures contracts to take advantage of or to protect the Trust against fluctuations in interest rates affecting the value of securities that the Trust holds or intends to acquire. For example, if interest rates are expected to increase, the Trust might sell futures contracts on securities, the values of which historically have a high degree of positive correlation to the values of the Trust’s portfolio securities. Such a sale would have an effect similar to selling an equivalent value of the Trust’s portfolio securities. If interest rates increase, the value of the Trust’s portfolio securities will decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Trust will increase at approximately an equivalent rate thereby keeping the net asset value of the Trust from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Trust could accomplish similar results by selling securities with longer maturities and investing in securities with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Trust to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.
 
 
     Similarly, the Trust may purchase interest rate futures contracts when it is expected that interest rates may decline. The purchase of futures contracts for this purpose constitutes a hedge against increases in the price of securities (caused by declining interest rates) that the Trust intends to acquire. Since fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should approximate that of the securities that will be purchased, the Trust can take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the securities without actually buying them. Subsequently, the Trust can make its intended purchase of the securities in the cash market and currently liquidate its futures position.
 
 
      Securities Index Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. Purchases or sales of securities index futures contracts are used for hedging purposes to attempt to protect the Trust’s current or intended investments from broad fluctuations in stock or bond prices. For example, the Trust may sell securities index futures contracts in anticipation of or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the Trust’s securities portfolio that might otherwise result. If such decline occurs, the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or part, by gains on the futures position. When the Trust is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase securities index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of securities that the Trust intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding positions in securities index futures contracts will be closed out. The Trust may write put and call options on securities index futures contracts for hedging purposes.
 
 
      Senior Loan Based Derivatives. The Trust may obtain exposure to Senior Loans through the use of derivative instruments, which have recently become increasingly available. The Sub-Adviser may utilize these instruments and similar instruments that may be available in the future. The Trust may invest in a derivative instrument known as a Select Aggregate Market Index (“SAMI”), which is a privately offered credit derivative that provides investors with exposure to a reference index of credit default swaps whose underlying reference securities are Senior Loans. While investing in SAMIs will increase the universe of floating-rate income securities to which the Trust is exposed, such investments entail risks that are not typically associated with investments in other floating-rate income securities. The liquidity of the market for SAMIs will be subject to liquidity in the Senior Loan and credit derivatives markets. Investment in SAMIs involves many of the risks associated with investments in derivative instruments discussed generally herein. The Trust may also be subject to the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will default on its obligations. Derivative transactions generally involve the risk of loss due to unanticipated adverse changes in securities prices, interest rates, the inability to close out a position, imperfect correlation between a position and the desired hedge, tax constraints on closing out positions and portfolio management constraints on securities subject to such transactions. The potential loss on derivative instruments may be substantial relative to the initial investment therein.
 
 
S–19
 

 
 

 
 
      Credit Derivatives. The Trust may engage in credit derivative transactions. There are two broad categories of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index. There are three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. A credit default swap is an agreement between two counterparties that allows one counterparty (the “seller”) to purchase or be “long” a third party’s credit risk and the other party (the “buyer”) to sell or be “short” the credit risk. Typically, the seller agrees to make regular fixed payments to the buyer with the same frequency as the underlying reference bond. In exchange, the seller typically has the right upon default of the underlying bond to put the bond to the buyer in exchange for the bond’s par value plus interest. Credit default swaps can be used as a substitute for purchasing or selling a fixed-income security and sometimes are preferable to actually purchasing the security. A purchaser of a credit default swap is subject to counterparty risk. The Trust will monitor any such swaps or derivatives with a view towards ensuring that the Trust remains in compliance with all applicable regulations and tax requirements.
 
 
      Credit-Linked Notes. The Trust may invest in credit-linked notes (“CLN”) for risk management purposes, including diversification. A CLN is a derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). In addition to the credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of the CLN is subject to counterparty risk.
 
 
Additional Risks Relating to Derivative Instruments
 
 
     Neither the Adviser nor the Sub-Adviser is registered as a commodity pool operator. The Trust has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act. Accordingly, the Trust’s investments in derivative instruments described in the prospectus and this SAI are not limited by or subject to regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act or otherwise regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
 
 
      Swaps Risks. Swap transactions are subject to market risk, risk of default by the other party to the transaction and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets and may involve commissions or other costs. Swaps generally do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Trust is contractually obligated to make, or in the case of the other party to a swap defaulting, the net amount of payments that the Trust is contractually entitled to receive. When the Trust acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement with respect to a debt security, it is subject to the risk that an adverse credit event may occur with respect to the debt security and the Trust may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the debt security under the swap net of any amounts owed to the Trust by the buyer under the swap (such as the buyer’s obligation to deliver the debt security to the Trust). As a result, the Trust bears the entire risk of loss due to a decline in value of a referenced debt security on a credit default swap it has sold if there is a credit event with respect to the security. If the Trust is a buyer of a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Trust may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased.
 
 
     The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. However, as a result of recent financial turmoil, it is possible that swaps will come under new governmental regulation in the future. The Sub-Adviser cannot predict the effects of any new governmental regulation that may be imposed on the ability of the Trust to use swaps and there can be no assurance that such regulation will not adversely affect the Trust’s portfolio. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. If the Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Trust would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used.
 
 
S–20
 
 
 
 

 

 
     The use of interest rate, total return, currency, credit default and other swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would be unfavorably affected.
 
 
      Risks Associated with Options on Securities. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
 
 
     There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Trust seeks to close out an option position. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (the “OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. The Trust’s ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. If the Trust were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.
 
 
     The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Trust’s capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.
 
 
     The number of call options the Trust can write is limited by the amount of Trust assets that can cover such options, and further limited by the fact that call options normally represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock. The Trust will not write “naked” or uncovered call options. Furthermore, the Trust’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Sub-Adviser. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.
 
 
     To the extent that the Trust writes covered put options, the Trust will bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price. If the option is exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise. While the Trust’s potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to the interest earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire value of the stock.
 
 
S–21
 
 
 
 

 

 
     To the extent that the Trust purchases options, the Trust will be subject to the following additional risks. If a put or call option purchased by the Trust is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Trust will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Trust might be unable to exercise an option it had purchased. If the Trust were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless.
 
 
      Special Risk Considerations Relating to Futures and Options Thereon. Futures and options on futures entail certain risks, including the following: no assurance that futures contracts or options on futures can be offset at favorable prices, possible reduction of the yield of the Trust due to the use of hedging, possible reduction in value of both the securities hedged and the hedging instrument, possible lack of liquidity due to daily limits on price fluctuations, imperfect correlation between the contracts and the securities being hedged and losses from investing in futures transactions that are potentially unlimited. The Trust’s ability to establish and close out positions in futures contracts and options thereon will be subject to the development and maintenance of liquid markets. Although the Trust generally will purchase or sell only those futures contracts and options thereon for which there appears to be a liquid market, there is no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange will exist for any particular futures contract or option thereon at any particular time. In the event no liquid market exists for a particular futures contract or option thereon in which the Trust maintains a position, it will not be possible to effect a closing transaction in that contract or to do so at a satisfactory price, and the Trust would either have to make or take delivery under the futures contract or, in the case of a written option, wait to sell the underlying securities until the option expires or is exercised or, in the case of a purchased option, exercise the option. In the case of a futures contract or an option thereon that the Trust has written and that the Trust is unable to close, the Trust would be required to maintain margin deposits on the futures contract or option thereon and to make variation margin payments until the contract is closed.
 
 
     Successful use of futures contracts and options thereon by the Trust is subject to the ability of the Sub-Adviser to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates. If the Sub-Adviser’s expectations are not met, the Trust will be in a worse position than if a hedging strategy had not been pursued. For example, if the Trust has hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates that would adversely affect the price of securities in its portfolio and the price of such securities increases instead, the Trust will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Trust has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it may have to sell securities to meet the requirements. These sales may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising market. The Trust may have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so.
 
 
      Additional Risks of Foreign Options, Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts and Forward Contracts. Options, futures contracts and options thereon and forward contracts on securities may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Trust’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in the foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (v) lesser trading volume. Exchanges on which options, futures and options on futures are traded may impose limits on the positions that the Trust may take in certain circumstances.
 
 
      Senior Loan Based Derivatives Risk. The Trust may obtain exposure to Senior Loans through the use of derivative instruments. The Trust may invest in a derivative instrument known as a SAMI, which is a privately offered credit derivative that provides investors with exposure to a reference index of credit default swaps whose underlying reference securities are Senior Loans. Investments in a SAMI involve many of the risks associated with investments in derivatives more generally. Derivative transactions involve the risk of loss due to unanticipated adverse changes in securities prices, interest rates, the inability to close out a position, imperfect correlation between a position and the desired hedge, tax constraints on closing out positions and portfolio management constraints on
 
 
S–22
 
 
 
 

 

 
securities subject to such transactions. The potential loss on derivative instruments may be substantial relative to the initial investment therein. The Trust may also be subject to the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will default on its obligations.
 
 
      Credit Derivatives Risk. The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Sub-Adviser is correct in their forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. The Trust’s risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Trust purchases a default option on a security, and if no default occurs with respect to the security, the Trust’s loss is limited to the premium it paid for the default option. In contrast, if there is a default by the grantor of a default option, the Trust’s loss will include both the premium that it paid for the option and any decline in value of the underlying security that the default option protected.
 
 
      Segregation and Cover Requirements. Futures contracts, swaps, caps, floors and collars, options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Trust are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with the result that, if the Trust does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Trust will be required to designate on its books and records an ongoing basis, cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the Trust’s obligations with respect to such instruments. Such amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The earmarking requirement can result in the Trust maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.
 
 
      Legislation and Regulation Risk. Legislation regarding regulation of the financial sector, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law in July 2010, could change the way in which derivative instruments are regulated and/or traded. Such regulation may impact the availability, liquidity and cost of derivative instruments. While many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act must be implemented through future rulemaking, and any regulatory or legislative activity may not necessarily have a direct, immediate effect upon the Trust, it is possible that, upon implementation of these measures or any future measures, they could potentially limit or completely restrict the ability of the Trust to use certain derivative instruments as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using these instruments or make them less effective. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which a Trust engages in derivative transactions could also prevent a Trust from using these instruments or affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments, or may change availability of certain investments. There can be no assurance that such legislation or regulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust or will not impair the ability of the Trust to utilize certain derivatives transactions or achieve its investment objectives.
 
 
Loans of Portfolio Securities
 
 
     Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and the Trust’s investment restrictions, the Trust may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Trust (subject to notice provisions described below), and are at all times secured by cash or cash equivalents, which are earmarked or segregated pursuant to applicable regulations and that are at least equal to the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Trust continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while at the same time earns interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term obligations. The Trust will not lend its portfolio securities if such loans are not permitted by the laws or regulations of any state in which its shares are qualified for sale. The Trust’s loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Trust’s total assets.
 
 
     A loan may generally be terminated by the borrower on one business day notice, or by the Trust on five business days notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within five days after receipt of notice, the Trust could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some
 
 
S–23
 
 
 
 

 

 
cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed by the Trust’s management to be creditworthy and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. The Board of Trustees will oversee the creditworthiness of the contracting parties on an ongoing basis. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Trust. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Trust. The risks associated with loans of portfolio securities are substantially similar to those associated with repurchase agreements. Thus, if the counterparty to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Trust is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Trust’s ability to sell the collateral, and the Trust would suffer a loss. When voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Trust will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the Trust’s investment in such loaned securities. The Trust will pay reasonable finder’s, administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities.
 
 
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
 
 
     The Trust operates under the following restrictions that constitute fundamental policies that, except as otherwise noted, cannot be changed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust voting together as a single class, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth below apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action. These restrictions provide that the Trust shall not:
 
 
     1. Issue senior securities nor borrow money, except the Trust may issue senior securities or borrow money to the extent permitted by applicable law.
 
 
     2. Act as underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Trust may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act, in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
 
 
     3. Invest in any security if, as a result, 25% or more of the value of the Trust’s total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, are in the securities of issuers in any particular industry or group of related industries, except that this policy shall not apply to (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities or (ii) securities issued by state and municipal governments or their political subdivisions (other than those municipal securities backed only by the assets and revenues of non-governmental users with respect to which the Trust will not invest 25% or more of the value of the Trust’s total assets in securities backed by the same source of revenue).
 
 
     4. Purchase or sell real estate except that the Trust may: (a) acquire or lease office space for its own use, (b) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein or that are engaged in or operate in the real estate industry, (c) invest in securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, (d) purchase and sell mortgage-related securities, (e) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Trust as a result of the ownership of securities and (f) as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
 
 
     5. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Trust from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts and related options thereon, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars and any other financial instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
 
 
     6. Make loans of money or property to any person, except (a) to the extent that securities or interests in which the Trust may invest are considered to be loans, (b) through the loan of portfolio securities in an amount up to 33 1/3% of the Trust’s total assets, (c) by engaging in repurchase agreements or (d) as may otherwise be permitted by applicable law.
 
 
S–24
 
 
 
 

 

 
     7. With respect to 75% of the value of the Trust’s total assets, purchase any securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities), if as a result more than 5% of the Trust’s total assets would then be invested in securities of a single issuer or if as a result the Trust would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer.
 
 
     In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, the Trust is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the board of trustees (the “Board”):
 
 
      (a) In addition to the issuer diversification limits set forth in investment restriction (7) above, under normal market conditions, the Trust will not purchase any securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or by its agencies or instrumentalities), if as a result more than 15% of the Trust’s total assets would then be invested in securities of a single issuer; provided, however, that such limitation shall not apply during the period prior to the full investment of the proceeds of any offering completed by the Trust.
 
 
     For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in subparagraph (3) above to securities that have a security interest or other collateral claim on specified underlying collateral (including asset-backed securities and collateralized debt and loan obligations) the Trust will determine the industry classifications of such investments based on the Sub-Adviser’s evaluation of the risks associated with the collateral underlying such investments.
 
 
     For the purpose of applying the limitation set forth in subparagraphs (7) and (a) above, a governmental issuer shall be deemed the single issuer of a security when its assets and revenues are separate from other governmental entities and its securities are backed only by its assets and revenues. Similarly, in the case of a nongovernmental issuer, if the security is backed only by the assets and revenues of the non-governmental issuer, then such non-governmental issuer would be deemed to be the single issuer. Where a security is also backed by the enforceable obligation of a superior or unrelated governmental or other entity (other than a bond insurer), it shall also be included in the computation of securities owned that are issued by such governmental or other entity. Where a security is guaranteed by a governmental entity or some other facility, such as a bank guarantee or letter of credit, such a guarantee or letter of credit would be considered a separate security and would be treated as an issue of such government, other entity or bank. When a municipal security is insured by bond insurance, it shall not be considered a security that is issued or guaranteed by the insurer; instead, the issuer of such municipal security will be determined in accordance with the principles set forth above. The foregoing restrictions do not limit the percentage of the Trust’s assets that may be invested in municipal securities insured by any given insurer.
 
 
S–25
 
 
 
 

 

 
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
 
 
Board of Trustees
 
 
     Overall responsibility for management and supervision of the Trust rests with the Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees approves all significant agreements between the Trust and the companies that furnish the Trust with services, including agreements with the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser.
 
 
      The Trustees are divided into three classes. Trustees serve until their successors have been duly elected. Following is a list of the names, business addresses, dates of birth, present positions with the Trust, length of time served with the Trust, principal occupations during the past five years and other directorships held during the past five years by each Trustee.
 
           
       
Number of
 
   
Term of
 
Portfolios
 
   
Office and
Principal
in Fund
Other Directorships
Name,
Position Held
Length of
Occupation
Complex(3)
Held by Trustee
Business Address(1)
with the
Time
During Past Five
Overseen
During the Past
and Age
Trust
Served(2)
Years
by Trustee
Five Years
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
       
Roman Friedrich III 
Trustee 
Trustee 
Founder of Roman Friedrich & 
41 
Director, Zincore Metals Inc. 
Year of Birth: 1946 
 
since 2010 
Company, which specializes in 
 
(2009-present); GFM 
     
the provision of financial 
 
Resources Ltd. (2005- 
     
advisory services to 
 
present); StrataGold 
     
corporations in the resource 
 
Corporation (2003-2009); 
     
sector (1998-present). 
 
Gateway Gold Corp. 
     
Formerly, Managing Director 
 
(2004-2008). 
     
of TD Securities (1996- 
   
     
1998); Managing Director of 
   
     
Lancaster Financial Ltd. (1990- 
   
     
1996); Managing Director of 
   
     
Burns Fry Ltd. (1980-1984); 
   
     
President of Chase Manhattan 
   
      Bank (Canada) Ltd.    
     
(1975-1977). 
   
           
Robert B. Karn III 
Trustee 
Trustee 
Consultant (1998-present). 
42 
Director , Peabody Energy 
Year of Birth: 1942 
 
since 2010 
Formerly, Managing Partner, 
 
Company (2003-present); 
     
Financial and Economic 
 
Natural Resource Partners, LLC 
     
Consulting, St. Louis office 
 
(2002-present); Kennedy Capital 
     
of Arthur Andersen, LLP 
 
Management, Inc. 
     
(1977-1997). 
 
(2002-present). 
           
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr. 
Trustee 
Trustee 
Retired. Formerly Vice 
40 
None 
Year of Birth: 1958 
 
since 2010 
President, Manager and 
   
     
Portfolio Manager of Nuveen 
   
     
Asset Management (1998- 
   
     
1999), Vice President of 
   
     
Nuveen Investment Advisory 
   
     
Corporation (1992-1999), Vice 
   
     
President and Manager of 
   
     
Nuveen Unit Investment 
   
     
Trusts (1991-1999), and 
   
     
Assistant Vice President and 
   
     
Portfolio Manager of Nuveen 
   
     
Unit Trusts (1988-1999), each 
   
     
of John Nuveen & Company, 
   
      Inc. (asset manager)    
     
(1982-1999). 
   

 
S–26
 
 
 
 

 

           
       
Number of
 
   
Term of
 
Portfolios
 
   
Office and
Principal
in Fund
Other Directorships
Name,
Position Held
Length of
Occupation
Complex(3)
Held by Trustee
Business Address(1)
with the
Time
During Past Five
Overseen
During the Past
and Age
Trust
Served(2)
Years
by Trustee
Five Years
INTERESTED TRUSTEES:
       
Randall C. Barnes(*) 
Trustee 
Trustee 
Investor (2001-present). 
49 
None 
Year of Birth: 1951 
 
since 2010 
Formerly, Senior Vice 
   
     
President, Treasurer 
   
     
(1993-1997), President, 
   
     
Pizza Hut International 
   
     
(1991-1993) and Senior 
   
     
Vice President, Strategic 
   
     
Planning and New Business 
   
     
Development (1987-1990) of 
   
     
PepsiCo, Inc. (1987-1997). 
   
           
Ronald A. Nyberg(*) 
Trustee 
Trustee 
Partner of Nyberg & Cassioppi, 
51 
None 
Year of Birth: 1953 
 
since 2010 
LLC, a law firm specializing in 
   
     
corporate law, estate planning 
   
     
and business transactions 
   
     
(2000-present). Formerly, 
   
     
Executive Vice President, 
   
     
General Counsel and Corporate 
   
     
Secretary of Van Kampen 
   
     
Investments (1982-1999). 
   

(1)     
The business address of each Trustee of the Trust is 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, unless otherwise noted.
(2)     
After a Trustee’s initial term, each Trustee is expected to serve a three year term concurrent with the class of Trustees for he serves.
 
·
Mr. Randall C. Barnes, as Class I Trustee, is expected to stand for re-election at the Trust’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2014.
 
·
Messrs. Roman Friedrich III and Ronald A. Nyberg, as Class II Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2012.
 
·
Messrs. Robert B. Karn and Ronald E. Toupin, Jr., as a Class III Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2013.
(3)     
As of the date of this SAI, the Fund Complex is composed of 15 closed-end funds, including the Trust, and 38 exchange-
funds. The Fund Complex is overseen by multiple boards of trustees.
(*)     
Mr. Barnes will cease to be an Interested Trustee once Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are no
     
longer principal underwriters of the Trust. Mr. Nyberg will cease to be an Interested Trustee once Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is no longer a principal underwriter of the Trust.
 
Trustee Qualifications
 
 
     The Trustees were selected to serve on the Board based upon their skills, experience, judgment, analytical ability, diligence, ability to work effectively with other Trustees, availability and commitment to attend meetings and perform the responsibilities of a Trustee and a willingness to take an independent and questioning view of management.
 
 
     The following is a summary of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each Trustee that support the conclusion, as of the date of this SAI, that each Trustee should serve as a Trustee in light of the Trust’s business and structure. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.
 
 
       Randall C. Barnes. Mr. Barnes has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2004. Mr. Barnes also serves on the board of certain Canadian funds sponsored by an affiliate of the Adviser. Through his service as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex, employment experience as President of Pizza Hut International and as Treasurer of PepsiCo, Inc., and his personal investment experience, Mr. Barnes is experienced in financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
 
 
S–27
 
 
 
 

 

 
       Roman Friedrich III. Mr. Friedrich has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Mr. Friedrich also serves on the board of certain Canadian funds sponsored by an affiliate of the Adviser. Through his service as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex, his service on other public company boards, his experience as founder and chairman of Roman Friedrich & Company, a financial advisory firm and his prior experience as a senior executive of various financial securities firms, Mr. Friedrich is experienced in financial, investment and regulatory matters.
 
 
      Robert B. Karn III. Mr. Karn has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2004. Through his service as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex, his service on other public and private company boards, his experience as an accountant and consultant, and his prior experience, including Managing Partner of the Financial and Economic Consulting Practice of the St. Louis office at Arthur Andersen, LLP, Mr. Karn is experienced in accounting, financial, investment and regulatory matters.
 
 
      Ronald A. Nyberg. Mr. Nyberg has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Through his service as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex, his professional training and experience as an attorney and partner of a law firm, Nyberg & Cassioppi. LLC, and his prior employment experience, including Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Van Kampen Investments, an asset management firm, Mr. Nyberg is experienced in financial, regulatory and governance matters.
 
 
      Ronald E. Toupin, Jr. Mr. Toupin has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Through his service as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex, and his professional training and employment experience, including Vice President and Portfolio Manager for Nuveen Asset Management, an asset management firm, Mr. Toupin is experienced in financial, regulatory and investment matters.
 
 
     Each Trustee also now has considerable familiarity with the Adviser and Sub-Adviser and other service providers to the Trust, and their operations, as well as the special regulatory requirements governing regulated investment companies and the special responsibilities of investment company trustees as a result of his substantial prior service as a Trustee of funds in the Fund Complex.
 
 
Executive Officers
 
 
     The following information relates to the executive officers of the Trust who are not Trustees. Each officer was appointed by the Board on September 23, 2010. Each officer serves at the pleasure of the Board and until his or her successor is appointed and qualified or until his or her resignation or removal.
 
     
Name, Business
 
Principal Occupation
Address(1) and Age
Position
During the Past Five Years
J. Thomas Futrell 
Chief 
Senior Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of Guggenheim 
Year of Birth: 1955 
Executive 
Funds Investment Advisors, LLC and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, 
 
Officer 
Inc. (2008-present). Formerly, Managing Director of Research, Nuveen 
   
Asset Management (2000-2007). 
     
Steven M. Hill 
Chief Financial 
Senior Managing Director of Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, 
Year of Birth: 1964 
Officer, Chief 
LLC and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc. (2005-present). Formerly, 
 
Accounting Officer 
Chief Financial Officer of Guggenheim Funds Services Group, Inc. (2005- 
 
and Treasurer 
2006), Managing Director of Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, 
   
LLC and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc. 92003-2005). Formerly, 
   
Treasurer of Henderson Global Funds and Operations Manager of 
   
Henderson Global Investors (NA) Inc. (2002-2003); Managing Director of 
   
FrontPoint Partners LLC (2001-2002); Vice President of Nuveen 
   
Investments (1999-2001). 
     
Kevin M. Robinson 
Chief 
Senior Managing Director and General Counsel of Guggenheim Funds 
Year of Birth: 1959 
Legal Officer 
Investment Advisors, LLC and Guggenheim Funds Services Group, Inc. 
   
(2007-present). Formerly, Associate General Counsel and Assistant 
   
Corporate Secretary of NYSE Euronext, Inc. (2000-2007). 

 
S–28
 
 
 
 

 

     
Name, Business
 
Principal Occupation
Address(1) and Age
Position
During the Past Five Years
Mark E. Mathiasen 
Secretary 
Vice President, Assistant General Counsel of Guggenheim Funds 
Year of Birth: 1978 
 
Distributors, Inc. (2007- present). Secretary of certain funds in the Fund 
   
Complex. Previously, Law Clerk, Idaho State Courts (2003-2006). 
     
Bruce Saxon 
Chief 
Vice President, Fund Compliance Officer of Guggenheim Funds Services 
Year of Birth: 1957 
Compliance 
Group, Inc. (2006 to present). Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer/ 
 
Officer 
Assistant Secretary of Harris Investment Management, Inc. (2003-2006). 
   
Director-Compliance of Harrisdirect LLC (1999-2003). 
     
James Howley 
Assistant 
Vice President, Fund Administration (2004-present) of Guggenheim 
Year of birth: 1972 
Treasurer 
Funds Investment Advisors, LLC and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, 
   
Inc.; Assistant Treasurer of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Previously, 
   
Manager, Mutual Fund Administration of Van Kampen Investments, Inc. 
   
(2000-2004). 
     
Mark J. Furjanic 
Assistant 
Vice President, Fund Administration-Tax (2005-present) of Guggenheim 
Year of birth: 1959 
Treasurer 
Funds Investment Advisors, LLC and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, 
   
Inc.; Assistant Treasurer of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Formerly, 
   
Senior Manager (1999-2005) for Ernst & Young LLP. 
     
Donald P. Swade 
Assistant 
Vice President, Fund Administration (2006-present) of Guggenheim 
Year of birth: 1972 
Treasurer 
Funds Investment Advisors, LLC and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, 
   
Inc.; Assistant Treasurer of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Formerly, 
   
Manager-Mutual Fund Financial Administration (2003-2006) for Morgan 
   
Stanley/Van Kampen Investments. 
     
Melissa J. Nguyen 
Assistant 
Vice President, Assistant General Counsel of Guggenheim Funds Services 
Year of birth: 1978 
Secretary 
Group Inc. (2005-present). Secretary of certain funds in the Fund 
   
Complex. Previously, Associate, Vedder Price P.C. (2003-2005). 
     
Elizabeth H. Hudson 
Assistant 
Assistant General Counsel of Guggenheim Funds Services Group Inc. 
Year of birth: 1980 
Secretary 
(2009-present). Assistant Secretary of certain funds in the Fund Complex. 
   
Previously, associate at Bell, Boyd & Lloyd LLP (nka K&L Gates LLP) 
   
(2007-2008). 

(1)     
The business address of each officer of the Trust is 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, unless otherwise noted.
 
Board Leadership Structure
 
 
     The primary responsibility of the Board of Trustees is to represent the interests of the Trust and to provide oversight of the management of the Trust. The Trust’s day-to-day operations are managed by the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and other service providers who have been approved by the Board. The Board is currently comprised of five Trustees, three of whom (including the chairman) are classified under the 1940 Act as “non-interested” persons of the Trust (“Independent Trustees”). Two trustees are currently classified as Interested Trustees, but will cease to be Interested Trustees when certain underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the Trust. Generally, the Board acts by majority vote of all the Trustees, which includes a majority vote of the Independent Trustees.
 
 
     The Board has appointed an independent chairperson, Mr. Ronald E. Toupin, Jr., who presides at Board meetings and who is responsible for, among other things, setting the tone of Board meetings and seeking to encourage open dialogue and independent inquiry among the trustees and management. The Board has established two standing committees (as described below) and has delegated certain responsibilities to those committees, each of which is comprised solely of Independent Trustees. The Board has also established an Executive Committee (as described below). The Board and its committees will meet periodically throughout the year to oversee the Trust’s activities, review contractual arrangements with service providers, review the Trust’s financial statements, oversee compliance with regulatory requirements, and review performance. The Independent Trustees are represented by independent legal counsel at Board and committee meetings. The Board has determined that this leadership structure, including an Independent Chairperson, a majority of Independent Trustees and committee membership limited to Independent Trustees, is appropriate in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Trust.
 
 
S–29
 
 
 
 

 

 
Board Committees
 
 
      Messrs. Ronald A. Nyberg and Ronald E. Toupin, Jr., serve on the Trust’s Executive Committee. The Executive Committee is authorized to act on behalf of and with the full authority of the Board of Trustees when necessary in the intervals between meetings of the Board of Trustees.
 
 
     Messrs. Roman Friedrich III, Robert B. Karn III and Ronald E. Toupin, Jr., who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending qualified candidates to the Board of Trustees in the event that a position is vacated or created. The Nominating and Governance Committee would consider recommendations by shareholders if a vacancy were to exist. Such recommendations should be forwarded to the Secretary of the Trust. The Trust does not have a standing compensation committee. It is anticipated that Messrs. Randall C. Barnes and Ronald A. Nyberg will be appointed to the Nominating and Governance Committee after they cease to be Interested Trustees.
 
 
     Messrs. Roman Friedrich III, Robert B. Karn III and Ronald E. Toupin, Jr., who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Trust’s Audit Committee. Mr. Karn serves as chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is generally responsible for reviewing and evaluating issues related to the accounting and financial reporting policies and internal controls of the Trust and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Trust’s financial statements and the audit thereof and acting as a liaison between the Board of Trustees and the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm. It is anticipated that Messrs. Randall C. Barnes and Ronald A. Nyberg will be appointed to the Audit Committee after they cease to be Interested Trustees.
 
 
Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
 
 
     Consistent with its responsibility for oversight of the Trust, the Board, among other things, oversees risk management of the Trust’s investment program and business affairs directly and through the committee structure it has established. The Board has established the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee to assist in its oversight functions, including its oversight of the risks the Trust faces. Each committee will report its activities to the Board on a regular basis. Risks to the Trust include, among others, investment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk and operational risk, as well as the overall business risk relating to the Trust. The Board has adopted, and will periodically review, policies, procedures and controls designed to address these different types of risks. Under the Board’s supervision, the officers of the Trust, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and other service providers to the Trust also have implemented a variety of processes, procedures and controls to address various risks. In addition, as part of the Board’s periodic review of the Trust’s advisory agreement, sub-advisory agreement and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of the service providers’ operations and the functions for which they are responsible.
 
 
      The Board will require officers of the Trust to report to the full Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board and its committees, as applicable, including matters relating to risk management. The Audit Committee will also receive reports from the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm on internal control and financial reporting matters. On at least a quarterly basis, the Board will meet with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, including separate meetings with the Independent Trustees in executive session, to discuss compliance matters and, on at least an annual basis, will receive a report from the Chief Compliance Officer regarding the effectiveness of the Trust’s compliance program. The Board, with the assistance of Trust management, will review investment policies and risks in connection with its review of the Trust’s performance. In addition, the Board will receive reports from the Adviser and Sub-Adviser on the investments and securities trading of the Trust. With respect to valuation, the Board oversees a pricing committee comprised of Trust officers and Adviser personnel and has approved fair valuation procedures applicable to valuing the Trust’s securities, which the Board and the Audit Committee will periodically review. The Board will also require the Adviser to report to the Board on other matters relating to risk management on a regular and as-needed basis.
 
 
S–30
 
 
 
 

 

 
Remuneration of Trustees and Officers
 
 
     Each Trustee who is not an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or their respective affiliates receives as compensation for his services to the Trust an annual retainer and meeting fees. The chairperson of the Board, if any, and the chairperson of each committee of the Board also receive fees for their services. The annual retainer and fees for service as chairperson of Board and committees of the Board are allocated among the Trust and certain other funds in the Fund Complex. Officers who are employed by the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Trust.
 
 
     Because the Trust is newly organized and has not yet completed a full fiscal year of operations, the table below shows the estimated compensation that is contemplated to be paid to Trustees for the Trust’s fiscal year ended May 31, 2011, assuming a full fiscal year of operations.
 
         
       
Estimated Total
 
Aggregate
Pension or Retirement
 
Compensation
 
Estimated
Benefits Accrued
Estimated Annual
from the Trust and
 
Compensation
as Part of
Benefits Upon
Fund Complex(2)
Name
from the Trust
Trust Expenses(1)
Retirement(1)
Paid to Trustee
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
       
Roman Friedrich III 
$18,500 
None 
None 
$103,000 
Robert B. Karn III 
$19,250 
None 
None 
$127,500 
Ronald E. Toupin Jr. 
$20,750 
None 
None 
$243,000 
INTERESTED TRUSTEES:
       
Randall C. Barnes 
$19,250 
None 
None 
$192,500 
Ronald A. Nyberg 
$18,500 
None 
None 
$223,500 

(1)     
The Trust does not accrue or pay retirement or pension benefits to Trustees as of the date of this SAI.
(2)     
As of the date of this SAI, the Fund Complex is composed of 15 closed-end funds, including the Trust, and 38 exchange- traded funds.
 
Trustee Share Ownership
 
 
     As of December 31, 2009, the most recently completed calendar year prior to the date of this Statement of Additional Information, each Trustee of the Trust beneficially owned equity securities of the Trust and all of the registered investment companies in the family of investment companies overseen by the Trustee in the dollar range amounts specified below.
 
     
   
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
   
Securities in All Registered Investment
 
Dollar Range of
Companies Overseen by Trustee in
Name
Equity Securities in the Trust(1)
Family of Investment Companies(2)
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
   
Roman Friedrich III 
None 
None 
Robert B. Karn III 
None 
None 
Ronald E. Toupin Jr. 
None 
None 
INTERESTED TRUSTEES:
   
Randall C. Barnes 
None 
over $100,000 
Ronald A. Nyberg 
None 
over $100,000 

(1)     
The Trustees could not own shares in the Trust as of December 31, 2009 because the Trust had not yet begun investment operations as of that date.
(2)     
As of the date of this SAI, the Family of Investment Companies is composed of 15 closed-end funds, including the Trust, and 38 exchange-traded funds.
 
S–31
 
 
 
 

 

 
Indemnification of Officers and Trustees; Limitations on Liability
 
 
     The governing documents of the Trust provide that the Trust will indemnify its Trustees and officers and may indemnify its employees or agents against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their positions with the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, nothing in the governing documents of the Trust protects or indemnifies a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject in the event of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her position.
 
 
     The Trust has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each Independent Trustee, which provides that the Trust shall indemnify and hold harmless such Trustee against any and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the 1933 Act, and the 1940 Act, as amended, unless it has been finally adjudicated that (i) the Trustee is subject to such expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Trust or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the 1940 Act, as amended.
 
 
Portfolio Management
 
 
     The Sub-Adviser’s personnel with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Trust’s portfolio are B. Scott Minerd, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Sub-Adviser; Anne Bookwalter Walsh, Senior Managing Director of the Sub-Adviser; and James E. Pass, Managing Director of the Sub-Adviser.
 
 
      Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers. As of August 31, 2010, Mr. Minerd managed or was a member of the management team for the following client accounts:
 
         
     
Number of
 
     
Accounts
Assets
     
Subject to a
Subject to a
 
Number of
Assets of
Performance
Performance
 
Accounts
Accounts
Fee
Fee
Registered Investment Companies 
$331.4 million 
$0 
Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than 
       
Investment Companies 
$1.69 billion 
$1.64 billion 
Other Accounts 
11 
$38.61 billion 
$0 

 
     As of August 31, 2010, Ms. Walsh managed or was a member of the management team for the following client accounts:
 
         
     
Number of
 
     
Accounts
Assets
     
Subject to a
Subject to a
 
Number of
Assets of
Performance
Performance
 
Accounts
Accounts
Fee
Fee
Registered Investment Companies 
$331.4 million 
$0 
Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than 
       
   Registered Investment Companies 
$1.64 billion 
$1.64 billion 
Other Accounts 
21 
$9.01 billion 
$253.3 million 

 
S–32
 
 
 
 

 

 
      As of August 31, 2010, Mr. Pass managed or was a member of the management team for the following client accounts:
 
         
     
Number of
 
     
Accounts
Assets
     
Subject to a
Subject to a
 
Number of
Assets of
Performance
Performance
 
Accounts
Accounts
Fee
Fee
Registered Investment Companies 
$0 
$0 
Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than 
       
  Registered Investment Companies 
$0 
$0 
Other Accounts
$0 
$0 

 
      Potential Conflicts of Interest. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple funds and/or other accounts may be presented with one or more of the following potential conflicts.
 
 
     The management of multiple funds and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each fund and/or other account. The Sub-Adviser seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of a portfolio manager by having the portfolio manager focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Trust.
 
 
     If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, a fund may not be able to take full advantage of the opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible funds and other accounts. To deal with these situations, the Sub-Adviser has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple accounts.
 
 
     The Sub-Adviser determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts (such as mutual funds for which the Sub-Adviser acts as adviser, other pooled investment vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), the Sub-Adviser may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, trades for a fund in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security for the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of the Trust or other account(s) involved.
 
 
     The Sub-Adviser has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
 
 
      Portfolio Manager Compensation. The portfolio managers’ compensation consists of the following elements:
 
 
      Base Salary: The portfolio managers are paid a fixed base salary by the Sub-Adviser which is set at a level determined to be appropriate based upon the individual’s experience and responsibilities.
 
 
      Annual Bonus: The portfolio managers are paid a discretionary annual bonus by the Sub-Adviser, which is based on the overall performance and profitability of the Sub-Adviser and not on performance of the Trust or accounts managed by the portfolio managers. The portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs generally available to all employees of the Sub-Adviser.
 
 
      Securities Ownership of the Portfolio Manager. Because the Trust is newly organized, none of the portfolio managers own shares of the Trust.
 
 
S–33
 
 
 
 

 

 
Advisory Agreement
 
 
     Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Adviser”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guggenheim Funds Services Group, Inc. (“Guggenheim Funds”), which acts as the Trust’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Trust (the “Advisory Agreement”). The Adviser acts as investment adviser to a number of closed-end and open-end investment companies. As of June 30, 2010, Guggenheim Funds entities have provided supervision, management and/or servicing on $15.3 billion in assets through closed-end funds, unit investment trusts and exchange-traded funds. The Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser.
 
 
      Guggenheim Funds is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim”), a global, diversified financial services firm with more than $100 billion in assets under supervision as of June 30, 2010. Guggenheim, through its affiliates, provides investment management, investment advisory, insurance, investment banking, and capital markets services. The firm is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia.
 
 
      Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for the management of the Trust; furnishes offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Trust; oversees the activities of the Trust’s Sub-Adviser; provides personnel, including certain officers required for the Trust’s administrative management; and pays the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Trust who are its affiliates. For services rendered by the Adviser on behalf of the Trust under the Advisory Agreement, the Trust pays the Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to .60% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds of any Financial Leverage (whether or not these assets are reflected in the Trust’s financial statements for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles), minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any Financial Leverage. Managed Assets shall include assets attributable to Financial Leverage of any form, including Indebtedness, Preferred Shares and/or reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and similar transactions.
 
 
     Pursuant to its terms, the Advisory Agreement will remain in effect until , 2012, and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of its outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days written notice at the option of either party thereto or by a vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust’s outstanding shares.
 
 
     The Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust.
 
 
Sub-Advisory Agreement
 
 
     Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC, an affiliate of Guggenheim Partners, LLC, acts as the Trust’s investment sub-adviser (the “Sub-Adviser”) pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) with the Trust and the Adviser. The Sub-Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company with principal offices at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401. The Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser.
 
 
      Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser manages the portfolio of the Trust in accordance with its stated investment objectives and policies, makes investment decisions for the Trust, places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the Trust, all subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees and the Adviser. For services rendered by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Trust under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to .30% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
 
S–34
 
 
 
 

 

 
      The Sub-Advisory Agreement continues until , 2012 and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of its outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days, written notice at the option of either party thereto, by the Board of Trustees or by a vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust’s outstanding shares.
 
 
     The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Sub-Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust.
 
 
     Pursuant to a Trademark Sublicense Agreement, Guggenheim has granted to the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser the right to use the name “Guggenheim” in the name of the Trust, and the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser have agreed that the name “Guggenheim” is Guggenheim’s property. In the event the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser cease to act in such capacities for the Trust, the Trust will change its name to one not including “Guggenheim.”
 
 
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
 
 
     Subject to policies established by the Board of Trustees, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and the allocation of brokerage on behalf of the Trust. Transactions in equity securities are in most cases effected on U.S. stock exchanges and involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. In general, there may be no stated commission in the case of securities traded in over-the-counter markets, but the prices of those securities may include undisclosed commissions or mark-ups. Principal transactions are not entered into with affiliates of the Trust. The Trust has no obligations to deal with any broker or group of brokers in executing transactions in portfolio securities. In executing transactions, the Sub-Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and execution for the Trust, taking into account such factors as price, size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved and the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities. While the Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, the Trust does not necessarily pay the lowest commission available.
 
 
     Subject to obtaining the best price and execution, brokers who provide supplemental research, market and statistical information to the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates may receive orders for transactions by the Trust. The term “research, market and statistical information” includes advice as to the value of securities, and advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities, and furnishing analyses and reports concerning issues, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts. Information so received will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, and the expenses of the Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such supplemental information. Such information may be useful to the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates in providing services to clients other than the Trust, and not all such information is used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with the Trust. Conversely, such information provided to the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates by brokers and dealers through whom other clients of the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates effect securities transactions may be useful to the Sub-Adviser in providing services to the Trust.
 
 
     Although investment decisions for the Trust are made independently from those of the other accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates, investments of the kind made by the Trust may also be made by those other accounts. When the same securities are purchased for or sold by the Trust and any of such other accounts, it is the policy of the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates to allocate such purchases and sales in the manner deemed fair and equitable to all of the accounts, including the Trust.
 
 
TAX MATTERS
 
 
     The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. Federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and its shareholders. The discussion reflects applicable tax laws of the United States as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) retroactively or prospectively. No ruling has been or will be sought from
 
 
S–35
 

 
 

 
 
the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position different from any of the tax aspects set forth below. This discussion assumes that the Trust’s shareholders hold their common shares as capital assets for U.S. Federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. Federal income tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders owning a large position in the Trust), and the discussions set forth here and in the prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with any specific questions relating to federal, state, local and foreign taxes.
 
 
Taxation of the Trust
 
 
     The Trust intends to elect to be, and to qualify for special tax treatment afforded to, a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. As long as it so qualifies, in any taxable year in which it meets the distribution requirements described below, the Trust (but not its shareholders) will not be subject to U.S. Federal income tax to the extent that it distributes its investment company taxable income and net recognized capital gains.
 
 
     In order to qualify to be taxed as a regulated investment company, the Trust must, among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in clause (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the value of the Trust’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Trust’s total assets is invested in the securities of (I) any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies), (II) any two or more issuers (other than regulated investment companies) that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.
 
 
     As a regulated investment company, the Trust generally is not subject to U.S. Federal income tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that in such taxable year it distributes at least 90% of the sum of (i) its investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and other taxable income, other than net capital gain (as defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) its net tax-exempt interest income (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income over certain disallowed deductions). The Trust intends to distribute annually all or substantially all of such income.
 
 
     The Trust may retain for investment its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). However, if the Trust retains any net capital gain or any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to a tax on such amount at regular corporate tax rates. If the Trust retains any net capital gain, it expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. Federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes its share of such undistributed net capital gain, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. Federal income tax liability, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its tax basis in its common shares by the excess of the amount described in clause (i) over the amount described in clause (ii).
 
 
     Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. Federal excise tax at the Trust level. To avoid the excise tax, the Trust must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar
 
 
S–36
 
 
 
 

 

 
year, and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which the Trust paid no U.S. Federal income tax. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% federal excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust’s taxable income and capital gains will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
 
 
     Dividends and distributions will be treated as paid during the calendar year if they are paid during the calendar year or declared by the Trust in October, November or December of the year, payable to shareholders of record on a date during such a month and paid by the Trust during January of the following year. Any such dividend or distribution paid during January of the following year will be deemed to be received by the Trust’s shareholders on December 31 of the year the dividend or distribution was declared, rather than when the dividend or distribution is actually received.
 
 
     If the Trust were unable to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to the Trust’s shareholders would not be deductible by the Trust in computing its taxable income. In such case, distributions generally would be eligible (i) for treatment as qualified dividend income in the case of individual shareholders with respect to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to distribute to its shareholders its accumulated earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Trust as an additional tax. In addition, if the Trust failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, then, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Trust had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years.
 
 
     The Trust intends to utilize leverage through borrowings, and thus may be restricted by loan covenants with respect to the declaration and payment of dividends in certain circumstances. Limits on the Trust’s payment of dividends may prevent the Trust from satisfying the 90% distribution requirement and may therefore jeopardize the Trust’s qualification for taxation as a regulated investment company and/or may subject the Trust to the nondeductible 4% U.S. Federal excise tax. The Trust will endeavor to avoid restrictions on its ability to make dividend payments.
 
 
     Gain or loss on the sale of securities by the Trust will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Trust for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
 
 
     Certain of the Trust’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. Federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash ( e.g. , under the original issue discount rules), (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. For example, gain derived by the Trust from the disposition of any securities with market discount ( i.e. , an amount generally equal to the excess of the stated redemption price or revised issue price of the security over the basis of such security immediately after it was acquired) will be taxed as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount, unless the Trust makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis. If this election is not made, all or a portion of any deduction for interest expense incurred to purchase or carry a market discount security may be deferred until such security is sold or otherwise disposed of. The Trust will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a regulated investment company.
 
 
S–37
 
 
 
 

 

 
     If the Trust invests in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. Taxes. The Trust will not be eligible to elect to “pass through” to shareholders of the Trust the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid with respect to qualifying taxes.
 
 
Taxation of Shareholders
 
 
     Distributions paid by the Trust from its investment company taxable income, which includes the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses (together referred to hereinafter as “ordinary income dividends”), whether paid in cash or reinvested in Trust shares, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust’s earnings and profits. Ordinary income dividends paid by the Trust generally will not be eligible for the reduced rates applicable to “qualified dividend income” and will not be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction.
 
 
     In addition, the Trust does not expect to be eligible to pay exempt-interest dividends from its net tax-exempt interest income from tax-exempt municipal obligations ( i.e. , state or local bonds other than BABs) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, unless the IRS issues guidance otherwise. Thus, Trust distributions from interest on tax-exempt municipal obligations will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes even though such interest would be excluded from gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes if received directly by a shareholder. Since tax-exempt municipal obligations provide lower yields than comparable taxable obligations (due to the tax-exemption), the Trust’s investment in tax-exempt municipal obligations will, in effect, convert low-yield tax-exempt interest income into fully taxable dividend income, but this is not expected to be material to shareholders.
 
 
     Distributions made from net capital gain, which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses (“capital gain dividends”), including capital gain dividends credited to a shareholder but retained by the Trust, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains if they have been properly designated by the Trust, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned common shares of the Trust. Net long-term capital gain of individuals is generally taxed at a reduced maximum rate. For corporate taxpayers, net long-term capital gain is taxed at ordinary income rates.
 
 
     The IRS currently requires that a regulated investment company that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income and net capital gain) based upon the percentage of total dividends paid to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, if the Trust issues preferred shares, then the Trust intends each year to allocate its ordinary income, net capital gain and other relevant items (if any) between its common shares and preferred shares in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year.
 
 
     If, for any calendar year, the Trust’s total distributions exceed both current earnings and profits and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in the common shares, reducing that basis accordingly. Such distributions exceeding the shareholder’s basis will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the shares. When you sell your shares in the Trust, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds your basis in the Trust’s common shares is gain subject to tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of your loss when you sell the shares, all other things being equal.
 
 
     Generally, not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, the Trust will provide its shareholders with a written notice designating the amount of any ordinary income dividends or capital gain dividends and other distributions.
 
 
     The Trust does not intend to invest in tax credit BABs. If, contrary to its expectation, the Trust invests in tax credit BABs or certain other bonds generating tax credits, it may make an election to pass through the credits to its shareholders. If such an election is made, the Trust will be required to (i) include in gross income for the tax year, as interest income, an amount equal to the amount that the Trust would have included in gross income relating to the credits if the election had not been made and (ii) increase the amount of its dividends paid deduction for the tax year by the amount of the income. In addition, each shareholder of the Trust (a) will be required to include in gross income as taxable ordinary income an amount equal to the shareholder’s proportionate share of the interest income
 
 
S–38
 
 
 
 

 

 
attributable to the credits and (b) will be permitted to take its proportionate share of the credits against its taxes. If the Trust makes this election, it will inform shareholders concerning their allocable share of tax credits as part of its annual reporting to shareholders. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors concerning their ability to use such allocated tax credits.
 
 
     The sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to shareholders measured by the difference between the sale price and the shareholder’s tax basis in its shares. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be long-term gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of Trust common shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain) by the shareholder. Any loss a shareholder realizes on a sale or exchange of common shares of the Trust will be disallowed if the shareholder acquires other common shares of the Trust (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shareholder’s sale or exchange of the common shares. In such case, the basis of the common shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income.
 
 
     Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain distributions with capital losses. There are a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders with capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
 
 
     An investor should be aware that if Trust common shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any taxable distribution (including a capital gain dividend), the purchase price likely will reflect the value of the distribution and the investor then would receive a taxable distribution likely to reduce the trading value of such Trust common shares, in effect resulting in a taxable return of some of the purchase price.
 
 
     Dividends are taxable to shareholders. Ordinary income distributions and capital gain distributions also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. The federal legislation that created BABs provides that, except as otherwise provided by a state, the interest on any BAB will be treated for purposes of the income tax laws of that state as exempt from U.S. federal income tax. The state income tax effects of this provision on shareholders of the Trust, as well as the pass through to shareholders of exempt-interest dividends for state income tax purposes, will depend on the income tax laws of a particular state, which may vary from state to state. Thus, no assurances can be given as to the state income tax aspects of an investment in the Trust. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
 
 
     A shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. Federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Trust’s common shares.
 
 
     In addition, after December 31, 2012, the Trust will be required to withhold at a rate of 30 percent on dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain United States persons or by certain non-U.S. Entities that are wholly or partially owned by United States persons. Accordingly, the entity through which our common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. Entity will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30 percent, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which we will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. Foreign investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our common stock.
 
 
S–39
 
 
 
 

 

 
     Assuming applicable disclosure and certification requirements are met, U.S. Federal withholding tax will generally not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distributions of net capital gain or upon the sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust.
 
 
     Under a legislative bill pending in Congress, but not yet enacted into law, properly designated dividends paid in 2010 would generally be exempt from U.S. Federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Trust’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Trust’s U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Trust is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Trust’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Trust’s net short-term capital gain over the Trust’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, even if such pending bill were enacted, the Trust may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding (if enacted), a foreign investor would need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. Status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of common shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Trust designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules (if enacted) to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions would qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains if such pending bill were enacted. No assurance can be given that the above rules will be enacted into law.
 
 
Backup Withholding
 
 
     The Trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold, for U.S. Federal backup withholding purposes, on taxable dividends or distributions and certain other payments paid to certain holders of the Trust’s common shares who do not furnish the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who do not otherwise establish an exemption from or are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to a shareholder may be refunded or credited against such shareholder’s U.S. Federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
 
      The foregoing is a general summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative, judicial or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. Ordinary income and capital gain dividends may also be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.
 
 
GENERAL INFORMATION
 
 
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures and Proxy Voting Record
 
 
     The Sub-Adviser will be responsible for voting proxies on securities held in the Trust’s portfolio. The Sub-Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures are included as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information.
 
 
      Information on how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelvemonth period ended June 30th will be available without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 345-7999 or by visiting the Trust’s web site at http://www.guggenheimfunds.com. This information is also available on the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
 
Legal Counsel
 
 
     Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, is special counsel to the Trust in connection with the issuance of the Common Shares.
 
 
S–40
 

 
 

 
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
      Ernst & Young LLP, 155 North Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust and is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Trust. The Trust’s audited financial statement appearing in this SAI and the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, have been included in this SAI in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
 
Code of Ethics
 
 
      The Trust, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc. (“GFDI”) each have adopted a code of ethics. The codes of ethics sets forth restrictions on the trading activities of trustees/directors, officers and employees of the Trust, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, GFDI and their affiliates, as applicable. The codes of ethics of the Trust, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and GFDI are on file with the SEC and can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The codes of ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies of the code of ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
 
 
S–41
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
 
The Board of Trustees and Shareholder
 
Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust
 
 
     We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the “Trust”) as of September 16, 2010. This statement of assets and liabilities is the responsibility of the Trust’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this statement of assets and liabilities based on our audit.
 
 
     We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of assets and liabilities is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Trust’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Trust’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statement of assets and liabilities, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall statement of assets and liabilities presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
 
     In our opinion, the statement of assets and liabilities referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust at September 16, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
 
Chicago, Illinois
September 24, 2010
 
 
FS–1
 
 
 
 

 

 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
 
       
GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST
     
STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
     
SEPTEMBER 16, 2010
     
ASSETS:
     
Cash 
  $ 100,084  
Deferred offering costs 
    600,000  
     Total Assets 
    700,084  
LIABILITIES:
       
Accrued offering costs 
    600,000  
   Total Liabilities 
    600,000  
     NET ASSETS 
  $ 100,084  
COMPOSITION OF NET ASSETS:
       
Common stock, at par value of $0.01 per share 
  $ 52  
Additional paid in capital 
    100,032  
       NET ASSETS 
  $ 100,084  
COMMON SHARES:
       
Net asset value per share 
       
     (5,240 shares of beneficial interest issued and outstanding) 
  $ 19.10  
Public offering price per share 
  $ 20.00  
SEE NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
       

 
FS–2
 
 
 
 

 

 
GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
 
 
September 16, 2010
 
 
NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION:
 
 
     Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the "Trust") was organized as a statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of June 30, 2010. The Trust is registered as a diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Trust has not had any operations to date other than the sale of 5,240 common shares of beneficial interest to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc. (formerly Claymore Securities, Inc.) for the amount of $100,084.
 
 
     Offering expenses, assuming 15,000,000 common shares of beneficial interest are sold, are estimated to be $910,000, of which $600,000 will be borne by the Trust. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (formerly Claymore Advisors, LLC, an affiliate of Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc.), the Trust’s investment adviser, has agreed to pay offering expenses (other than sales load) in excess of $0.04 per common share. Upon completion of the offering, these offering expenses will be netted against the proceeds from the offering. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC has also agreed to pay the Trust’s organizational expenses. The actual number of shares sold in the initial public offering and associated costs may differ significantly from the above estimates.
 
 
NOTE 2 - ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
 
     The preparation of the financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
 
     The Trust intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income to common shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Trust intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to common shareholders at least annually.
 
 
NOTE 3 - INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT AND OTHER AGREEMENTS:
 
 
     Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Adviser”) will act as the Trust’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Trust (the “Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will be responsible for the management of the Trust and will administer the affairs of the Trust to the extent requested by the Board of Trustees. As compensation for its services, the Trust will pay the Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.60% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds of any Financial Leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any Financial Leverage. Managed Assets shall include assets attributable to Financial Leverage of any form, including indebtedness, investments in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, investments in inverse floating rate securities, and preferred shares.
 
 
     Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) will act as the Trust’s investment sub-adviser pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement with the Trust and the Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Each of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an affiliate of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim”). Guggenheim is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are an elite mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions. Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will be responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio of investments. As compensation for its services, the Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in a maximum annual amount equal to 0.30% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
 
FS–3
 
 
 
 

 

 
      The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”) will act as the Trust’s custodian, accounting agent and transfer agent. As custodian, BNY will be responsible for the custody of the Trust’s assets. As accounting agent, BNY will be responsible for maintaining the books and records of the Trust’s securities and cash. As transfer agent, BNY will be responsible for performing transfer agency services for the Trust.
 
 
     Under a separate Fund Administration agreement, the Adviser will provide Fund Administration services to the Trust. As compensation for services performed under the Administration Agreement, the Adviser will receive an administration fee payable monthly at the annual rate set forth below as a percentage of the average daily managed assets of the Trust:
 
   
Managed Assets
Rate
First $200,000,000 
0.0275% 
Next $300,000,000 
0.0200% 
Next $500,000,000 
0.0150% 
Over $1,000,000,000 
0.0100% 

 
     No advisory, sub-advisory or fund administration fees will be incurred until the Trust commences operations.
 
 
NOTE 4 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES:
 
 
     The Trust intends to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable to regulated investment companies. Accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal income taxes is required. In addition, by distributing substantially all of its ordinary income and long-term capital gains, if any, during each calendar year, the Trust intends not to be subject to U.S. federal excise tax.
 
 
NOTE 5 – INDEMNIFICATIONS:
 
 
     In the normal course of business, the Trust enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations which provide general indemnifications. The Trust’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Trust that have not yet occurred. However, the Trust expects the risk of loss to be remote.
 
 
NOTE 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
 
 
     The Trust has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through the date the Statement of Assets and Liabilities was issued and has determined that no additional items require recognition or disclosure.
 
 
FS–4
 
 
 
 

 

 
Appendix A
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS
 
 
STANDARD & POOR’S CORPORATION
 
 
A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows.
 
 
A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
 
 
Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days — including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
 
 
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings. Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:
 
 
·  
Likelihood of payment — capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
 
 
·  
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
 
 
·  
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
 
 
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
 
 
AAA An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
 
 
AA An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
 
 
A An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
 
 
BBB An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
A–1
 
 
 
 

 

 
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
 
 
BB An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
B An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
CCC An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
CC An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
 
 
C A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
 
D An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
 
Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
 
 
NR This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
 
 
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
 
A-1 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
 
 
A-2 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
 
 
A-3 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
A–2
 
 
 
 

 

 
B A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
B-1 A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
 
B-2 A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
 
B-3 A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
 
C A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
D A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
 
 
SPUR (S&Ps Underlying Rating) This is a rating of a stand-alone capacity of an issue to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. S&P maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.
 
 
Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions.
 
 
A S&P’s U.S. Municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:
 
 
·  
Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
 
 
·  
Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
 
 
Note rating symbols are as follows:
 
 
SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
 
 
SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
 
 
SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
 
 
A–3
 
 
 
 

 

 
Dual Ratings S&P assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure. The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the short-term rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, note rating symbols are used with the short-term issue credit rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).
 
 
The ratings and other credit related opinions of S&P and its affiliates are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities or make any investment decisions. S&P assumes no obligation to update any information following publication. Users of ratings and credit related opinions should not rely on them in making any investment decision. S&P’s opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. S&P’s Financial Services LLC does not act as a fiduciary or an investment advisor. While S&P has obtained information from sources it believes to be reliable, S&P does not perform an audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of any information it receives. Ratings and credit related opinions may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn at any time.
 
 
Active Qualifiers (Currently Applied and/or Outstanding)
 
 
i This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
 
 
L Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
 
 
p This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
 
 
pi Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.
 
 
preliminary Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ qualifier, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P of appropriate documentation. S&P reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
 
 
·  
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.
 
 
·  
Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies.
 
 
·  
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the
 
 
A–4
 
 
 
 

 

obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or postbankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
 
·  
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations.
 
 
·  
Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well- formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
 
 
·  
A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.
 
 
t This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.
 
 
unsolicited Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of S&P and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.
 
 
MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.
 
 
A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows.
 
 
Long-Term Obligation Ratings. Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
 
 
Aaa Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
 
 
Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
 
 
A Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
 
 
Baa Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
 
 
Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
 
 
B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
 
 
Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
 
 
Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
 
 
C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
 
 
A–5
 
 
 
 

 

 
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
 
Short-Term Obligation Ratings. Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.
 
 
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
 
P-1 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-2 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-3 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
 
NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
 
 
Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.
 
 
US Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings. There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels — MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.
 
 
MIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
 
 
MIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
 
 
MIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
 
 
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
 
 
Demand Obligation Ratings. In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.
 
 
When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g. , Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.
 
 
VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.
 
 
A–6
 
 
 
 

 

 
VMIG 1
 
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
 
 
VMIG 2
 
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
 
 
VMIG 3
 
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
 
 
SG
 
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
 
 
Other Ratings Symbols
 
 
e Expected Ratings Indicator. To address market demand for timely information on particular types of credit ratings, Moody’s has licensed to certain third parties the right to generate “Expected Ratings.” Expected Ratings are designated by an “e” after the rating code, and are intended to anticipate Moody’s forthcoming rating assignments based on reliable information from third party sources (such as the issuer or underwriter associated with the particular securities) or established Moody’s rating practices. Expected Ratings will exist only until Moody’s assigns a rating to the instrument. For Medium-Term Notes (MTNs), Expected Ratings indicate that Moody’s is awaiting confirmation of details related to a specific drawdown or note from a principal in the transaction. Medium-Term notes are typically, but not always, assigned the same rating as the note’s program rating. Consistent with Moody’s rating practices, the specific rating assigned to an MTN drawdown will be the same as the program rating, unless the security has certain credit-linked or other differentiating characteristics. Please refer to Moody’s current rating definition for details. Market participants may contact Moody’s Ratings Desk or visit www.moodys.com if they have questions regarding Expected Ratings.
 
 
(P) Provisional Ratings. As a service to the market and typically at the request of an issuer, Moody’s will assign a provisional rating when it is highly likely that the rating will become final after all documents are received, or an obligation is issued into the market. A provisional rating is denoted by placing a (P) in front of the rating. Such ratings may also be assigned to shelf registrations under the SEC rule 415.
 
 
# Refundeds. Issues that are secured by escrowed funds held in trust, reinvested in direct, non-callable US government obligations or non-callable obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the US Government or Resolution Funding Corporation are identified with a # (hatch mark) symbol, e.g. , #Aaa.
 
 
WR Withdrawn. When Moody’s no longer rates an obligation on which it previously maintained a rating, the symbol WR is employed.
 
 
NR Not Rated. NR is assigned to unrated obligations, issuer and/or programs.
 
 
NAV Not Available. An issue that Moody’s has not yet rated is denoted by the NAV symbol.
 
 
A–7
 
 
 
 

 

 
TWR Terminated Without Rating. The symbol TWR applies primarily to issues that mature or are redeemed without having been rated.
 
 
FITCH RATINGS, INC.
 
 
A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows.
 
 
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.
 
 
In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default. For historical information on the default experience of Fitch-rated issuers, please consult the transition and default performance studies available from the Fitch website.
 
 
Long-Term Credit Ratings Scales
 
 
AAA Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
 
 
AA Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
 
 
A High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
 
 
BBB Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
 
 
BB Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.
 
 
B Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
 
 
CCC Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.
 
 
CC Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.
 
 
C Exceptionally High Levels of Credit Risk. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
 
 
      a.   the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
 
 
A–8
 
 
 

 

b.     
the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or
c.     
Fitch otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a coercive debt exchange.
 
RD Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This would include:
 
a.     
the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
b.     
the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
c.     
the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or
d.     
execution of a coercive debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
 
D: Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.
 
 
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a coercive debt exchange.
 
 
“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.
 
 
In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.
 
 
Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.
 
 
Limitations for the Issuer Credit Rating Scale:
 
 
Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:
 
 
·  
The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
 
 
·  
The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
 
 
·  
The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.
 
 
·  
The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer default.
 
 
A–9
 
 
 
 

 

 
·  
The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as a counterparty to trade credit.
 
 
·  
The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default.
 
 
Ratings assigned by Fitch articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
 
 
Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance. A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
 
 
F1: Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
 
 
F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
 
 
F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
 
 
B: Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
 
 
C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
 
 
RD: Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
 
 
D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.
 
 
Limitations of the Short-Term Ratings Scale:
 
 
Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:
 
 
·  
The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
 
 
·  
The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
 
 
·  
The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.
 
 
·  
The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.
 
 
·  
The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.
 
 
Ratings assigned by Fitch articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
 
 
A–10
 

 
 

 
 
Appendix B
 
 
GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
 
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
 
 
I. Introduction/Purpose
 
 
Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (“GPAM”) has adopted these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Proxy Policies”) to guide how GPAM votes proxies with respect to equity securities held in accounts of its clients. (Note, references herein to “client” shall refer to the various pooled investment vehicles as well as separate accounts for which GPAM acts as manager.)
 
 
II. Proxy Voting Responsibilities
 
 
The portfolio managers, in conjunction with the Director of Operations (or his designee, shall be responsible for evaluating and voting proxies in accordance with the guidelines hereunder. The portfolio manager, in consultation with the Director of Operations, shall be responsible for identifying any material conflicts of interest on the part of GPAM or its personnel that may affect particular proxy votes and resolving any material conflicts identified. The Director of Operations is responsible for administering, overseeing and recommending updates to these Proxy Policies as may be appropriate from time to time.
 
 
In addition, the Director of Operations (in consultation with senior management of GPAM, as may be necessary) shall be responsible for: assisting portfolio managers in analyzing and evaluating particular proposals presented for vote; facilitating when proxies should be voted other than in accordance with the general rules and criteria set forth below; implementing procedures reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are received and voted in a timely manner; and making and keeping all required records with respect to proxies voted by GPAM.
 
 
III. Proxy Guidelines
 
 
Generally, GPAM will vote proxies in accordance with the following guidelines. These are only guidelines, are not exhaustive and therefore do not cover all potential voting issues. They may be changed or supplemented from time to time. Voting decisions not covered by these guidelines will be made in accordance with other provisions of these Proxy Policies or as may be deemed reasonably appropriate by senior management of GPAM. In addition, because individual matters to be voted and the circumstances of issuers of the securities being voted vary, there may be instances when GPAM will not strictly adhere to these guidelines in making its voting decision. At any time, GPAM may seek voting instructions from its clients.
 
 
In reviewing proxy issues, GPAM will apply the following general policies:
 
 
     A. Corporate Governance
 
 
GPAM will vote for proposals providing for equal access to the proxy materials so that shareholders can express their views on various proxy issues. We also support the appointment of a majority of independent directors on key committees and separating the positions of chairman and chief executive officer.
 
 
     B. Elections of Directors
 
 
Unless there is a proxy fight for seats on the Board or we determine that there are other compelling reasons for withholding votes for directors, we will vote in favor of the management-proposed slate of directors. That being said, we may withhold votes for directors who fail to act on key issues such as failure to implement proposals to declassify boards, failure to implement a majority vote requirement, failure to submit a rights plan to a shareholder vote or failure to act on tender offers where a majority of shareholders have tendered their shares.
 
 
B–1
 
 
 
 

 

 
     C. Appointment of Auditors
 
 
GPAM will generally support management’s recommendation.
 
 
     D. Changes in Legal and Capital Structure
 
 
Absent a compelling reason to the contrary, GPAM will cast its votes in accordance with the company’s management on such proposals.
 
 
     E. Corporate Restructurings, Mergers and Acquisitions
 
 
GPAM will analyze such proposals on a case-by-case basis, weighing heavily the views of the research analysts who cover the company and the investment professionals managing the portfolios in which the stock is held.
 
 
     F. Proposals Affecting Shareholder Rights
 
 
GPAM will generally vote in favor of proposals that give shareholders a greater voice in the affairs of the company and oppose any measure that seeks to limit those rights. However, when analyzing such proposals we will weigh the financial impact of the proposal against the impairment of shareholder rights.
 
 
     G. Anti-Takeover Measures
 
 
GPAM will generally oppose proposals, regardless of whether they are advanced by management or shareholders, the purpose or effect of which is to entrench management or dilute shareholder ownership. We will evaluate, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to completely redeem or eliminate such plans. Furthermore, we will generally oppose proposals put forward by management (including blank check preferred stock, classified boards and supermajority vote requirements) that appear to be intended as management entrenchment mechanisms.
 
 
     H. Executive Compensation
 
 
GPAM will review proposals relating to executive compensation plans on a case-by-case basis to ensure that the long-term interests of management and shareholders are properly aligned. We will generally oppose plans that permit repricing of underwater stock options without shareholder approval.
 
 
     I. Social and Corporate Responsibility
 
 
GPAM will review and analyze on a case-by-case basis proposals relating to social, political and environmental issues to determine whether they will have a financial impact on shareholder value. We will vote against proposals that are unduly burdensome or result in unnecessary and excessive costs to the company. We may abstain from voting on social proposals that do not have a readily determinable financial impact on shareholder value.
 
 
     J. Matters Not Covered
 
 
The Portfolio Manager and Director of Operations shall consider specific proxy voting matters as necessary. The Director of Operations and CCO may also evaluate proxies where we face a potential conflict of interest (as discussed below). Finally, the CCO monitors adherence to these policies.
 
 
IV. Conflicts of Interest
 
 
GPAM recognizes that there may be a potential conflict of interest when we vote a proxy. To that end, we have implemented additional procedures to ensure that our votes are not the product of a material conflict of interests, including: (i) on an annual basis, the Portfolio Manager, Director of Operations and CCO will take reasonable steps to evaluate the nature of GPAM’s and our employees’ material business and personal relationships (and those of our affiliates) with any company whose equity securities are held in client accounts and any client that has sponsored or has material interest in a proposal upon which we will be eligible to vote; (ii) requiring anyone involved in the decision making process to disclose to the CCO any potential conflict that they are aware of (including personal relationships); (iii) prohibiting employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration from revealing how we intend to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties; and
 
 
B–2
 
 
 
 

 

 
(iv) where a material conflict of interest exists, reviewing our proposed vote by applying a series of objective tests and, where necessary, considering the views of a third party research service to ensure that our voting decision is consistent with our clients’ best interests.
 
 
Because under certain circumstances GPAM considers the recommendation of third party research services, the Director of Operations will take reasonable steps to verify that any third party research service is in fact independent, based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. This includes among other things, analyzing whether the third party research service: (i) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues; and (ii)  can make such recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of our clients.   
 
V.      
When GPAM May Not Vote Proxies
 
GPAM may not vote proxies in certain circumstances, including situations where: (a) the securities being voted are no longer held by the client; (b) the proxy and other relevant materials are not received in sufficient time to allow adequate analysis or an informed vote by the voting deadline; or (c) GPAM concludes that the cost of voting the proxy is likely to exceed the expected benefit to the client.
 
 
VI. Proxies of Certain Non-U.S. Issuers
 
 
Voting proxies of issuers in non-U.S. markets may give rise to a number of administrative issues that may prevent GPAM from voting such proxies. For example, GPAM may receive meeting notices without enough time to fully consider the proxy or after the cut-off date for voting. Other markets require GPAM to provide local agents with power of attorney prior to implementing GPAM’s voting instructions. Although it is GPAM’s policy to seek to vote all proxies for securities held in client accounts for which we have proxy voting authority, in the case of non-U.S. issuers, we vote proxies on a best efforts basis.
 
 
VII. Proxy Voting Records
 
 
Clients may obtain information about how GPAM voted proxies on their behalf by contacting their GPAM administrative representative. Alternatively, clients may make a written request for proxy voting information to: Mike Sterling, Director of Operations Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC 227 West Monroe Street, 48th Floor, Chicago, IL 60606
 
 
VIII. Maintenance of Proxy Voting Records
 
 
As required by Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, GPAM will maintain the following records relating to proxy voting for a period of at least six years:
 
(i)     
A copy of these Proxy Policies, as they may be amended from time to time;
(ii)     
Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities, unless these materials are available electronically through the SEC’s EDGAR system;
(iii)     
A record of each proxy vote cast on behalf of its clients;
(iv)     
A copy of internal documents created by GPAM that were material to making the decision how to vote proxies on behalf of its clients; and
(v)     
Each written client request for information on how GPAM voted proxies on behalf of the client and all written responses by GPAM to oral or written client requests for such proxy voting information.
   
IX.      
Disclosure
 
GPAM will provide clients a summary of these Policies, either directly or by delivering to each client of a copy of its Form ADV, Part II that contains a summary, and also will provide clients information on how a client may obtain a copy of the full text of these Proxy Policies and a record of how GPAM has voted the client’s proxies. A copy of these materials will be provided promptly to clients on request.
 
 
B–3
 
 
 

 

PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 25.  Financial Statements And Exhibits
 
(1)           Financial Statements
 
Part A -      None
Part B -        Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(*)
Statement of Assets and Liabilities(*)
 
(2)           Exhibits
 
 
(a)
Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant(*)
 
 
(b)
By-Laws of Registrant(*)
 
 
(c)
Not applicable
 
 
(d)
Not applicable
 
 
(e)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan of Registrant(*)
 
 
(f)
Not applicable
 
 
(g)
(i)
Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Adviser”)(*)
 
 
(ii)
Form of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, the Adviser and Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) (*)
 
 
(h)
(i)
Form of Underwriting Agreement(+)
 
 
(ii)
Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters(+)
 
 
(iii)
Form of Standard Dealer Agreement(+)
 
 
(iv)
Form of Merill Lynch Additional Compensation Agreement (+)
 
 
(v)
Form of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. Structuring Fee Agreement (+)
 
 
(vi)
Form of Morgan Stanley Structuring Fee Agreement (+)
 
 
(vii)
Form of Wells Fargo Structuring Fee Agreement (+)
 
 
(viii)
Form of Raymond James Structuring Fee Agreement (+)
 
 
(i)
Not applicable
 
 
(j)
(i)
Form of Custody Agreement(+)
 
 
(ii)
Form of Foreign Custody Manager Agreement(+)
 
 
(k)
(i)
Form of Stock Transfer Agency Agreement(+)
 
 
(ii)
Form of Trust Accounting Agreement(+)
 
 
(iii)
Form of Administration Agreement (+)
 
 
(iv)
Organizational and Offering Expense Limitation Agreement (+)
 
 
(l)
Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP(+)
 
 
(m)
Not applicable
 
 
(n)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(*)
 
 
(o)
Not applicable
 
 
(p)
Initial Subscription Agreement(*)
 
 
(q)
Not applicable
 
 
( r)
(i)
Code of Ethics of  Registrant, the Adviser and  Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc. (*)
 
 
(ii)
Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser(*)
 
 
 (s)
Power of Attorney (*)
___________
 
(+)           To be filed by further amendment.
(*)      Filed herewith.

 
 
 

 
Item 26.                      Marketing Arrangements
 
Reference is made to Exhibits (h)(i), (h)(ii) and (h)(iii) to this Registration Statement to be filed by further amendment.
 
Item 27.                      Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:
 
Printer/Edgar Filer
 
Issuer Counsel
 
NYSE Fee
 
Marketing Design
 
SEC Fees
 
FINRA Fees
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Counsel for Independent Trustees
 
Underwriter Expense Reimbursement
 
Miscellaneous
 
Total
 

Item 28.                      Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant
 
None
 
Item 29.                      Number of Holders of Securities
 
Title of Class
Number of Record Shareholders
as of September 27, 2010
   
Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 per share
1

Item 30.                      Indemnification
 
Article V of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:

5.1  No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc.  No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

C-2
 

 
5.2  Mandatory Indemnification.

(a)           The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.

(c)           The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined
 
C-3
 

 
that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

(d)           The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are “disinterested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.

(e)           Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.

5.3  No Bond Required of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.

5.4  No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc.  No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.

5.5  Reliance on Experts, etc.  Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.]

In addition, the Registrant has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each trustee who is not an “interested person,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, of the Registrant, which provides as follows:

C-4
 

 
The Trust shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any Proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by the Trust Agreement and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as now or hereafter in force, subject to the provisions of the following sentence and the provisions of paragraph (b) of Section 4 of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be indemnified pursuant to this Section I against any and all of such Expenses unless (i) the Trustee is subject to such Expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Trust or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and with respect to each of (i) and (ii), there has been a final adjudication in a decision on the merits in the relevant Proceeding that the Trustee’s conduct fell within (i) or (ii).

Article [ ] of the Underwriting Agreement provides as follows:

[ To come by further amendment. ]

Item 31.   Business and Other Connections of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser
 
The Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment adviser to the Registrant.  The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-62515).
 
The Sub-Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant.  The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Sub-Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Sub-Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Sub-Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801- 801-66786).
 
Item 32.   Location of Accounts and Records
 
The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained in part at the offices of the Trust at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, in part at the offices of the Adviser at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, in part at the offices of the Sub-Adviser at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, 5 th Floor, Santa Monica, California 90401 and in part at the offices of the Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent at The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10216.
 
Item 33.   Management Services
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 34.   Undertakings
 
C-5
 

 
 
1.
Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of Common Shares until the prospectus is amended, if subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, its net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value, as of the effective date of the registration statement or its net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
 
2.            Not applicable.
 
3.            Not applicable.
 
4.            Not applicable.
 
 
5.
Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) will be deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
 
6.
Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information constituting Part B of this Registration Statement.

C-6
 

 
Signatures
 
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed on behalf of the Registrant, in the City of Lisle, State of Illinois, on the 30 th day of September, 2010.
 
By:       /s/ J. Thomas Futrell                                                       
J.Thomas Futrell
           Chief Executive Officer

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on the 30 th day of September, 2010.
 
Principal Executive Officer:
 
/s/ J. Thomas Futrell                                      

J. Thomas Futrell
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
   
Principal Financial Officer:
 
/s/ Steven M. Hill
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting
Steven M. Hill
Officer and Treasurer
   
Trustees:
 
*
Trustee
Randall C. Barnes
 
*
 
Roman Friedrich III
Trustee
*
 
Robert B. Karn III
Trustee
*
 
Ronald A. Nyberg
Trustee
*
 
Ronald E. Toupin
Trustee
   
*Signed by Mark E. Mathiasen pursuant to a power of attorney filed herewith.
 
 
By:   /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen
 
       Mark E. Mathiasen
 
      Attorney-In-Fact
 
      September 30,2010

 
 
 
 
 
C-7

 
Exhibit Index

   
(a)
Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant
   
(b)
By-Laws of Registrant
   
(e)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
   
(g) (i)
Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and the Adviser
   
(g) (ii)
Form of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Registrant, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser
   
(n)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
   
(p)
Initial Subscription Agreement
   
(r) (i)
Code of Ethics of Registrant, the Adviser and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, Inc.
   
(r) (ii)
Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser
   
(s)
Power of Attorney
 
C-8
 
 
 
 










Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust
 








Agreement and Declaration of Trust
 
Dated as of June 30, 2010
 
 
 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ARTICLE I
 
The Trust
 
1.1
Name 
4
 
1.2
Definitions 
4
 
ARTICLE II
 
Trustees
 
2.1
Number and Qualification 
6
 
2.2
Term and Election 
6
 
2.3
Resignation and Removal 
7
 
2.4
Vacancies 
7
 
2.5
Meetings 
8
 
2.6
Trustee Action by Written Consent 
8
 
2.7
Officers and Chairman 
8
 
ARTICLE III
 
Powers and Duties of Trustees
 
3.1
General 
9
 
3.2
Investments 
9
 
3.3
Legal Title 
9
 
3.4
Issuance and Repurchase of Shares 
10
 
3.5
Borrow Money or Utilize Leverage 
10
 
3.6
Delegation; Committees 
10
 
3.7
Collection and Payment 
10
 
3.8
Expenses 
11
 
3.9
By-Laws 
11
 
3.10
Miscellaneous Powers 
11
 
3.11
Further Powers 
11
 
ARTICLE IV
 
Advisory, Management and Distribution Arrangements
 
4.1
Advisory and Management Arrangements 
12
 
4.2
Distribution Arrangements 
12
 
4.3
Parties to Contract 
13
 

 
1

 
 
ARTICLE V
 
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
 
5.1
No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc. 
13
 
5.2
Mandatory Indemnification 
13
 
5.3
No Bond Required of Trustees 
15
 
5.4
No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc. 
15
 
5.5
Reliance on Experts, etc. 
15
 
ARTICLE VI
 
Shares of Beneficial Interest
 
6.1
Beneficial Interest 
16
 
6.2
Other Securities 
16
 
6.3
Rights of Shareholders 
16
 
6.4
Trust Only 
16
 
6.5
Issuance of Shares 
17
 
6.6
Register of Shares 
17
 
6.7
Transfer Agent and Registrar 
17
 
6.8
Transfer of Shares 
17
 
6.9
Notices 
18
 
ARTICLE VII
 
Custodians
 
7.1
Appointment and Duties 
18
 
7.2
Central Certificate System 
19
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
Redemption
 
8.1
Redemptions 
19
 
8.2
Disclosure of Holding 
19
 
ARTICLE IX
 
Determination of Net Asset Value; Net Income; Distributions
 
9.1
Net Asset Value 
19
 
9.2
Distributions to Shareholders 
19
 
9.3
Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures 
20
 

 
 

2
 
 

 
ARTICLE X
 
Shareholders
 
10.1
Meetings of Shareholders 
20
 
10.2
Voting 
21
 
10.3
Notice of Meeting and Record Date 
21
 
10.4
Quorum and Required Vote 
21
 
10.5
Proxies, etc. 
22
 
10.6
Reports 
22
 
10.7
Inspection of Records 
22
 
10.8
Shareholder Action by Written Consent 
22
 
ARTICLE XI
 
Duration; Termination of Trust; Amendment; Mergers, Etc.
 
11.1
Duration 
24
 
11.2
Termination 
24
 
11.3
Amendment Procedure 
25
 
11.4
Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets 
26
 
11.5
Subsidiaries 
26
 
11.6
Conversion 
26
 
11.7
Certain Transactions 
27
 
ARTICLE XII
 
Miscellaneous
 
12.1
Filing 
28
 
12.2
Resident Agent 
28
 
12.3
Governing Law 
29
 
12.4
Counterparts 
29
 
12.5
Reliance by Third Parties 
29
 
12.6
Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation 
29
 

 
 

3
 
GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST
 
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST made as of the 30 th day of June, 2010, by the Trustees hereunder, and by the holders of shares of beneficial interest issued hereunder as hereinafter provided.
 
WHEREAS, this Trust has been formed to carry on business as set forth more particularly hereinafter;
 
WHEREAS, this Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of its shares of beneficial interest all in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth;
 
WHEREAS, the Trustees have agreed to manage all property coming into their hands as Trustees of a Delaware statutory trust in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth; and
 
WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that the Trust created by this Declaration and the Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 30, 2010 shall constitute a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration shall constitute the governing instrument of such statutory trust.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold all cash, securities, and other assets which they may from time to time acquire in any manner as Trustees hereunder IN TRUST to manage and dispose of the same upon the following terms and conditions for the benefit of the holders from time to time of shares of beneficial interest in this Trust as hereinafter set forth.
 
ARTICLE I
 

 
The Trust
 
1.1   Name.  This Trust shall be known as the “Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name or names as they may from time to time determined.
 
1.2   Definitions. As used in this Declaration, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
 
The “1940 Act” refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and exemptions granted therefrom, as amended from time to time.
 
 
4

 
The terms “Affiliated Person”, “Assignment”, “Commission”, “Interested Person” and “Principal Underwriter” shall have the meanings given them in the 1940 Act.
 
“By-Laws” shall mean the By-Laws of the Trust as amended from time to time by the Trustees.
 
“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
“Declaration” shall mean this Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time.
 
“Delaware Statutory Trust Statute” shall mean the provisions of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C.ss.3801, et. seq., as such Act may be amended from time to time.
 
“Delaware General Corporation Law” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, 8 Del. C.ss.100, et. seq., as amended from time to time.
 
“Fundamental Policies” shall mean the investment policies and restrictions as set forth from time to time in any Prospectus or contained in any current Registration Statement of the Trust filed with the Commission or as otherwise adopted by the Trustees and the Shareholders in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and designated as fundamental policies therein as they may be amended from time to time in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
 
“Majority Shareholder Vote” shall mean a vote of “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust with each class and series of Shares voting together as a single class, except to the extent otherwise required by the 1940 Act or this Declaration with respect to any one or more classes or series of Shares, in which case the applicable proportion of such classes or series of Shares voting as a separate class or series, as case may be, also will be required.
 
“Person” shall mean and include individuals, corporations, partnerships, trusts, limited liability companies, associations, joint ventures and other entities, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
 
“Prospectus” shall mean the Prospectus of the Trust, if any, as in effect from time to time under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
“Shareholders” shall mean as of any particular time the holders of record of outstanding Shares of the Trust, at such time.
 
 
5

 
“Shares” shall mean the transferable units of beneficial interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided from time to time and includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares. In addition, Shares also means any preferred shares or preferred units of beneficial interest which may be issued from time to time, as described herein. All references to Shares shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all series or classes as the context may require.
 
“Trust” shall mean the trust established by this Declaration, as amended from time to time, inclusive of each such amendment.
 
“Trust Property” shall mean as of any particular time any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees in such capacity.
 
“Trustees” shall mean the signatories to this Declaration, so long as they shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other persons who at the time in question have been duly elected or appointed and have qualified as trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof and are then in office.
 
ARTICLE II
 

 
Trustees
 
2.1   Number and Qualification .  Prior to a public offering of Shares there may be a sole Trustee. Thereafter, the number of Trustees shall be determined by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office, provided that the number of Trustees shall be no less than two or more than ten. No reduction in the number of Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office prior to the expiration of his term. An individual nominated as a Trustee shall be at least 21 years of age and not older than 80 years of age at the time of nomination and not under legal disability. Trustees need not own Shares and may succeed themselves in office.
 
2.2   Term and Election .  The Board of Trustees shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of trustees constituting the entire Board of Trustees. Within the limits above specified, the number of the Trustees in each class shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Trustees. The term of office of the first class shall expire on the date of the first annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The term of office of the second class shall expire on the date of the second annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The term of office of the third class shall expire on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Upon expiration of the term of office of each class as set forth above, the number of Trustees in such class, as
 
 
 
6

 
determined by the Board of Trustees, shall be elected for a term expiring on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following such expiration to succeed the Trustees whose terms of office expire. The Trustees shall be elected at an annual meeting of the Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof called for that purpose, except as provided in Section 2.3 of this Article and each Trustee elected shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified. The term of office of a Trustee shall terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death, resignation, removal, bankruptcy, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.
 
2.3   Resignation and Removal .  Any of the Trustees may resign their trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing signed by such Trustee and delivered or mailed to the Trustees or the Chairman, if any, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument. Any of the Trustees may be removed (provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such removal shall not be less than the minimum number required by Section 2.1 hereof) for cause only, and not without cause, and only by action taken by a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares then entitled to vote in an election of such Trustee. Upon the resignation or removal of a Trustee, each such resigning or removed Trustee shall execute and deliver such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held in the name of such resigning or removed Trustee. Upon the incapacity or death of any Trustee, such Trustee’s legal representative shall execute and deliver on such Trustee’s behalf such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require as provided in the preceding sentence.
 
2.4   Vacancies .  Whenever a vacancy in the Board of Trustees shall occur, the remaining Trustees may fill such vacancy by appointing an individual having the qualifications described in this Article by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office or may leave such vacancy unfilled or may reduce the number of Trustees; provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such reduction shall not be less than the minimum number required by Section 2.1 hereof; provided, further, that if the Shareholders of any class or series of Shares are entitled separately to elect one or more Trustees, a majority of the remaining Trustees or the sole remaining Trustee elected by that class or series may fill any vacancy among the number of Trustees elected by that class or series. Any vacancy created by an increase in Trustees may be filled by the appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this Article made by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office. No vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled as provided herein, the Trustees in office, regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.
 
 
7

 
2.5   Meetings .  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, or the Chief Executive Officer or any two Trustees. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the Trustees. Notice of any other meeting shall be given by the Secretary and shall be delivered to the Trustees orally not less than 24 hours, or in writing not less than 72 hours, before the meeting, but may be waived in writing by any Trustee either before or after such meeting. The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been properly called or convened. A quorum for all meetings of the Trustees shall be one-third, but not less than two, of the Trustees. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration and except as required under the 1940 Act, any action of the Trustees may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the Trustees.
 
Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee, if any, may act with or without a meeting. A quorum for all meetings of any such committee shall be one-third of the members thereof. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of all of the members.
 
With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes under this Section and shall be entitled to vote to the extent not prohibited by the 1940 Act. For any committee of the Trustees comprised of one Trustee, a quorum shall be one.
 
All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other; participation in a meeting pursuant to any such communications system shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
2.6   Trustee Action by Written Consent .  Any action which may be taken by Trustees by vote may be taken without a meeting if that number of the Trustees, or members of a committee, as the case may be, required for approval of such action at a meeting of the Trustees or of such committee consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Trustees. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Trustees.
 
2.7   Officers and Chairman .  The Trustees shall elect a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer and a Secretary, who shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors are elected. The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer may, but need not, be a Trustee.  
 
 
8

 
The Trustees may elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall be a Trustee and who shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until a successor is elected. The Trustees may elect or appoint or may authorize the Chairman of the Board, if any, or Chief Executive Officer to appoint such other officers or agents with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be advisable. The Chairman is not an officer of the Trust.
 
ARTICLE III
 

 
Powers and Duties of Trustees
 
3.1   General .  The Trustees shall owe to the Trust and its Shareholders the same fiduciary duties as owed by directors of corporations to such corporations and their stockholders under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property and business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation as may be permitted by this Declaration. The Trustees may perform such acts as in their sole discretion are proper for conducting the business of the Trust. The enumeration of any specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting the aforesaid power. Such powers of the Trustees may be exercised without order of or resort to any court.
 
3.2   Investments .  The Trustees shall have power, subject to the Fundamental Policies in effect from time to time with respect to the Trust, to: (a) manage, conduct, operate and carry on the business of an investment company; (b) subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of any and all sorts of property, tangible or intangible, including but not limited to securities of any type whatsoever, whether equity or non-equity, of any issuer, evidences of indebtedness of any person and any other rights, interests, instruments or property of any sort and to exercise any and all rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any and all such investments of every kind and description, including, without limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto, with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of said rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of said investments. The Trustees shall not be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made by fiduciaries.
 
3.3   Legal Title .  Legal title to all the Trust Property shall be vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall have power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust, or in the name of any other Person as nominee, custodian or pledgee, on such terms as the Trustees may determine, provided that the interest of the Trust therein is appropriately protected.
 
The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in each person who may hereafter become a Trustee upon his due election and qualification. Upon the ceasing of any person to be a Trustee for any reason, such person shall automatically cease to have any right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in the remaining
 
 
9

 
Trustees. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered.
 
3.4   Issuance and Repurchase of Shares .  The Trustees shall have the power to issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire, cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of, transfer, and otherwise deal in, Shares, including Shares in fractional denominations, and, subject to the more detailed provisions set forth in Articles VIII and IX, to apply to any such repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or acquisition of Shares any funds or property whether capital or surplus or otherwise, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted corporations formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
3.5   Borrow Money or Utilize Leverage .  Subject to the Fundamental Policies in effect from time to time with respect to the Trust, the Trustees shall have the power to borrow money or otherwise obtain credit or utilize leverage to the maximum extent permitted by law or regulation as such may be needed from time to time and to secure the same by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust, including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee, or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of any other person, firm, association or corporation.
 
3.6   Delegation; Committees .  The Trustees shall have the power, consistent with their continuing exclusive authority over the management of the Trust and the Trust Property, to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to officers, employees or agents of the Trust the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient, to at least the same extent as such delegation is permitted to directors of corporations formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law and is permitted by the 1940 Act, as well as any further delegations the Trustees may determine to be desirable, expedient or necessary in order to effect the purpose hereof. The Trustees may, to the extent that they determine it necessary, desirable and appropriate, designate committees with such powers as the Trustees deem appropriate, each of which shall consist of at least one Trustee, which shall have all or such lesser portion of the authority of the entire Board of Trustees as the Trustees shall determine from time to time, except to the extent action by the entire Board of Trustees or particular Trustees is required by the 1940 Act.
 
3.7   Collection and Payment .  The Trustees shall have power to collect all property due to the Trust; to pay all claims, including taxes, against the Trust Property or the Trust, the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust; to prosecute, defend, compromise or abandon any claims relating to the Trust Property or the Trust, or the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust; to foreclose any security interest securing any obligations, by virtue of which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases, agreements and other instruments. Except to the extent required for a corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Shareholders shall have no power to vote as to whether or not a court action, legal proceeding or claim should or should not be brought or maintained derivatively or as a class action on behalf of the Trust or the Shareholders.
 
 
10

 
3.8   Expenses .  The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay out of the assets or income of the Trust any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and the business of the Trust, and to pay reasonable compensation from the funds of the Trust to themselves as Trustees. The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers, employees and Trustees. The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation for special services, including legal, underwriting, syndicating and brokerage services, as they in good faith may deem reasonable reimbursement for expenses reasonably incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust. The Trustees shall have the power, as frequently as they may determine, to cause each Shareholder to pay directly, in advance or arrears, for charges of distribution, of the custodian or transfer, Shareholder servicing or similar agent, a pro rata amount as defined from time to time by the Trustees, by setting off such charges due from such Shareholder from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions owed such Shareholder and/or by reducing the number of shares in the account of such Shareholder by that number of full and/or fractional Shares which represents the outstanding amount of such charges due from such Shareholder.
 
3.9   By-Laws .  The Trustees shall have the exclusive authority to adopt and from time to time amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.
 
3.10   Miscellaneous Powers .  The Trustees shall have the power to: (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem desirable for the transaction of the business of the Trust; (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents, investment advisors, distributors, selected dealers or independent contractors of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in such capacity, whether or not constituting negligence, or whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing, share purchase, and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for any Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust; (e) make donations, irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious, educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings, including without limitation any advisor, administrator, manager, transfer agent, custodian, distributor or selected dealer, or any other person as the Trustees may see fit to such extent as the Trustees shall determine; (g) guarantee indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and change the fiscal year of the Trust and the method in which its accounts shall be kept; (i) notwithstanding the Fundamental Policies of the Trust, convert the Trust to a master- feeder structure; provided, however, the Trust obtains the approval of shareholders holding at least a majority of the Trust’s Shares present at a meeting of Shareholders at which a quorum is present and (j) adopt a seal for the Trust but the absence of such seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf of the Trust.
 
3.11   Further Powers .  The Trustees shall have the power to conduct the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches and maintain
 
 
11

 
offices both within and without the State of Delaware, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary, proper or desirable in order to promote the interests of the Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust made by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive. In construing the provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees. The Trustees will not be required to obtain any court order to deal with the Trust Property.
 
ARTICLE IV
 

 
Advisory, Management and Distribution Arrangements
 
4.1   Advisory and Management Arrangements .  Subject to the requirements of applicable law as in effect from time to time, the Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into advisory, administration or management contracts (including, in each case, one or more sub-advisory, sub-administration or sub-management contracts) whereby the other party to any such contract shall undertake to furnish the Trustees such advisory, administrative and management services, with respect to the Trust as the Trustees shall from time to time consider desirable and all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Declaration, the Trustees may authorize any advisor, administrator or manager (subject to such general or specific instructions as the Trustees may from time to time adopt) to effect investment transactions with respect to the assets on behalf of the Trustees to the full extent of the power of the Trustees to effect such transactions or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect such transactions pursuant to recommendations of any such advisor, administrator or manager (and all without further action by the Trustees). Any such investment transaction shall be deemed to have been authorized by all of the Trustees.
 
4.2   Distribution Arrangements .  Subject to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Trustees may retain underwriters, placement agents and/or other distribution agents to sell Trust Shares. The Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into one or more contracts, providing for the sale of the Shares of the Trust, whereby the Trust may either agree to sell such Shares to the other party to the contract or appoint such other party its sales agent for such Shares. In either case, the contract shall be on such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV or the By-Laws; and such contract may also provide for the repurchase or sale of Shares of the Trust by such other party as principal or as agent of the Trust and may provide that such other party may enter into selected dealer agreements with registered securities dealers and brokers and servicing and similar agreements with persons who are not registered securities dealers to further the purposes of the distribution or repurchase of the Shares of the Trust.
 
 
12

 
4.3   Parties to Contract . Any contract of the character described in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of this Article IV or in Article VII hereof may be entered into with any Person, although one or more of the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust may be an officer, director, trustee, shareholder, or member of such other party to the contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any Person holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of said contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was reasonable and fair and not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV or the By-Laws. The same Person may be the other party to contracts entered into pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above or Article VII, and any individual may be financially interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.3.
 
ARTICLE V
 

 
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
 
5.1   No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc. No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
 
5.2   Mandatory Indemnification .
 
(a)   The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in
 
 
13

 
the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
 
(b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
 
(c)   The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written
 
 
14

 
opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
 
(d)   The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are “disinterested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.
 
(e)   Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
 
5.3   No Bond Required of Trustees .  No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.
 
5.4   No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
 
5.5   Reliance on Experts, etc. Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.
 
 
15

 
ARTICLE VI
 

 
Shares of Beneficial Interest
 
6.1   Beneficial Interest .  The interest of the beneficiaries hereunder shall be divided into an unlimited number of transferable shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 per share. All Shares issued in accordance with the terms hereof, including, without limitation, Shares issued in connection with a dividend in Shares or a split of Shares, shall be fully paid and, except as provided in the last sentence of Section 3.8, nonassessable when the consideration determined by the Trustees (if any) therefor shall have been received by the Trust.
 
6.2   Other Securities .  The Trustees may, subject to the Fundamental Policies and the requirements of the 1940 Act, authorize and issue such other securities of the Trust as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the Trustees see fit, including preferred interests, debt securities or other senior securities. To the extent that the Trustees authorize and issue preferred shares of any class or series, they are hereby authorized and empowered to amend or supplement this Declaration as they deem necessary or appropriate, including to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act or requirements imposed by the rating agencies or other Persons, all without the approval of Shareholders. Any such supplement or amendment shall be filed as is necessary. The Trustees are also authorized to take such actions and retain such persons as they see fit to offer and sell such securities.
 
6.3   Rights of Shareholders .  The Shares shall be personal property given only the rights in this Declaration specifically set forth. The ownership of the Trust Property of every description and the right to conduct any business herein before described are vested exclusively in the Trustees, and the Shareholders shall have no interest therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Shares, and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of any property, profits, rights or interests of the Trust nor can they be called upon to share or assume any losses of the Trust or, subject to the right of the Trustees to charge certain expenses directly to Shareholders, as provided in the last sentence of Section 3.8, suffer an assessment of any kind by virtue of their ownership of Shares. The Shares shall not entitle the holder to preference, preemptive, appraisal, conversion or exchange rights (except as specified in this Section 6.3, in Section 11.4 or as specified by the Trustees when creating the Shares, as in preferred shares).
 
6.4   Trust Only .  It is the intention of the Trustees to create only the relationship of Trustee and beneficiary between the Trustees and each Shareholder from time to time. It is not the intention of the Trustees to create a general partnership, limited partnership, joint stock association, corporation, bailment or any form of legal relationship other than a trust. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to make the Shareholders, either by themselves or with the Trustees, partners or members of a joint stock association.
 
 
16

 
6.5   Issuance of Shares .  The Trustees, in their discretion, may from time to time without vote of the Shareholders issue Shares including preferred shares that may have been established pursuant to Section 6.2, in addition to the then issued and outstanding Shares and Shares held in the treasury, to such party or parties and for such amount and type of consideration, including cash or property, at such time or times, and on such terms as the Trustees may determine, and may in such manner acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. The Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the Shares into a greater or lesser number without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in such Shares. Issuances and redemptions of Shares may be made in whole Shares and/or l/l,000ths of a Share or multiples thereof as the Trustees may determine.
 
6.6   Register of Shares .  A register shall be kept at the offices of the Trust or any transfer agent duly appointed by the Trustees under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the names and addresses of the Shareholders and the number of Shares held by them respectively and a record of all transfers thereof. Separate registers shall be established and maintained for each class or series of Shares. Each such register shall be conclusive as to who are the holders of the Shares of the applicable class or series of Shares and who shall be entitled to receive dividends or distributions or otherwise to exercise or enjoy the rights of Shareholders. No Shareholder shall be entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution, nor to have notice given to him as herein provided, until he has given his address to a transfer agent or such other officer or agent of the Trustees as shall keep the register for entry thereon. It is not contemplated that certificates will be issued for the Shares; however, the Trustees, in their discretion, may authorize the issuance of share certificates and promulgate appropriate fees therefore and rules and regulations as to their use.
 
6.7   Transfer Agent and Registrar .  The Trustees shall have power to employ a transfer agent or transfer agents, and a registrar or registrars, with respect to the Shares. The transfer agent or transfer agents may keep the applicable register and record therein, the original issues and transfers, if any, of the said Shares. Any such transfer agents and/or registrars shall perform the duties usually performed by transfer agents and registrars of certificates of stock in a corporation, as modified by the Trustees.
 
6.8   Transfer of Shares .  Shares shall be transferable on the records of the Trust only by the record holder thereof or by its agent thereto duly authorized in writing, upon delivery to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust of a duly executed instrument of transfer, together with such evidence of the genuineness of each such execution and authorization and of other matters as may reasonably be required. Upon such delivery the transfer shall be recorded on the applicable register of the Trust. Until such record is made, the Shareholder of record shall be deemed to be the holder of such Shares for all purposes hereof and neither the Trustees nor any transfer agent or registrar nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of the proposed transfer. Any person becoming entitled to any Shares in consequence of the death, bankruptcy, or incompetence of any Shareholder, or otherwise by operation of law, shall be recorded on the applicable register of Shares as the holder of such Shares upon
 
 
 
17

 
production of the proper evidence thereof to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust, but until such record is made, the Shareholder of record shall be deemed to be the holder of such for all purposes hereof, and neither the Trustees nor any transfer agent or registrar nor any officer or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of such death, bankruptcy or incompetence, or other operation of law.
 
6.9   Notices . Any and all notices to which any Shareholder hereunder may be entitled and any and all communications shall be deemed duly served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to any Shareholder of record at his last known address as recorded on the applicable register of the Trust.
 
ARTICLE VII
 

 
Custodians
 
7.1   Appointment and Duties .  The Trustees shall at all times employ a custodian or custodians, meeting the qualifications for custodians for portfolio securities of investment companies contained in the 1940 Act, as custodian with respect to the assets of the Trust. Any custodian shall have authority as agent of the Trust with respect to which it is acting as determined by the custodian agreement or agreements, but subject to such restrictions, limitations and other requirements, if any, as may be contained in the By-Laws of the Trust and the 1940 Act:
 
(1)   to hold the securities owned by the Trust and deliver the same upon written order;
 
(2)   to receive any receipt for any moneys due to the Trust and deposit the same in its own banking department (if a bank) or elsewhere as the Trustees may direct;
 
(3)   to disburse such funds upon orders or vouchers;
 
(4)   if authorized by the Trustees, to keep the books and accounts of the Trust and furnish clerical and accounting services; and
 
(5)   if authorized to do so by the Trustees, to compute the net income or net asset value of the Trust;
 
all upon such basis of compensation as may be agreed upon between the Trustees and the custodian.

The Trustees may also authorize each custodian to employ one or more sub-custodians from time to time to perform such of the acts and services of the custodian and upon
 
 
18

 
such terms and conditions, as may be agreed upon between the custodian and such sub-custodian and approved by the Trustees, provided that in every case such sub-custodian shall meet the qualifications for custodians contained in the 1940 Act.
 
7.2   Central Certificate System
 
.  Subject to such rules, regulations and orders as the Commission may adopt, the Trustees may direct the custodian to deposit all or any part of the securities owned by the Trust in a system for the central handling of securities established by a national securities exchange or a national securities association registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or such other Person as may be permitted by the Commission, or otherwise in accordance with the 1940 Act, pursuant to which system all securities of any particular class of any issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without physical delivery of such securities, provided that all such deposits shall be subject to withdrawal only upon the order of the Trust.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 

 
Redemption
 
8.1   Redemptions .  The Shares of the Trust are not redeemable by the holders.
 
8.2   Disclosure of Holding .  The holders of Shares or other securities of the Trust shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in writing such information with respect to direct and indirect ownership of Shares or other securities of the Trust as the Trustees deem necessary to comply with the provisions of the Code, the 1940 Act or other applicable laws or regulations, or to comply with the requirements of any other taxing or regulatory authority.
 
ARTICLE IX
 

 
Determination of Net Asset Value; Net Income; Distributions
 
9.1   Net Asset Value .  The net asset value of each outstanding Share of the Trust shall be determined at such time or times on such days as the Trustees may determine, in accordance with the 1940 Act. The method of determination of net asset value shall be determined by the Trustees and shall be as set forth in the Prospectus or as may otherwise be determined by the Trustees. The power and duty to make the net asset value calculations may be delegated by the Trustees and shall be as generally set forth in the Prospectus or as may otherwise be determined by the Trustees.
 
9.2   Distributions to Shareholders .
 
(a)   The Trustees shall from time to time distribute ratably among the Shareholders of any class of Shares, or any series of any such class, in accordance with the number of outstanding full and fractional Shares of such class or any series of such class, such proportion of the net profits, surplus (including paid-in surplus), capital, or assets held by the
 
 
19

 
Trustees as they may deem proper or as may otherwise be determined in accordance with this Declaration. Any such distribution may be made in cash or property (including without limitation any type of obligations of the Trust or any assets thereof) or Shares of any class or series or any combination thereof, and the Trustees may distribute ratably among the Shareholders of any class of shares or series of any such class, in accordance with the number of outstanding full and fractional Shares of such class or any series of such class, additional Shares of any class or series in such manner, at such times, and on such terms as the Trustees may deem proper or as may otherwise be determined in accordance with this Declaration.
 
(b)   Distributions pursuant to this Section 9.2 may be among the Shareholders of record of the applicable class or series of Shares at the time of declaring a distribution or among the Shareholders of record at such later date as the Trustees shall determine and specify.
 
(c)   The Trustees may always retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem necessary to pay the debts or expenses of the Trust or to meet obligations of the Trust, or as they otherwise may deem desirable to use in the conduct of its affairs or to retain for future requirements or extensions of the business.
 
(d)   Inasmuch as the computation of net income and gains for Federal income tax purposes may vary from the computation thereof on the books, the above provisions shall be interpreted to give the Trustees the power in their discretion to distribute for any fiscal year as ordinary dividends and as capital gains distributions, respectively, additional amounts sufficient to enable the Trust to avoid or reduce liability for taxes.
 
9.3   Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures .  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, the Trustees may prescribe, in their absolute discretion except as may be required by the 1940 Act, such other bases and times for determining the per share asset value of the Trust’s Shares or net income, or the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions as they may deem necessary or desirable for any reason, including to enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act, or any securities exchange or association registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any order of exemption issued by the Commission, all as in effect now or hereafter amended or modified.
 
ARTICLE X
 

 
Shareholders
 
10.1   Meetings of Shareholders .  The Trust shall hold annual meetings of the Shareholders (provided that the Trust’s initial annual meeting of Shareholders may occur up to one year after the completion of its initial fiscal year). A special meeting of Shareholders may be called at any time by a majority of the Trustees or the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by any Trustee for any proper purpose upon written request of Shareholders of the Trust holding in the aggregate not less than 51% of the outstanding Shares of the Trust or class or series of Shares having voting rights on the matter, such request specifying the purpose or purposes for
 
 
20

 
which such meeting is to be called. Any shareholder meeting, including a Special Meeting, shall be held within or without the State of Delaware on such day and at such time as the Trustees shall designate.
 
 
10.2   Voting .  Shareholders shall have no power to vote on any matter except matters on which a vote of Shareholders is required by applicable law, this Declaration or resolution of the Trustees. Except as otherwise provided herein, any matter required to be submitted to Shareholders and affecting one or more classes or series of Shares shall require approval by the required vote of all the affected classes and series of Shares voting together as a single class; provided, however, that as to any matter with respect to which a separate vote of any class or series of Shares is required by the 1940 Act, such requirement as to a separate vote by that class or series of Shares shall apply in addition to a vote of all the affected classes and series voting together as a single class. Shareholders of a particular class or series of Shares shall not be entitled to vote on any matter that affects only one or more other classes or series of Shares. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election or removal of Trustees.
 
10.3   Notice of Meeting and Record Date .  Notice of all meetings of Shareholders, stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the Trustees by mail to each Shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat at its registered address, mailed at least 10 days and not more than 120 days before the commencement of the meeting or otherwise in compliance with applicable law. Only the business stated in the notice of the meeting shall be considered at such meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned one or more times without further notice not later than 180 days after the record date. For the purposes of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting the Trustees may, without closing the transfer books, fix a date not more than 120 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting of Shareholders as a record date for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Shareholders of record for such purposes.
 
10.4   Quorum and Required Vote .
 
(a)   The holders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote on any matter at a meeting present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at such meeting of the Shareholders for purposes of conducting business on such matter. The absence from any meeting, in person or by proxy, of a quorum of Shareholders for action upon any given matter shall not prevent action at such meeting upon any other matter or matters which may properly come before the meeting, if there shall be present thereat, in person or by proxy, a quorum of Shareholders in respect of such other matters.
 
(b)   Subject to any provision of applicable law, this Declaration or a resolution of the Trustees specifying a greater or a lesser vote requirement for the transaction of any item of business at any meeting of Shareholders, (i) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the Shareholders with respect to such matter, and (ii) where a separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares is required on any matter, the affirmative vote of a majority of
 
 
21

 
the Shares of such class or series of Shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of the Shareholders of such class or series with respect to such matter.
 
10.5   Proxies, etc. At any meeting of Shareholders, any holder of Shares entitled to vote thereat may vote by properly executed proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a resolution of a majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of one or more Trustees or one or more of the officers or employees of the Trust. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Only Shareholders of record shall be entitled to vote. Each full Share shall be entitled to one vote and fractional Shares shall be entitled to a vote of such fraction. When any Share is held jointly by several persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Share, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Share. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. If the holder of any such Share is a minor or a person of unsound mind, and subject to guardianship or to the legal control of any other person as regards the charge or management of such Share, he may vote by his guardian or such other person appointed or having such control, and such vote may be given in person or by proxy.
 
10.6   Reports .  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared at least annually and more frequently to the extent and in the form required by law, regulation or any exchange on which Trust Shares are listed a report of operations containing a balance sheet and statement of income and undistributed income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant on such financial statements. Copies of such reports shall be mailed to all Shareholders of record within the time required by the 1940 Act, and in any event within a reasonable period preceding the meeting of Shareholders. The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to the Shareholders at least semi-annually to the extent required by law, interim reports containing an unaudited balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such period and an unaudited statement of income and surplus for the period from the beginning of the current fiscal year to the end of such period.
 
10.7   Inspection of Records . The records of the Trust shall be open to inspection by Shareholders to the same extent as is permitted shareholders of a corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
10.8   Shareholder Action by Written Consent . Any action which may be taken by Shareholders by vote may be taken without a meeting if the holders entitled to vote thereon of the proportion of Shares required for approval of such action at a meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Section 10.4 consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with
 
 
22

 
 the records of the meetings of Shareholders. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.
 

 
23

 
 
ARTICLE XI
 

 
Duration; Termination of Trust; Amendment; Mergers, Etc.
 
11.1   Duration .  Subject to possible termination in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2(a) hereof, the Trust created hereby shall have perpetual existence.
 
11.2   Termination .
 
(a)   The Trust may be dissolved, after a majority of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor, upon approval by not less than 75% of the Shares of each class or series outstanding and entitled to vote, voting as separate classes or series, unless such resolution has been approved by 80% of the Trustees, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required.
 
(b)   Upon the dissolution of the Trust:
 
(i)   The Trust shall carry on no business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs.
 
(ii)   The Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under this Declaration shall continue until the affairs of the Trust shall have been wound up, including the power to fulfill or discharge the contracts of the Trust, collect its assets, sell, convey, assign, exchange, merge where the Trust is not the survivor, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the remaining Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in part in cash, securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay its liabilities, and do all other acts appropriate to liquidate its business; provided that any sale, conveyance, assignment, exchange, merger in which the Trust is not the survivor, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all the Trust Property of the Trust shall require approval of the principal terms of the transaction and the nature and amount of the consideration by Shareholders with the same vote as required to open-end the Trust.
 
(iii)   After paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and refunding agreements, as they deem necessary for their protection, the Trustees may distribute the remaining Trust Property, in cash or in kind or partly each, among the Shareholders according to their respective rights.
 
(c)   After the winding up and termination of the Trust and distribution to the Shareholders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and lodge among
 
 
24

 
the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting forth the fact of such termination and shall execute and file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon termination of the Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all Shareholders shall thereupon cease.
 
11.3   Amendment Procedure .
 
(a)   Except as provided in subsection (b) of this Section 11.3, this Declaration may be amended, after a majority of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the affected Shares. The Trustees also may amend this Declaration without any vote of Shareholders of any class of series to divide the Shares of the Trust into one or more classes or additional classes, or one or more series of any such class or classes, to change the name of the Trust or any class or series of Shares, to make any change that does not adversely affect the relative rights or preferences of any Shareholder, as they may deem necessary, or to conform this Declaration to the requirements of the 1940 Act or any other applicable federal laws or regulations including pursuant to Section 6.2 or the requirements of the regulated investment company provisions of the Code, but the Trustees shall not be liable for failing to do so.
 
(b)   No amendment may be made to Section 2.1, Section 2.2, Section 2.3, Section 3.9, Section 5.1, Section 5.2, Section 11.1, Section 11.2(a), this Section 11.3, Section 11.4, Section 11.6 or Section 11.7 of this Declaration and no amendment may be made to this Declaration which would change any rights with respect to any Shares of the Trust by reducing the amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust or by diminishing or eliminating any voting rights pertaining thereto (except that this provision shall not limit the ability of the Trustees to authorize, and to cause the Trust to issue, other securities pursuant to Section 6.2), except after a majority of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor, and such proposed amendment has been approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of each affected class or series outstanding, voting as separate classes or series, or unless such amendment has been approved by 80% of the Trustees, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required. Nothing contained in this Declaration shall permit the amendment of this Declaration to impair the exemption from personal liability of the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust or to permit assessments upon Shareholders.
 
(c)   An amendment duly adopted by the requisite vote of the Board of Trustees and, if required, the Shareholders as aforesaid, shall become effective at the time of such adoption or at such other time as may be designated by the Board of Trustees or Shareholders, as the case may be. A certification in recordable form signed by a majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it was duly adopted by the Trustees and, if required, the Shareholders as aforesaid, or a copy of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such
 
 
25

 
a mendment when lodged among the records of the Trust or at such other time designated by the Board.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as a Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the first public offering of Shares of the Trust shall have become effective, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees or by an instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees.
 
11.4   Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets .  Except as provided in Section 11.7, the Trust may merge or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or other organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of the Trust Property or the property, including its good will, upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration when and as authorized by two- thirds of the Trustees and approved by a Majority Shareholder Vote and any such merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be determined for all purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of the State of Delaware.
 
11.5   Subsidiaries .  Without approval by Shareholders, the Trustees may cause to be organized or assist in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations or other organizations to take over all of the Trust Property or to carry on any business in which the Trust shall directly or indirectly have any interest, and to sell, convey and transfer all or a portion of the Trust Property to any such corporation, trust, limited liability company, association or organization in exchange for the shares or securities thereof, or otherwise, and to lend money to, subscribe for the shares or securities of, and enter into any contracts with any such corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, association or organization, or any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire shares or any other interests.
 
11.6   Conversion .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust, a favorable vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office followed by the favorable vote of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of each affected class or series outstanding, voting as separate classes or series, shall be required to approve, adopt or authorize an amendment to this Declaration that makes the Shares a “redeemable security” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless such amendment has been approved by 80% of the Trustees, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required. Upon the adoption of a proposal to convert the Trust from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” as those terms are defined by the 1940 Act and the necessary amendments to this Declaration to permit such a conversion of the Trust’s outstanding Shares entitled to vote, the Trust shall, upon complying with any requirements of the 1940 Act and state law, become an “open-end” investment company. Such affirmative vote or consent shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the holders of the Shares otherwise required by law, or any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.
 
 
26

 
11.7   Certain Transactions .
 
(a)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration and subject to the exceptions provided in paragraph (d) of this Section, the types of transactions described in paragraph (c) of this Section shall require the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the Trustees then in office followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of each affected class or series outstanding, voting as separate classes or series, when a Principal Shareholder (as defined in paragraph (b) of this Section) is a party to the transaction. Such affirmative vote or consent shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the holders of Shares otherwise required by law or by the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, whether now or hereafter authorized, or any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.
 
(b)   The term “Principal Shareholder” shall mean any corporation, Person or other entity which is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Shares of any class or series and shall include any affiliate or associate, as such terms are defined in clause (ii) below, of a Principal Shareholder. For the purposes of this Section, in addition to the Shares which a corporation, Person or other entity beneficially owns directly, (a) any corporation, Person or other entity shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any Shares (i) which it has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise (but excluding share options granted by the Trust) or (ii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly (including Shares deemed owned through application of clause (i) above), by any other corporation, Person or entity with which its “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined below) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of Shares, or which is its “affiliate” or “associate” as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (b) the outstanding Shares shall include Shares deemed owned through application of clauses (i) and (ii) above but shall not include any other Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise.
 
(c)   This Section shall apply to the following transactions: (i) The merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder (ii) The issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan). (iii) The sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.) (iv) The sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary thereof, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period).
 
 
27

 
(d)   The provisions of this Section shall not be applicable to (i) any of the transactions described in paragraph (c) of this Section if 80% of the Trustees shall by resolution have approved a memorandum of understanding with such Principal Shareholder with respect to and substantially consistent with such transaction, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be the only vote of Shareholders required by this Section, or (ii) any such transaction with any entity of which a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of a stock normally entitled to vote in elections of directors is owned of record or beneficially by the Trust and its subsidiaries. (e) The Board of Trustees shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Section on the basis of information known to the Trust whether (i) a corporation, person or entity beneficially owns five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Shares of any class or series, (ii) a corporation, person or entity is an “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined above) of another, (iii) the assets being acquired or leased to or by the Trust or any subsidiary thereof constitute a substantial part of the assets of the Trust and have an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, and (iv) the memorandum of understanding referred to in paragraph (d) hereof is substantially consistent with the transaction covered thereby. Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Section.
 
ARTICLE XII
 

 
Miscellaneous
 
12.1   Filing .
 
(a)   This Declaration and any amendment or supplement hereto shall be filed in such places as may be required or as the Trustees deem appropriate. Each amendment or supplement shall be accompanied by a certificate signed and acknowledged by a Trustee stating that such action was duly taken in a manner provided herein, and shall, upon insertion in the Trust’s minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein. A restated Declaration, containing the original Declaration and all amendments and supplements theretofore made, may be executed from time to time by a majority of the Trustees and shall, upon insertion in the Trust’s minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments and supplements contained therein and may thereafter be referred to in lieu of the original Declaration and the various amendments and supplements thereto.
 
(b)   The Trustees hereby authorize and direct a Certificate of Trust, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, to be executed and filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.
 
12.2   Resident Agent .  The Trust shall maintain a resident agent in the State of Delaware, which agent shall initially be The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The Trustees may designate a successor resident agent, provided, however, that such appointment shall not become effective until written notice thereof is delivered to the office of the Secretary of the State.
 
 
28

 
12.3   Governing Law .  This Declaration is executed by the Trustees and delivered in the State of Delaware and with reference to the laws thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to laws of said State and reference shall be specifically made to the Delaware General Corporation Law as to the construction of matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an ambiguity exists, although such law shall not be viewed as limiting the powers otherwise granted to the Trustees hereunder and any ambiguity shall be viewed in favor of such powers. All disputes arising under this Declaration shall be brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery unless otherwise required by the 1940 Act.
 
12.4   Counterparts .  This Declaration may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.
 
12.5   Reliance by Third Parties .  Any certificate executed by an individual who, according to the records of the Trust, or of any recording office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be a Trustee hereunder, certifying to: (a) the number or identity of Trustees or Shareholders, (b) the name of the Trust, (c) the due authorization of the execution of any instrument or writing, (d) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or Shareholders, (e) the fact that the number of Trustees or Shareholders present at any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements of this Declaration, (f) the form of any By Laws adopted by or the identity of any officers elected by the Trustees, or (g) the existence of any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of any person dealing with the Trustees and their successors.
 
12.6   Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation .
 
(a)   The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Code or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.
 
(b)   If any provision of this Declaration shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any jurisdiction.
 
 
29

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused these presents to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
 


By:            /s/ Kevin M. Robinson                                                       
Kevin M. Robinson
Trustee


































[ Agreement and Declaration of Trust ]
30

 

 

 

 

 

 


BY-LAWS

OF

GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST
 
 
 

 
GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST
 
BY-LAWS
 
These By-Laws (the “By-Laws”), dated as of June 30, 2010, are made and adopted pursuant to Section 3.9 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust establishing Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust dated as of June 30, 2010, as from time to time amended (hereinafter called the “Declaration”). All words and terms capitalized in these By-Laws shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or terms in the Declaration.

ARTICLE I
 
Shareholder Meetings
 

1.1            Chairman .  The Chairman, if any, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Shareholders; in the Chairman’s absence, the Trustee or Trustees present at each meeting may elect a temporary chairman for the meeting, who may be one of themselves.

1.2            Proxies; Voting .  Shareholders may vote either in person or by duly executed proxy and each full share represented at the meeting shall have one vote, all as provided in Article 10 of the Declaration.

1.3            Fixing Record Dates .  For the purpose of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to notice of or to vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or who are entitled to participate in any dividends, or for any other proper purpose, the Trustees may from time to time, without closing the transfer books, fix a record date in the manner provided in Section 10.3 of the Declaration. If the Trustees do not prior to any meeting of Shareholders so fix a record date or close the transfer books, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting or the date upon which the dividend resolution is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date.

1.4            Inspectors of Election .  In advance of any meeting of Shareholders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If Inspectors of Election are not so appointed, the Chairman, if any, of any meeting of Shareholders may, and on the request of any Shareholder or Shareholder proxy shall, appoint Inspectors of Election of the meeting. The number of Inspectors of Election shall be either one or three. If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or more Shareholders or proxies, a majority of Shares present shall determine whether one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to allow such determination by the Shareholders shall not affect the validity of the appointment of Inspectors of Election. In case any person appointed as Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the person acting as chairman. The Inspectors of Election shall determine the number of Shares
 
 
 

 
outstanding, the Shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents, shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine the results, and do such other acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all Shareholders. If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. On request of the Chairman, if any, of the meeting, or of any Shareholder or Shareholder proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.

1.5            Records at Shareholder Meetings .  At each meeting of the Shareholders, there shall be made available for inspection at a convenient time and place during normal business hours, if requested by Shareholders, the minutes of the last previous Annual or Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Trust and a list of the Shareholders of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting or the date of closing of transfer books, as the case may be. Such list of Shareholders shall contain the name and the address of each Shareholder in alphabetical order and the number of Shares owned by such Shareholder. Shareholders shall have such other rights and procedures of inspection of the books and records of the Trust as are granted to shareholders of a Delaware business corporation.

1.6            Notice of Shareholder Business and Nominations .

A.            Annual Meetings of Shareholders .
 
 
(1)   Nominations of persons for election as a Trustee of the Trust and the proposal of other business to be considered by the Shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of Shareholders only (a) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or any committee thereof or (c) by any Shareholder of the Trust who was a Shareholder of record of the Trust at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.6 is delivered to the Secretary of the Trust, who is entitled to make nominations or proposals at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.6.
 
(2)   For any nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Shareholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph (A) (1) of this Section 1.6, the Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Trust and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Trust) must constitute a proper matter for Shareholder action.  To be timely, a Shareholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day, nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the Shareholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business
 
 
3

 
on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Trust).  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above.  Such Shareholder’s notice shall set forth: (a) as to each person whom the Shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a Trustee (i) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Trustees in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and (ii) such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a Trustee if elected; (b) as to any other business that the Shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Shareholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the Shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such Shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of Shares which are owned beneficially and of record by such Shareholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such Shareholder and such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing, (iv) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Shareholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such Shareholder and such beneficial owners, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Shareholder or such beneficial owner, with respect to Shares of the Trust, (v) a representation that the Shareholder is a holder of record of Shares of the Trust entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, and (vi) a representation whether the Shareholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Trust’s outstanding Shares required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from Shareholders in support of such proposal or nomination.  The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 1.6 shall be deemed satisfied by a Shareholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the Shareholder has notified the Trust of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such Shareholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Trust to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.  The Trust may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may
 
 
4

 
 reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Trustee of the Trust.
 
(3)   Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.6 to the contrary, in the event that the number of Trustees to be elected to the Board of Trustees of the Trust is increased effective at the annual meeting and there is no public announcement by the Trust naming the nominees for the additional trusteeships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Shareholder’s notice required by this Section 1.6 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional trusteeships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Trust.
 
(B)   Special Meetings of Shareholders .  Special meetings of Shareholders shall be called only as contemplated by Section 10.1 of the Declaration.  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Trustees may be made at a special meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees are to be elected pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or any committee thereof or (2) by any Shareholder of the Trust who is a Shareholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.6 is delivered to the Secretary of the Trust, who is entitled to nominate persons for election as Trustees at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.6.  In the event a special meeting of Shareholders is called pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Declaration for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees to the Board of Trustees, any such Shareholder entitled to nominate persons at such election of Trustees may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting, if the Shareholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.6 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Trust not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Trustees to be elected at such meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above.
 
(C)   General .
 
(1)   Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.6 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of Shareholders of the Trust to serve as Trustees and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.6.  If the
 
 
5

 
Shareholders of any class or series of Shares are entitled separately to elect one or more Trustees, only such persons who are holders of record of such class or series of Shares at the time notice is provided pursuant to this Section 1.6 shall be entitled to nominate persons for election as a Trustee by such class or series of Shares voting separately.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.6 (including whether the Shareholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such Shareholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such Shareholder’s representation as required by clause (A)(2)(c)(vi) of this Section 1.6) and (b) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 1.6, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.6, unless otherwise required by law, if the Shareholder (or a qualified representative of the Shareholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of Shareholders of the Trust to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Trust.  For purposes of this Section 1.6, to be considered a qualified representative of the Shareholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such Shareholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such Shareholder delivered by such Shareholder to act for such Shareholder as proxy at the meeting of Shareholders and such person must produce such writing at the meeting of Shareholders.
 
(2)   For purposes of this Section 1.6, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or other national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
 
(3)   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.6, a Shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.6 ; provided however, that any references in these By-laws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 1.6 (including paragraphs A(1)(c) and B hereof), and compliance with paragraphs A(1)(c) and B of this Section 1.6 shall be the exclusive means for a Shareholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than, as provided in the penultimate sentence of A(2), matters brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time).
 
(D)   Notwithstanding anything contrary in this Section 1.6 or otherwise in these By-laws, except with respect to nominations of persons for election as a Trustee of the Trust or as required by federal law, no proposal of other business may be
 
 
6

 
considered or brought at a meeting of Shareholders unless such matter has been approved for these purposes by a majority of the Trustees.
 
1.7.   Manner of Giving Notice: Affidavit of Notice .  Notice of any meeting of Shareholders shall be (i) given by delivery, first-class mail, charges prepaid, and (ii) addressed to the Shareholder at the address of that Shareholder appearing on the books of the Trust or its transfer agent or given by the Shareholder to the Trust for the purpose of notice.  If no such address appears on the Trust’s books or is not given to the Trust, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that Shareholder by first class mail to the Trust’s principal executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where that office is located.  Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or, where notice is given by publication, on the date of publication.
 
1.8.   Adjourned Meeting .  Subject to the requirements of Section 10.3 of the Declaration, any meeting of Shareholders, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by: (a) the vote of the majority of the Shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy; or (b) in his or her discretion by the chairman of the meeting.  At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.
 
ARTICLE II
 
Trustees
 
2.1            Annual and Regular Meetings .  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or any two Trustees. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice and shall generally be held quarterly. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting, and no notice need be given of action proposed to be taken by unanimous written consent.

2.2            Chairman .  The Board of Trustees may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board who shall at all times be a trustee of the Fund. The Chairman of the Board shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Trustees and shall have such other responsibilities in furthering the Board’s functions as may be prescribed from time to time by resolution of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to such person by the Trustees.  In absence of a chairman, the Trustees present shall elect one of their number to act as temporary chairman to preside over a meeting of the Trustees.   The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be elected by the Board of Trustees to hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as herein provided in these by-laws. Each Trustee, including the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall have one vote.

 
7

 
The Chairman of the Board, if any, may resign at any time by giving written notice of resignation to the Board of Trustees. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  The Chairman of the Board, if any, may be removed by the Board of Trustees with or without cause at any time.

2.3            Records . The results of all actions taken at a meeting of the Trustees, or by unanimous written consent of the Trustees, shall be recorded by the person appointed by the Board of Trustees as the meeting secretary.

2.4            Standard of Care .  It shall be understood that each Trustee, including the Chairman of the Board of the Trust or any chairman or member of any committee of the Board created herein or by the Board of Trustees shall have the same level of responsibility to the Trust required of his or her being a Trustee, regardless of (a) any other position held with the Trust, (b) the Trustee’s individual training or expertise and (c) the role performed by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust in his or her capacity as Trustee even if such role requires the Trustee to possess specific or unique  qualifications under applicable law or regulation.  The Chairman of the Board of the Trust or any chairman or member of any committee of the Board created herein or by the Board of Trustees shall serve in such capacity for the Board of Trustees and does not serve in such capacity as an officer of the Trust.

ARTICLE III
 
Officers
 
3.1            Officers of the Trust .  The officers of the Trust shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers as may be elected or authorized by the Trustees. Any two or more of the offices may be held by the same Person, except that the same person may not be both Chief Executive Officer and Secretary.  No officer of the Trust need be a Trustee.

3.2            Election and Tenure .  At the initial organization meeting, the Trustees shall elect the Chief Executive Officer, Secretary, Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the Trust. Such officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any additional officers at any time.

3.3            Removal of Officers .  Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the Trustees. This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal in breach of a contract of employment. Any officer may resign at any time by
 
 
8

 
notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the Chief Executive Officer, or Secretary, and such resignation shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the Chief Executive Officer, or Secretary, or at a later date according to the terms of such notice in writing.

3.4            Bonds and Surety .  Any officer may be required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may determine.

3.5            Chief Executive Officer and Vice Presidents .   Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the control of the Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general powers of management as are usually vested in the office of Chief Executive Officer or President of a corporation. Subject to direction of the Trustees, the Chief Executive Officer shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loans, documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, registration statements, applications, requests, filings and other instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents of the Trust. Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the Chief Executive Officer shall have full authority and power, on behalf of all of the Trustees, to attend and to act and to vote, on behalf of the Trust at any meetings of business organizations in which the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other persons, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such persons. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the Vice-Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Trustees or, if more than one and not ranked, the Vice-President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the direction of the Trustees, and of the Chief Executive Officer, each Vice-President shall have the power in the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all instruments in writing, and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the Chief Executive Officer.

3.6            Secretary .  The Secretary shall maintain the minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Shareholders, Trustees and the Executive Committee, if any. The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal of the Trust, if any, and the Secretary (and any other person so authorized by the Trustees) shall affix the seal, or if permitted, facsimile thereof, to any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a Delaware business corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust. The Secretary shall also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a Delaware business corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine.

 
9

 
3.7            Treasurer .  Except as otherwise directed by the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision of the Trustees and of the Chief Executive Officer all powers and duties normally incident to the office. The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or to its order. The Treasurer shall deposit all funds of the Trust in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate. The Treasurer shall be responsible for such disbursement of the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Trustees or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer shall keep accurate account of the books of the Trust’s transactions which shall be the property of the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in the Treasurer’s possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of the Trustees. Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall also be the principal financial officer of the Trust. The Treasurer shall have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to time determine. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustees may authorize any adviser, administrator, manager or transfer agent to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds of any series of the Trust on behalf of such series.

3.8            Other Officers and Duties .  The Trustees may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct the business of the Trust. Assistant officers shall act generally in the absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in the duties of the office. Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust shall have such other duties and authority as may be conferred upon such person by the Trustees or delegated to such person by the Chief Executive Officer.

ARTICLE IV
 
Miscellaneous
 
4.1            Depositories .  In accordance with Section 7.1 of the Declaration, the funds of the Trust shall be deposited in such custodians as the Trustees shall designate and shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such officer, officers, agent or agents (including the adviser, administrator or manager), as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

4.2            Signatures .  All contracts and other instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by its properly authorized officers, agent or agents, as provided in the Declaration or By-laws or as the Trustees may from time to time by resolution provide.

4.3            Seal .  The Trust is not required to have any seal, and the adoption or use of a seal shall be purely ornamental and be of no legal effect. The seal, if any, of the Trust may be affixed to any instrument, and the seal and its attestation may be lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same force and
 
 
10

 
 effect as if it had been imprinted and affixed manually in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if done by a Delaware business corporation. The presence or absence of a seal shall have no effect on the validity, enforceability or binding nature of any document or instrument that is otherwise duly authorized, executed and delivered.

 
 
 
ARTICLE V
 
Stock Transfers
 
5.1            Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like .  As provided in Section 6.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have authority to employ and compensate such transfer agents and registrars with respect to the Shares of the Trust as the Trustees shall deem necessary or desirable. In addition, the Trustees shall have power to employ and compensate such dividend disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the reinvestment of dividends as they shall deem necessary or desirable. Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to any of them by the Trustees.

5.2            Transfer of Shares .  The Shares of the Trust shall be transferable on the books of the Trust only upon delivery to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust of proper documentation as provided in Section 6.8 of the Declaration. The Trust, or its transfer agents, shall be authorized to refuse any transfer unless and until presentation of such evidence as may be reasonably required to show that the requested transfer is proper.

5.3            Registered Shareholders .  The Trust may deem and treat the holder of record of any Shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be required to take any notice of any right or claim of right of any other person.

ARTICLE VI
 
Amendment of By-Laws
 
6.1            Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws .  In accordance with Section 3.9 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have the power to amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at any time; provided, however, that By-Laws adopted by the Shareholders may, if such By-Laws so state, be altered, amended or repealed only by the Shareholders by an affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, and not by the Trustees. Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees. The Trustees shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the Declaration, and any apparent inconsistency shall be construed in favor of the related provisions in the Declaration.
 
 
 
11

 




GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN


Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting the Plan Administrator, all dividends declared on common shares of Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust (the “Trust”) will be automatically reinvested by The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Plan Administrator”), Administrator for shareholders in the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), in additional common shares of the Trust. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by notice if received and processed by the Plan Administrator prior to the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares of the Trust for you. If you wish for all dividends declared on your common shares of the Trust to be automatically reinvested pursuant to the Plan, please contact your broker.

The Plan Administrator will open an account for each common shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such common shareholder’s common shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or other distribution (together, a “Dividend”) payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized common shares from the Trust (“Newly Issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common shares on the open market (“Open-Market Purchases”) on the New York Stock Exchange or elsewhere. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the closing market price plus estimated brokerage commission per common share is equal to or greater than the net asset value per common share, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares on behalf of the participants. The number of Newly Issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Dividend by the net asset value per common share on the payment date; provided that, if the net asset value is less than or equal to 95% of the closing market value on the payment date, the dollar amount of the Dividend will be divided by 95% of the closing market price per common share on the payment date. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the net asset value per common share is greater than the closing market value plus estimated brokerage commission, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the participants in Open-Market Purchases.

 
 

 
If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its Open-Market Purchases, the market price per common share exceeds the net asset value per common share, the average per common share purchase price paid by the Plan Administrator may exceed the net asset value of the common shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer common shares than if the Dividend had been paid in Newly Issued Common Shares on the Dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to Open-Market Purchases, the Plan provides that if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full Dividend amount in Open-Market Purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making Open-Market Purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares at net asset value per common share at the close of business on the Last Purchase Date provided that, if the net asset value is less than or equal to 95% of the then current market price per common share; the dollar amount of the Dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price on the payment date.

The Plan Administrator maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instruction of the
participants.

There will be no brokerage charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Trust. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commission incurred in connection with Open-Market Purchases. The automatic reinvestment of Dividends will not relieve participants of any Federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such Dividends.

The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.

All correspondence or questions concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator:

BNY Mellon Shareowner Services
P.O. Box 358015
Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8015
Phone Number: (866) 488-3559.

 
2

 
To record the adoption of the Plan as of September 23, 2010 the Trust has caused this Plan to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Trust by a duly authorized officer.


By and on behalf of
Guggenheim Build America Bonds
Managed Duration Trust


                       By:           /s/ J. Thomas Futrell            
Name:          J. Thomas Futrell
Title:           Chief Executive Officer



INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of _____________, 2010, between Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).

WHEREAS, the Adviser has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Adviser is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
 
1.   IN GENERAL. The Adviser agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment adviser to the Trust with respect to the investment of the Trust’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the purchase of securities for and the sale of securities held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.
 
2.   DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO INVESTMENT OF ASSETS OF THE TRUST. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section and subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Adviser shall (i) act as investment adviser for and supervise and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Trust’s assets and, in connection therewith, have complete discretion in purchasing and selling securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (ii) supervise the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its investment portfolio; and (iii) arrange, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.  In performing its duties under this Section 2, the Adviser may delegate some or all of its duties and obligations under this Agreement to one or more sub-investment advisers; provided, however, that any such delegation shall be pursuant to an agreement with terms agreed upon by the Trust and approved in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and provided, further, that no such delegation shall relieve the Adviser from its duties and obligations of management and supervision of the management of the Trust’s assets pursuant to this Agreement and to applicable law.
 
3.   DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE TRUST. The Adviser also agrees to furnish office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services (other than such services, if any, provided by the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent, Administrator and Dividend Disbursing Agent and other service providers) for the Trust. To the extent
 
 
 

 
 requested by the Trust, the Adviser agrees to provide the following administrative services:
 
(a)   Oversee the determination and publication of the Trust’s net asset value in accordance with the Trust’s policy as adopted from time to time by the Board of Trustees;
 
(b)   Oversee the maintenance by the Trust’s Custodian and Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent of certain books and records of the Trust as required under Rule 31a-1(b)(4) of the 1940 Act and maintain (or oversee maintenance by the Trust’s Administrator or such other persons as approved by the Board of Trustees) such other books and records required by law or for the proper operation of the Trust;
 
(c)   Oversee the preparation and filing of the Trust’s federal, state and local income tax returns and any other required tax returns;
 
(d)   Review the appropriateness of and arrange for payment of the Trust’s expenses;
 
(e)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation) for review and approval by officers of the Trust financial information for the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports, proxy statements and other communications with shareholders required or otherwise to be sent to Trust shareholders, and arrange for the printing and dissemination of such reports and communications to shareholders;
 
(f)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation) for review by an officer of the Trust the Trust’s periodic financial reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form N-SAR, N-CSR and such other reports, forms and filings, as may be mutually agreed upon;
 
(g)   Prepare reports relating to the business and affairs of the Trust as may be mutually agreed upon and not otherwise appropriately prepared by the Trust’s Custodian, counsel or auditors;
 
(h)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation of) such information and reports as may be required by any stock exchange or exchanges on which the Trust’s shares are listed;
 
(i)   Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance of the independent accountants as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
 
(j)   Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance and fees of the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent, Administrator and Dividend Disbursing Agent as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
 
 
2

 
(k)   Oversee and review calculations of fees paid to the Trust’s service providers;
 
(l)   Oversee the Trust’s portfolio and perform necessary calculations as required under Section 18 of the 1940 Act;
 
(m)   Consult with the Trust’s officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, Custodian, Administrator or other accounting agent, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent in establishing the accounting policies of the Trust and monitor financial and shareholder accounting services;
 
(n)   Review implementation of any share purchase programs authorized by the Board of Trustees;
 
(o)   Determine the amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Trust to its shareholders; prepare and arrange for the printing of dividend notices to shareholders; and provide the Trust’s Dividend Disbursing Agent and Custodian with such information as is required for such parties to effect the payment of dividends and distributions and to implement the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan;
 
(p)   Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any banks from which the Trust borrows funds;
 
(q)   Provide such assistance to the Custodian and the Trust’s counsel and auditors as generally may be required to properly carry on the business and operations of the Trust;
 
(r)   Assist in the preparation and filing of Forms 3, 4, and 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 30(f) of the 1940 Act for the officers and trustees of the Trust, such filings to be based on information provided by those persons;
 
(s)   Respond to or refer to the Trust’s officers or Transfer Agent, shareholder (including any potential shareholder) inquiries relating to the Trust; and
 
(t)   Supervise any other aspects of the Trust’s administration as may be agreed to by the Trust and the Adviser.
 
All services are to be furnished through the medium of any directors, officers or employees of the Adviser or its affiliates as the Adviser deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder. The Trust will reimburse the Adviser or its affiliates for all out-of- pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the performance of the administrative services described in this paragraph 3.
 
 
 
3

 
4.   COVENANTS. In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Adviser:
 
(a)   shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by:  (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the SEC; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objective and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust;
 
(b)   will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Adviser will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Adviser. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser to the Trust and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term.  In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Adviser, or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law; and
 
(c)   will treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Adviser may be exposed to civil  or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
 
5.   SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Adviser will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
 
4

 
6.   BOOKS AND RECORDS. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
 
7.   AGENCY CROSS TRANSACTIONS. From time to time, the Adviser or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Adviser’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Adviser or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Adviser is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Adviser or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Adviser’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which permits the Adviser or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Adviser or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Adviser.
 
8.   EXPENSES. During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred in connection with its duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser.
 
9.   COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.
 
(a)   The Trust agrees to pay to the Adviser and the Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Adviser as such, a monthly fee in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.60% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities represented by indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and inverse floating rate securities, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.
 
 
5

 
(b)   For purposes of this Agreement, the total assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
 
10.   LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.
 
(a)   The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by Adviser or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
 
(b)   The Trust may, but shall not be required to, make advance payments to the Adviser in connection with the expenses of the Adviser in defending any action with respect to which damages or equitable relief might be sought against the Adviser under this Section (which payments shall be reimbursed to the Trust by the Adviser as provided below) if the Trust receives (i) a written affirmation of the Adviser’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for the limitation of liability in this Section has been met and (ii) a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust whether or not the Adviser shall be deemed to have liability under this Section, such reimbursement to be due upon (1) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought as to whether or not the Adviser is liable under this Section or (2) in the absence of such a decision, upon the request of the Adviser for reimbursement by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”). In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Adviser shall provide a security for such Adviser undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Adviser ultimately will be found not to be liable under this Section.
 
11.   DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the
 
 
6

 
payment of any penalty, upon giving the Adviser 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Adviser), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Adviser on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust). This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
 
12.   NOTICES. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
 
13.   AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
 
14.   GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be per formed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
 
15.   USE OF THE NAME “GUGGENHEIM.” Pursuant to a Trademark Sublicense Agreement, dated _____________, 2010, the Adviser has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “Guggenheim” in the name of the Trust.
 
16.   MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
 
17.   COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
 
 
7

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.


GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST



By:       _____________________                                            
Name:
Title:


GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC



By:       ____________________                                               
Name:
Title:
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                         8
 
 

 

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
 
THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of _____________, 2010, among Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), and Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC, a Delaware corporation (the “Sub-Adviser”).
 
WHEREAS, the Adviser has agreed to furnish investment management and advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) with respect to the assets of the Trust;
 
WHEREAS, the investment advisory agreement between the Adviser and the Trust dated as of _____________, 2010 (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) contemplates that the Adviser may sub-contract investment advisory services with respect to the Trust to a sub-adviser(s) pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement(s) agreeable to the Trust and approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act;
 
WHEREAS, the Adviser wishes to retain the Sub-Adviser to provide certain sub-advisory services;
 
WHEREAS, the Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”); and
 
WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
 
1.   APPOINTMENT. The Adviser hereby appoints the Sub-Adviser to act as a sub-adviser with respect to the Trust as set forth in this Agreement and the Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.

2.   SERVICES OF THE SUB-ADVISER. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Adviser and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Sub-Adviser will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust which may include one or more of the following services at the request of the Adviser: (i) managing the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Trust in accordance with the investment policies of the Trust; (ii)
 
 
 

 
 
 
arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets for the Trust; (iii) providing investment research and credit analysis concerning the assets of the Trust; (iv) placing orders for purchases and sales of assets of the Trust; (v) maintaining the books and records as are required to support Trust investment operations; (vi) monitoring on a daily basis the investment activities and portfolio holdings relating to the Trust; and (vii) voting proxies relating to the Trust’s portfolio securities in accordance with the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Sub-Adviser. At the request of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Adviser and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, consult with the Adviser as to the overall management of the assets of the Trust and the investment policies and practices of the Trust, including (but not limited to) the use by the Trust of financial leverage and elements (e.g., form, amount and costs) relating to such financial leverage and the utilization by the Trust of any interest rate or other hedging or risk management transactions in connection therewith, and will perform any of the services described in the Investment Advisory Agreement.  In addition, the Sub-Adviser will keep the Trust and the Adviser informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, upon request, furnish to the Trust all information relevant to such developments. The Sub-Adviser will periodically communicate to the Adviser, at such times as the Adviser may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including: (i) the name of the issuer, (ii) the amount of the purchase or sale, (iii) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (iv) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (v) such other information as the Adviser may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Sub-Adviser will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as part of the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.  The Trust shall maintain its books and records, and the Sub-Adviser shall have no responsibility with respect thereto, other than its obligations under the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act or other applicable law.  In addition, the Sub-Adviser may, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act and other applicable law, aggregate purchase and sale orders being made simultaneously for other accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates and allocate the securities so purchased or sold, as well as expenses incurred in the transaction, among the Trust and other accounts in an equitable manner.
 
3.   COVENANTS. In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser:

(a)           shall at all times comply and act in accordance with: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the SEC thereunder; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the
 
 
 
2

 
 
Trust as set forth in the Trust’s Prospectus filed with the SEC as part of the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies, determinations and/or resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Trust or the Adviser;
 
(b)           will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Adviser will obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Sub-Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, as the case may be. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser to the Trust and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law;
 
(c)           maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and render to the Adviser and the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as they may reasonably request;  and
 
(d)           treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all non-public records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder.
 
4.           SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that any of the foregoing activities are consistent with applicable law and the Sub-Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to the Trust.

5.           BOOKS AND RECORDS. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
 
 
 
3

 

 
6.           AGENCY CROSS TRANSACTIONS. From time to time, the Sub-Adviser or brokers or dealers affiliated with the Sub-Adviser may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Sub-Adviser’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Sub-Adviser or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where a Sub-Adviser is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Sub-Adviser or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Sub-Adviser’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits an Sub-Adviser or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account, consistent with any policies and procedures that may be adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, and this Agreement shall constitute executed, written consent of the Trust for the Sub-Adviser engaging in agency cross transactions. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Sub-Adviser.

7.           EXPENSES. During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Sub-Adviser in connection with their duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees, fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Sub-Adviser.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for any expenses of the Adviser or the Trust not specifically set forth in this Section 8 or otherwise in any written agreement between the Sub-Adviser and the Trust or the Adviser, as the case may be.

8.           COMPENSATION.

(a)           The Adviser agrees to pay to the Sub-Adviser and the Sub-Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Sub-Adviser as such, a monthly fee payable in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.30% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.  “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities represented by indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and inverse floating rate securities, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage.  For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in
 
 
4

 
 
effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.

(b)           For purposes of this Agreement, the total assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.

9.           CERTAIN INFORMATION. The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Adviser in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the Sub-Adviser failing to be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, (b) the Sub-Adviser having been served or otherwise have notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Trust, (c) the occurrence of any change in control of the Sub-Adviser or any parent of the Sub-Adviser within the meaning of the 1940 Act, or (d) the occurrence of any material adverse change in the business or financial position of the Sub-Adviser.

10.           LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.

(a)           The Sub-Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Adviser or by the Trust (or their respective agents) in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.

(b)           The Trust may, but shall not be required to, make advance payments to the Sub-Adviser in connection with the expenses of the Sub-Adviser in defending any action with respect to which damages or equitable relief might be sought against the Sub-Adviser under this Section (which payments shall be reimbursed to the Trust by the Sub-Adviser as provided below) if the Trust receives (i) a written affirmation of the Sub-Adviser’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for the limitation of liability in this Section has been met and (ii) a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust whether or not the Sub-Adviser shall be deemed to have liability under this Section, such reimbursement to be due upon (1) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought as to whether or not the Sub-Adviser is liable under this Section or (2) in the absence of such a decision, upon the request of the Sub-Adviser for reimbursement by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”). In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Sub-Adviser shall provide a security for such Sub-Adviser undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust or an
 
 
5

 
 
independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is a reasonable belief that the Sub-Adviser ultimately will be found not to be liable under this Section.

11.           DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and shall continue (unless terminated automatically as set forth below) in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Sub-Adviser 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Adviser), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Sub-Adviser on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Adviser. This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)

12.           NOTICES. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

13.           AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
   
          14.           GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
 
15.           USE OF THE NAME “GUGGENHEIM.” Pursuant to a Trademark Sublicense Agreement, dated _____________, 2010, the Sub-Adviser has
 
 
 
6

 
consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “Guggenheim” in the name of the Trust.

16.           MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or other wise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

17.           COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
 

 
7

 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT
ADVISORS, LLC

By:
 
 
Name:
Title:
GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS ASSET
MANAGEMENT, LLC


By:
 
 
Name:
Title:
GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS
MANAGED DURATION TRUST


By:
 
 
Name:
Title:



Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the references to our firm under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Preliminary Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and to the use of our report dated September 24, 2010 in the Registration Statement (Form N-2) of Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 under the Securities Act of 1933 (Registration No. 333-168042) and Amendment No. 2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (Registration No. 811-22437).
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois
September 27, 2010
 

 
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 14 th day of September, 2010, between Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “Trust”), and Claymore Securities, Inc. (the “Purchaser”).

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.           PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES

1.1        SALE AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Trust agrees to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Trust, 5,240 common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01, representing undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (the “Shares”) at a price per Share of $19.10 for an aggregate purchase price of $100,084.00.

2.           REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER. The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants for the benefit of, the Trust that:

2.1         PURCHASE ENTIRELY FOR OWN ACCOUNT.  This Agreement is made by the Trust with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Trust, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares are being acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, and not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the resale or distribution by the Purchaser of any of the Shares, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Shares, in either case in violation of any securities registration requirement under applicable law, but subject nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property shall at all times be within its control.  By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares.

2.2         INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE.  The Purchaser acknowledges that it can bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (and particularly in the business in which the Trust operates) as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares.  The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”).
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

2.3           RESTRICTED SECURITIES.  The Purchaser understands that the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the United States securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Trust in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such Shares may be resold without registration under the 1933 Act only in certain circumstances.  In this connection, the Purchaser represents that it understands the resale limitations imposed by the 1933 Act and is generally familiar with the existing resale limitations imposed by Rule 144.

2.4           FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION.  The Purchaser further agrees not to make any disposition directly or indirectly of all or any portion of the Shares unless and until:

(a)           There is then in effect a registration statement under the 1933 Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(b)           The Purchaser shall have furnished the Trust with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees, that such disposition will not require registration of such Shares under the 1933 Act.

2.5           LEGENDS.  It is understood that the certificate evidencing the Shares may bear either or both of the following legends:

(a)           “These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. They may not be sold, offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of a registration statement in effect with respect to the Shares under such Act or an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees of  Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust that such registration is not required.”

(b)           Any legend required by the laws of any other applicable jurisdiction.

(c)           The Purchaser and the Trust agree that the legend contained in the paragraph (a) above shall be removed at a holder’s request when they are no longer necessary to ensure compliance with federal securities laws.

2.6           COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
 
 
 

 
2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.



GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST



By:            /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen                                                                 
Mark E. Mathiasen
Secretary



CLAYMORE SECURITIES, INC.



By:            /s/ Kevin M. Robinson                                                       
Kevin M. Robinson
Senior Managing Director
 
 
                             3

 





CLAYMORE SECURITIES, INC.
CLAYMORE ADVISORS, LLC
CLAYMORE INVESTMENTS INC.
AND
CLAYMORE ADVISED CLOSED-END FUNDS
CLAYMORE UNIT INVESTMENT TRUSTS
CLAYMORE ADVISED EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS
_________________________
CODE OF ETHICS
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
1
 
 
 

 
 
 
   
Page
I.
INTRODUCTION
1
II.
GENERAL STANDARDS
1
III.
DEFINITIONS
2
IV.
APPLICATION OF THE CODE
4
V.
RESTRICTIONS
4
VI.
PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING PROCEDURES
6
VII.
EXCEPTIONS TO PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
8
VIII.
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES OF INVESTMENT COMPANY CLIENTS
9
IX.
COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER ADVISER OR FUND CODES
10
X.
ENFORCEMENT OF CODE AND CONSEQUENCES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY
10
XI.
RETENTION OF RECORDS
11
XII.
AMENDMENT TO THIS CODE
11
 
 
i
 
 
 

 
 
I.          INTRODUCTION
 
The policy of Claymore Securities, Inc., Claymore Advisors, LLC and Claymore Investments, Inc. (collectively, “Claymore”) is to avoid any conflict of interest, or the appearance of any conflict of interest, between the interests of its clients and the interests of Claymore, its officers, directors and employees.  This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is based on the principle that Claymore owes a fiduciary duty to any person or institution it serves as an adviser or sponsor to ensure that the personal securities transactions of the firms and their employees do not interfere with, or take unfair advantage of, their relationship with clients.
 
Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) and section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and Rule 17j-1 thereunder are intended to address the potential conflicts arising from the personal investment activities of advisory and investment company personnel.  This Code has been adopted by Claymore to meet those concerns and legal requirements.
 
This Code has also been (or will be proposed to be) adopted by certain closed-end and exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) advised and the unit investment trusts sponsored by Claymore (collectively, the “Investment Company Clients”).
 
Claymore also separately has adopted procedures designed to prevent the misuse of inside information by Claymore and persons subject to this Code.  The business of Claymore depends on investor confidence in the fairness and integrity of the securities markets.  Insider trading poses a significant threat to that confidence.  Trading securities on the basis of inside information or improperly communicating that information to others may expose Claymore or its employees to stringent penalties.
 
The Code is drafted broadly; it will be applied and interpreted in a similar manner.  You may legitimately be uncertain about the application of the Code in a particular circumstance.  Claymore encourages each of you to raise questions regarding compliance.  Often, a single question can forestall disciplinary action or complex legal problems.
 
As more fully explained in Section IV, the Code applies to all Claymore employees, directors and officers unless otherwise noted in particular sections.  Each person subject to the Code (other than Independent Trustees) must acknowledge on Exhibit E that he or she has received, read and agrees to be bound by the Code.  You should direct any question relating to the Code to Claymore’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), Anne Kochevar, or, in her absence, to Sue Pittner.  You also must notify the CCO immediately if you have any reason to believe that a violation of the Code has occurred or is about to occur.
 
II.         GENERAL STANDARDS
 
All Claymore personnel are expected to conduct their activities in accordance with high standards of commercial honor and ethical principles.  Accordingly, no person subject to the Code may engage in any conduct that is deceitful, fraudulent or misleading in connection with the implementation of an investment strategy, or the purchase or sale of any investment, for a
 
 
1

 


client.  Moreover, no person may place his or her own interests ahead of the interests of clients or engage in any transaction which interferes with, derives undue benefit, deprives a client of an investment opportunity, or is inconsistent with the investments undertaken for a client.  In this regard, no person may use information concerning the investments recommended or made for clients for his or her personal benefit or gain in a manner detrimental to Claymore clients.
 
All persons subject to the Code must comply with the applicable provisions of the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act, and other applicable federal securities laws. 1   No person subject to the Code, directly or indirectly, in connection with the purchase or sale of a security held or to be acquired by a client may:
 
 
·
employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud the client
 
 
·
make any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of circumstances under which they are made, not misleading or in any way mislead the client regarding a material fact
 
 
·
engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the client
 
 
·
engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the client
 
Persons covered by this Code must adhere to its general principles as well as comply with the Code’s specific provisions.  It bears emphasis that technical compliance with the Code’s procedures will not automatically insulate from scrutiny trades which show a pattern of abuse of the individual’s fiduciary duties to its clients.  In addition, a violation of the general principles of the Code may constitute a punishable violation of the Code.
 
III.         DEFINITIONS
 
When used in the Code, the following terms have the meanings described below:
 
A.
Access Person .  Any director, officer, or partner of Claymore or an Investment Company Client or any employee of Claymore or an Investment Company Client who (a) has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of an Investment Company Client or (b) is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to
 
 
 

1
Federal Securities Laws means the Securities Act of 1933(15 U.S.C. 771-aa), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a-mm), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745 (2002)), the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b), Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. No. 106-102) 113 Stat 1338 (1999), any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. 5311-5314; 5316-5332) as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.
 
 
 
2

 
 
 
 
such recommendations that are nonpublic.  Currently all Claymore employees are deemed access persons.  See Exhibit A.
 
B.
Chief Compliance Officer .  The Code contains many references to the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO).  The CCO is Anne Kochevar.  References to the CCO also include, for any function, any person designated by the CCO as having responsibility for that function from time to time.  If the CCO is not available, reports required to be made to the CCO, or actions permitted to be taken by the CCO, may be made to Sue Pittner, provided a copy is sent to the CCO.  See Exhibit B.
 
C.
Independent Trustee .  A trustee of a closed-end fund or exchange-traded fund which is an Investment Company Client who is not an “interested person” of the closed-end fund or exchange-traded fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
 
D.
Investment Personnel .  Any Access Person who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities for a client, and (2) any natural person who controls an Investment Company Client or Claymore and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the client, and (3) personnel involved in Claymore index administration functions.  A list of Investment Personnel is attached as Exhibit C.
 
E.
Personal Securities Transaction.   The Code regulates Personal Securities Transactions as a part of the effort by Claymore to detect and prevent conduct that might violate the general prohibitions outlined above.   A Personal Securities Transaction is a transaction in a security, other than an exempted security (as defined below), in which a person subject to this Code has a beneficial interest.
 
 
1.
Security.   Security is defined very broadly, and means any note, stock, bond, debenture, investment contract, limited partnership or limited liability membership interest, and includes any right to acquire any security (an option or warrant, for example).
 
 
2.
Beneficial interest.   You have a beneficial interest in a security in which you have, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security, or in which you have an indirect interest, including beneficial ownership by your spouse or minor children or other dependents or any immediate family member liv­ing in your household, or your share of securities held by a partnership of which you are a general partner.   Technically, Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securi­ties Exchange Act of 1934 will be applied to determine if you have a beneficial interest in a security (even if the security would not be within the scope of section 16).
 
 
 
 
3

 

 
IV.           APPLICATION OF THE CODE
 
Many of the restrictions on Personal Securities Transactions (as defined in Section III.E.) and the compliance procedures contained in the Code apply to all Access Persons.  Investment Personnel are subject to additional restrictions as indicated in the Code.  Such persons include, but are not limited to the following:
 
 
·
Portfolio managers who manage the accounts
 
 
·
Research analysts or research assistants who are members of the management team for the accounts
 
 
·
Traders who trade on behalf of clients
 
 
·
Support staff and administrative assistants working directly with portfolio managers and analysts
 
 
·
Personnel involved in Claymore index administration.
 
V.           RESTRICTIONS

A.
No Conflicting Personal Securities Transactions.   No Access Person shall engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security which the person knows or has reason to believe (i) is being purchased or sold (i.e., a pending “buy” or “sell” order), (ii) has been purchased or sold for a client within the last seven (7) calendar days, or (iii) is being considered for purchase or sale by a client, until that client’s transactions have been completed or consideration of such transactions has been abandoned.  A security will be treated as “under consideration” for a client, if the portfolio manager or investment team responsible for the management of the account of that client intends to purchase or sell the security in the next seven (7) calendar days.  No Access Person shall engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security which the person knows or has reason to believe is under consideration for inclusion or exclusion in an index administered by Claymore within seven (7) calendar days prior to or after the index rebalance being published.
 
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Investment Personnel shall engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security within seven calendar days before and after any series of the Investment Company Client in which he or she advises or supervises trades in that security; and (b) no Access Person shall engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security on the same day there is a pending buy or sell order in that security by the Investment Company Client with respect to which such person is an Access Person.  With respect to Claymore Unit Investment Trusts, no Access Person shall engage in a personal securities transaction within seven (7) calendar days of the security being purchased for the initial deposit of a trust.  With respect to Claymore’s index administration, no Access Person shall engage in a personal securities transaction
 
 
4

 


within seven (7) calendar days of a security being included or excluded from the index. A list of Investment Personnel is attached as Exhibit C.  Any profits realized on trades in violation of this prohibition will be disgorged to a charitable organization that is selected by the CCO or her designee.
 
B.
Private Placements.   No Access Person shall acquire or dispose of a beneficial interest in a security in a private placement without express prior written approval from the CCO or her designee.
 
 
Claymore Group Stock.   No Access Person shall acquire or dispose of a beneficial interest in the stock of Claymore Group Inc. (“Claymore Group Stock”) without the prior written approval of the General Counsel or his designee.
 
 
Guggenheim Capital LLC Membership Interests.   Any Access Person who is granted an interest in, or receives approval to purchase or sell Guggenheim Capital membership interest (“Guggenheim Interest”) by Guggenheim Capital, must inform Claymore Compliance of such grant or approval to purchase or sell, and disclose any initial or continued holdings of Guggenheim Interests on Schedule H.
 
C.
Initial Public Offerings.   No Access Person shall acquire a beneficial interest in a security in an initial public offering.
 
D.
Short-term trading.   Investment Personnel and Fund Trustee’s shall not profit in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) security within sixty calendar days.   Access persons shall not profit in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase of any Claymore Fund or Trust within sixty calendar days.   Trades made in violation of this prohibition shall be unwound or, if that is impracticable, any profits must be disgorged to a charitable organization that is selected by the CCO or her designee.
 
E.
Gifts.   Access Persons shall not accept any gift or other thing of more than de minimus value (e.g. $100 for U.S. and $300 CDN for Claymore Canada) from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of any client of Claymore, or seeks to do business with or on behalf of a client.  Gifts in excess of this value must either be returned to the donor or paid for by the recipient.  It is not the intent of the Code to prohibit the everyday courtesies of business life.  Therefore, this prohibition does not include an occasional meal or ticket to a theater, entertainment or sporting event that is an incidental part of a meeting that has a clear business purpose.
 
F.
Service as Director.   Access Persons shall not serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company, without prior authorization by the CCO.  Access Persons may submit a request for authorization and such request shall state the position sought, the reason service is desired and any possible conflicts of interest known at the time of the request.  Service may be authorized by the CCO only if the CCO determines that service in that capacity would be consistent with the interests of Claymore and its clients.  In addition, Investment Personnel who receive authorization to serve in such a capacity shall
 
 
 
5

 
 
 
be isolated through “Information Barrier” procedures from making investment decisions regarding securities issued by the entity involved.

 
VI.        PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING PROCEDURES
 
A.          Pre-clearance Procedures.
 
 
1.
Pre-clearance Requirement.   Except as provided below, all Access Persons   must receive prior approval of their Personal Securities Transactions from the CCO or her designee.  Personal Securities Transactions of the CCO must be approved by the General Counsel.  Any approval shall be valid for one business day.
 
 
2.
Personal Securities Transaction Form.   All requests for pre-clearance of Personal Securities Transactions must be made on the form attached as Exhibit G or Exhibit G(a) for Claymore Group Stock.
 
 
3.
Factors to Consider in Pre-clearing Personal Securities Transactions.   The CCO should consider:
 
 
·
whether the security appears on Claymore’s Product Security List or Index Consideration List
 
 
·
whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a client
 
 
·
whether the opportunity is being offered to an individual by virtue of his/her position with respect to Claymore’s relationship with a client
 
 
4.
Subsequent Disclosure by Access Person.   If pre-clearance is granted, the Access Person must disclose the Personal Securities Transaction when he or she participates in any subsequent investment decision for a client regarding the same issuer.  In such circumstances, the decision to purchase or sell securities of the issuer will be subject to an independent review by the CCO or her designee.
 
 
5.
Exemptions from Pre-clearance.   Access Persons do not need to seek pre-clearance for the following transactions:
 
 
·
Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or the Investment Company Client (e.g., transactions in corporate mergers, stock splits, tender offers); or
 
 
·
Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities.
 
 
 
6

 
 
 
·
Purchases or sales effected in any account (previously approved by the CCO or her designee) over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.
 
 
·
Purchases which are part of ongoing participation in an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.  (The initial election to participate in an automatic dividend reinvestment plan should be pre-cleared.)
 
B.
Reporting Requirements .   Every Access Person must report to the CCO or her designee the following reports regarding the Access Persons direct or indirect beneficial ownership in securities (other than Excepted Securities):
 
 
1.
Initial and Annual Holdings Reports.   No later than ten days after the person becomes an Access Person, and annually thereafter as of December 31, the following information:
 
 
·
the title and type of security, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), CUSIP number or exchange ticker symbol, number of shares and principal amount of each security beneficially owned
 
 
·
the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account
 
 
·
the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person
 
 
·
the reports can be accomplished through submission of account statements or the form at Exhibit H or Exhibit H(a) for Claymore Group Stock.
 
Information contained in the Initial Holdings Report must be current as of 45 days prior to the person becoming an Access Person.  Annual reports shall be delivered to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designee no later than January 30 of the following year and shall contain a statement attesting to the accuracy of the information provided.
 
 
2.
Quarterly Transaction Reports .   No later than thirty days after the end of the calendar quarter, the following information (a) with respect to any Personal Securities Transaction during the quarter:
 
 
·
The date of the transaction, the title and type of security, the CUSIP number or exchange ticker symbol (if applicable), the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each security
 
 
·
The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition)
 
 
7

 
 
 
·
The price at which the transaction was effected
 
 
·
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected
 
 
·
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person
 
 (a) With respect to any account established by the Access Person:
 
 
·
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account
 
 
·
The date the account was established
 
 
·
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person
 
The reports can be accomplished through submission of account statements or the form at Exhibit H or Exhibit H(a) for Claymore Group Stock.
 
Ownership of Guggenheim Interests by Claymore employees, officers or directors must also be reported on Schedule H.
 
C.
Execution of Personal Securities Transactions Through Disclosed Brokerage Accounts; Duplicate Confirmations.   All Personal Securities Transactions must be conducted through brokerage or other accounts that have been identified to the CCO or her designee.  Each such account must be set up to deliver or mail duplicate copies of all confirmations and statements to:  Claymore Securities, Inc., Attention: Compliance Department, 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, IL  60532.
 
Duplicate confirmations and periodic account statements shall satisfy the transaction reporting requirements set forth above in Section VI.B above, if all the information required to be included in the transaction report is contained in the broker confirmations or account statements.
 
It is permissible to purchase securities such as limited partnerships and variable annuity contracts directly from the issuer, even though they may not be purchased through a brokerage account, if such securities are reported and pre-cleared and in accordance with the procedures above.   No exceptions will be made to this policy.  All persons subject to the Code shall cooperate in all aspects with the CCO or her designee in securing confirmations and statements in a timely manner.
 
VII.       EXCEPTIONS TO PRECLEARANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
 
 
Excepted Securities.   Access Persons   do not need to report transactions or holdings, or seek pre-clearance for transactions, in the following securities.
 
 
8

 
 
 
·
shares of open-end investment companies that are not Investment Company Clients (open-end funds for which Claymore is not the investment adviser or distributor)   Please note that all ETFs must be pre-cleared.
 
 
·
direct obligations of the U.S. government (U.S. treasury bills, notes and bonds);
 
 
·
money market instruments, including bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements
 
 
·
shares of money market funds;
 
 
·
shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end investment companies, none of whom are Investment Company Clients.    Note:  All purchases and sales of Claymore sponsored Unit Investment Trusts must be pre-cleared.
 
VIII.      INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES OF INVESTMENT COMPANY CLIENTS
 
Independent Trustees shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections V and VI of this Code of Ethics except as noted below.
 
 
1.
Independent Trustees shall be subject to Sections V.A. “Restrictions-No Conflicting Personal Securities Transactions”, V.B. “Restrictions-Private Placements” and VI.B.2. “Pre-Clearance and Reporting Procedures-Reporting Requirements-Quarterly Transaction Reports” only if the Independent Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the trustee’s transaction in a security (except for Excepted Securities described in Section VII “Exceptions to Preclearance and Reporting Requirements”), the closed-end fund or ETF of which such person is an Independent Trustee, purchased or sold the security, or a purchase or sale was considered on behalf of the closed-end fund or ETF.
 
 
2.
Although not strictly prohibited, it is recommended that Independent Trustees refrain from trading in shares of the relevant closed-end fund or ETF for a period of seven calendar days before and after meetings of the Board of Trustees of such fund.
 
 
3.
Independent Trustees shall not accept any gift or other thing of more than de minimis value (e.g. $100) from any person or entity that the Independent Trustee knows or should know does business with or on behalf of, or seeks to do business with or on behalf of a closed-end fund or ETF on whose board the Trustee serves.   Gifts in excess of this value must either be returned to the donor or paid for by the recipient.  It is not the intent of the Code to prohibit the everyday courtesies of business life.  Therefore, this prohibition does not include an occasional meal or
 
 
 
9

 
 
 
 
ticket to a theater, entertainment or sporting event that is an incidental part of a meeting that has a clear business purpose.
 
 
4.
In lieu of the sanctions contemplated by Section X.D. hereof, Independent Trustees shall be subject to sanctions as determined by the Board of Trustees of the relevant closed-end fund or ETF.
 
IX.        COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER ADVISER OR FUND CODES
 
Access Persons who are employed by an investment adviser (other than Claymore) serving as sub-adviser or investment manager of an Investment Company Client, who are subject to such other investment adviser’s code of ethics, which code complies with the requirements of Section 17 and Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, shall not be subject to compliance with the terms of this Code.
 
For an employee of a Guggenheim entity bound by such entity’s code of ethics and is dually employed by a Claymore entity, the employee must comply with the provisions of the applicable Guggenheim entity’s code of ethics to which he is subject regarding pre-clearance and reporting of the employee’s personal transactions.  The compliance department of the applicable Guggenheim entity will provide Claymore with all necessary documentation evidencing the transaction and receipt of the Guggenheim entity’s pre-clearance or approval, including the employee’s personal transaction records, the Guggenheim entity’s preclearance or approval documentation and the employee’s periodic personal transaction statements.
 
Independent Trustees of an Investment Company Client who are subject to a separate code of ethics adopted by that Investment Company Client (that is not the same as the form of this Code), which code complies with the requirements of Section 17 and Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, shall not be subject to compliance with the terms of this Code with respect to that Investment Company Client.
 
X.       ENFORCEMENT OF CODE AND CONSEQUENCES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY
 
A.
Certification .  All persons subject to the Code (other than Independent Trustees) shall certify annually that they have read and understood the Code and recognized that they are subject thereto, and that they have complied with the requirements of the Code.  See Exhibit F.
 
B.
Review of Reports.   The CCO or her designee shall review all reports submitted under the Code.
 
C.
Notification of Reporting Obligation.   The CCO or her designee shall update Exhibits A, B, C as necessary to include new Access Persons and Investment Personnel and shall notify those persons of their obligations under the Code.
 
 
10

 
 
D.
Sanctions for Violations.   Upon discovery of a violation of this Code, including either violations of the enumerated provisions or the general principles provided, Claymore may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including, inter alia , a letter of censure or suspension or termination of the employment of the violator.
 
E.
Annual Review.   Pursuant to Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii), Claymore will at least annually review this Code of Ethics to determine whether it is reasonably designed to prevent persons subject to the Code from engaging in fraudulent activities prohibited by paragraph (b) of the rule.  The CCO, General Counsel or Chief Administrative Officer will certify annually that Claymore has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Claymore Access Persons from violating this Code of Ethics.
 
XI.           RETENTION OF RECORDS
 
The CCO or her designee shall maintain all records required under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act for the periods required under the Rules.
 
XII.           AMENDMENT TO THIS CODE
 
An Investment Company Client’s depositor or the board of trustees, as the case may be, must approve any material change to this Code no later than six months after the adoption of the material change.
 

 
July 2010
 
 
 
 
11

 


  EXHIBIT E


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS

I acknowledge that I have received the Code of Ethics dated: July 2010 , and represent:

 
1.
I have read and understood the Code of Ethics and recognize that I am subject to its provisions;

 
2.
In accordance with Section VI of the Code of Ethics, I will report all securities transactions in which I have a beneficial interest, except for transactions exempt from reporting under Section VII of the Code of Ethics.
 
 
3.
I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other respects.
 

______________________________
Access Person Signature

______________________________
Print Name

______________________________
Date
 
 
12
 

 

CONFIDENTIAL















Code of Ethics
for

GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC


April 9, 2010





 

 

 

 

 
 

 
Table of Contents


I. OBJECTIVES OF THE CODE
1
  A. Adoption of Code of Ethics by Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC
1
  B. Regulatory Requirement
1
  C. Compliance with Applicable Law
1
  D. Confidential Information
1
  E. Avoiding Conflicts of Interest
1
  F. Upholding the Spirit of the Code of Ethics
2
II. WHO IS SUBJECT TO THE CODE?
2
  A. GPAM Employees, Officers and Directors
2
III. WHO ADMINISTERS THE CODE?
3
  A. GPAM Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”)
3
  B. Financial Tracking Technology, LLC (“FTT”)
4
IV. FIDUCIARY DUTY TO CLIENTS
4
  A. Comply with Applicable Law
4
  B. Fiduciary Duty – Avoiding Conflicts and Safeguarding Information
5
  C. Compliance with the Code of Ethics
5
  D. Personal Interests
5
  E. Maintaining the Best Interests of Clients
5
  F. Confidentiality
5
  G. Gifts and Entertainment
5
  H. Outside Affiliations
6
  I. Political Contributions
6
  J. Personal Trading
7
V. REPORTING OF PERSONAL TRADING
7
  A. Personal Investment Accounts
7
  B. Electronic Personal Trading Reporting System
7
  C. Which Investment Accounts Do Access Persons Need to Report?
7
  D. Required Initial, Quarterly and Annual Reports
9
  E. New Investment Accounts
11
VI. PRE-CLEARANCE FOR PERSONAL TRADING
11
  A. What Trades Must Be Pre-Cleared?
11
  B. What Trades are Not Required to be Pre-Cleared?
12
  C. How Does Pre-Clearance Process Work?
13
VII. TRADING RESTRICTIONS
13
  A. For All Trading
13
  B. Excessive Trading in Reportable Accounts
13
  C. Holding Periods for Certain Mutual Funds, Investment Companies
14
 
 
i
 
 

 
 

VIII.  ANNUAL REVIEW
 
14
IX.    RETENTION OF RECORDS
 
14
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
 
16
  A. Policy Statement on Insider Trading
16
  B. In General – Inside Information
16
  C. Prohibiting Misuse of Inside Information
17
  D. General Guidelines
17
  E. Maintenance of Restricted List
18
  F. Review of Trading
18
  G. Investigations
19
  H. Procedures for GPAM’s Policy Against Insider Trading
19
SUPPLEMENT #1:
 
21
TRANSACTING IN THE GUGGENHEIM/CLAYMORE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND (“GOF”)
 
21
SUPPLEMENT #2:
 
22
LIST OF OPEN-END MUTUAL FUNDS ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY GPAM OR AFFILIATES
 
22
SUPPLEMENT #3:
23
TRANSACTIONS IN EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS (“ETF’S”) ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY GPAM AND SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH FUNDS
23
SUPPLEMENT #4:
24
TRANSACTIONS IN UNIT INVESTMENT TRUST’S (“UIT’S”) FOR WHICH GPAM ASSISTS THE WITH THE SELECTION OF SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH TRUSTS
24
 
 
ii
 
 

 
 

CODE OF ETHICS & INSIDER TRADING POLICY
 
I.  
OBJECTIVES OF THE CODE
 
 
A.  
Adoption of Code of Ethics by Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC
Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (“GPAM” or the “Adviser”) acts as a fiduciary and, as such, is entrusted to act in the best interests of all clients.  The Adviser provides services which are primarily focused on fixed income and equity management strategies.  The services are provided in both separate accounts and in pooled investment vehicles.  As used herein, “client” shall refer to both individual clients (e.g., high net worth individuals, families or entities) and pooled investment vehicles managed by the Adviser,  Accordingly, GPAM has adopted this Code of Ethics (“the Code”) in order to monitor that employees uphold their fiduciary obligations and place the interests of clients before their own.
 
 
B.  
Regulatory Requirement
The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, requires each registered investment company (i.e., the Funds), as well as its investment adviser, to adopt a code of ethics.  In addition, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Acts”), requires each investment adviser (i.e., GPAM) to adopt a code of ethics.  Both Acts also require that records be kept relating to the administration of the Code of Ethics.  This Code of Ethics shall be read and interpreted in a manner consistent with these Acts and their related rules. GPAM’s CCO retains the authority to make interpretative decisions in his or her discretion.
 
 
C.  
Compliance with Applicable Law
All persons associated with GPAM are obligated to understand and comply with their obligations under applicable law.  Among other things, laws and regulations make clear that it is illegal to defraud clients in any manner, mislead clients by affirmative statement or by omitting a material fact that should be disclosed, or to engage in any manipulative conduct with respect to clients or the trading of securities.
 
 
D.  
Confidential Information
Certain persons associated with GPAM may be in a position to know about client identities, investment objectives, funding levels, and future plans as well as information about the transactions that GPAM executes on their behalf and the securities holdings in their accounts.  All this information is considered confidential and must not be shared unless otherwise permitted.
 
 
E.  
Avoiding Conflicts of Interest
No person associated with GPAM may take advantage of the knowledge or position to place his/her interests ahead of GPAM clients.  Different obligations may apply to different persons under this Code of Ethics, but this duty includes an obligation not to improperly trade in personal investment accounts, as well as an obligation to maintain objectivity and independence in making decisions that impact the management of client assets.  GPAM employees must disclose all material facts, concerning any potential
 
 
 
 
1

 
 
 
conflict of interest that may arise, to the GPAM Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) 1 , as appropriate.
 
 
F.  
Upholding the Spirit of the Code of Ethics
The Code of Ethics sets forth principles and standards of conduct, but it does not and cannot cover every possible scenario or circumstance.  Each person is expected to act in accordance with the spirit of the Code and their fiduciary duty.  Technical compliance with the Code is not sufficient if a particular action would violate the spirit of the Code.
 
 
II.  
WHO IS SUBJECT TO THE CODE?
 

While the spirit and objectives of the Code of Ethics are generally the same for each person covered by the Code of Ethics, different specific requirements may apply to different categories of people.  You must understand what category or categories apply to you in order to understand which requirements to which you are subject.
 
A.  
GPAM Employees, Officers and Directors
As a condition of employment, all GPAM employees, officers and directors (generally referred to as “GPAM employees”) must read, understand and agree to comply with the Code of Ethics.  You have an obligation to seek guidance or take any other appropriate steps to make sure you understand your obligations under the Code of Ethics.  On an annual basis, you are required to certify that you have read and understand the Code of Ethics and agree to comply.
 
The following categories or sub-categories of persons covered under the Code of Ethics have been designed to meet all necessary rule requirements under the Advisers Act:
 
1.  
Supervised Person ” includes any:
 
a)  
Director, officer, manager, principal and partner of the Adviser (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);
 
b)  
Employee of the Adviser; and
 
c)  
Other person who provides advice on behalf of the Adviser or is subject to the Adviser’s supervision and control.
 
2.  
Access Person ” means any Supervised Person who:
 
a)  
Has access to nonpublic information regarding any client’s purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any client account the Adviser or its affiliates manage or any fund which is advised or sub-advised by the Adviser (or certain affiliates, where applicable);
 
___________________________
1   Note: Any reference herein to the CCO shall mean the CCO or any other person designated by the CCO, including any member of the Guggenheim Partners, LLC Legal & Compliance Department, to undertake such role or responsibility.
 
 
 
2

 
 
b)  
Is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic;
 
c)  
In connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities on behalf of a client;
 
d)  
Obtains information concerning recommendations made regarding the purchase or sale of securities on behalf of a client;
 
e)  
Otherwise exercises Investment Control (defined below) over client accounts; or
 
f)  
Is a director, officer or partner of the Adviser.
 
3.  
Temporary Employees : The CCO shall determine on a case-by-case basis whether a temporary employee (e.g., consultant or intern) should be considered a Supervised Person, Access Person or neither.  Such determination shall be made based upon on an application of the criteria provided above.
 
4.  
Access Persons with Investment Control :  This category includes all accounts over which an Access Person exercises Investment Control.  Investment Control shall mean the direct or indirect power to exercise controlling influence over investment decisions.  This includes any arrangement where the Access Person serves as an agent, executor, trustee or in another similar capacity.
 
 
III.  
WHO ADMINISTERS THE CODE?
 
 
A.  
GPAM Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”)
 

1.  
Responsibilities: The GPAM CCO is responsible for administering the Code of Ethics under the auspices of Guggenheim Partners’ Legal & Compliance Department (the “Legal & Compliance Department”) and GPAM’s senior management.
 
2.  
Reporting of Violations:  If a Supervised Person becomes aware of a violation of this Code of Ethics or a violation of applicable law, they have an obligation to report the matter promptly to the CCO.
 
3.  
Review of Violations:  The CCO will review all violations of the Code of Ethics and oversee any appropriate investigation and subsequent response with respect to GPAM.  As the designee of senior management, the CCO shall have the right to make final and binding interpretations of the Code and may grant, using her discretion, exceptions to certain of the above restrictions.
 
(a)   No employee, who in good faith reports a violation of this Code, shall suffer harassment, retaliation or adverse employment consequences.
 
(b)   An employee who retaliates against someone who has reported a violation in good faith is subject to disciplinary action.  Alternatively, the Adviser will treat
 
 
 
 
3

 
 
any malicious or knowingly false report of a violation to be a serious offence and may discipline the employee making such a report.
 
4.  
Review of CCO’s Compliance with Code of Ethics: A member of senior management of the Adviser or any other person designated ( e.g ., a member of the Legal & Compliance Department), who may or may not be an employee of the Adviser, is responsible for reviewing the CCO's personal trading reports and annual Code of Ethics certifications required under the Code of Ethics.  If the CCO is in violation of the Code of Ethics, senior management will impose the appropriate sanction(s).
 
5.  
Sanctions: For violations of this Code of Ethics, sanctions may be imposed as deemed appropriate by the CCO and as applicable in coordination with senior management,  including, among other things, sale of an open position and disgorgement of profits realized from a prohibited transaction under the Code of Ethics, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of the employment of the employee.  A pattern of violations that individually do not violate the law, but which taken together demonstrate a lack of respect for the Code of Ethics, may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.
 
6.  
Employee Cooperation: Employees are encouraged to share questions, concerns, suggestions or complaints with management of the Adviser, the CCO or other members of the Legal & Compliance Department.  Reports of violations or suspected violations will be kept confidential to the extent possible, but consistent with the need to conduct an adequate investigation.
 
 
B.  
Financial Tracking Technology, LLC (“FTT”)
 

1.  
Use of FTT: GPAM has implemented an automated system, FTT, to manage Code of Ethics reporting obligations.  All Supervised Persons and Access Persons are required to use the system.
 
(a)   All required Code of Ethics reporting requirements are to be completed through FTT (including personal security transactions covered by the Code of Ethics, disciplinary disclosures, outside business affiliations, private transactions, board memberships, and gifts and entertainment reporting).
 
(b)   At the time of hire, the CCO shall provide all Supervised and Access Persons with login information and instructions for using FTT.
 
 
IV.  
FIDUCIARY DUTY TO CLIENTS
 
 
A.  
Comply with Applicable Law
A variety of securities laws, including those described in this Code of Ethics, apply to the operation of GPAM.  All Supervised Persons have a responsibility to understand their obligations under these laws and to comply with the requirements.   Supervised Persons have an obligation to seek assistance from the CCO if they are unsure of what their obligations are under the Code.
 
 
 
4

 
 
 
 
B.  
Fiduciary Duty – Avoiding Conflicts and Safeguarding Information
As a fiduciary for GPAM clients, including the funds GPAM manages, Supervised Persons have an obligation to act in clients’ best interests.  Supervised Persons must scrupulously avoid serving their personal interests ahead of the interest of clients.  That includes making sure that client interests come first and avoiding any potential or actual conflicts of interest.  That fiduciary duty extends to all aspects of the business.  Conflicts and potential conflicts can arise in a variety of situations.  Supervised Persons may have information regarding clients, their investment strategies, strategic plans, assets, holdings, transactions, personnel matters and other information.  This information may not be communicated in any manner to benefit the Supervised Persons or other persons.  This obligation extends to avoiding potential conflicts between client accounts as well.  The client’s interests may not be favored over the interests of another.
 
 
C.  
Compliance with the Code of Ethics
A current copy of this Code of Ethics is always posted under Outlook/Public Folders/All Public Folders/Compliance/Guggenheim Partners Asset Management and on FTT.  On an annual basis, Supervised Persons are required to acknowledge that they have received, reviewed, understand and agree to comply with the Code of Ethics.
 
 
D.  
Personal Interests
As a general matter, Supervised Persons may not improperly take personal advantage of their knowledge of recent, pending or intended securities activities for clients.  In addition, Supervised Persons may not improperly take advantage of their position to personally gain at the expense of the interests of GPAM, clients, or the Funds.
 
 
E.  
Maintaining the Best Interests of Clients
The provisions of this Code of Ethics address some of the ways in which Supervised Persons are expected to uphold the fiduciary duty to clients and the Funds.  It is not an exhaustive list.
 
 
F.  
Confidentiality
Unless otherwise permitted, information regarding clients or their accounts may not be shared with persons outside of GPAM, such as vendors, family members, or market participants.  In particular, information regarding the trading intentions of clients or GPAM on behalf of its clients may not be shared.  Please see the Adviser’s current Compliance Manual for further guidance on safeguarding information and confidentiality.
 
 
G.  
Gifts and Entertainment

1.  
Supervised Persons may be offered or may receive gifts and entertainment such as hosted dinners or other events from persons that are personally in a position to do or potentially to do business with GPAM such as clients, consultants, vendors or other business contacts (generally know as “business contacts”).  To monitor that Supervised Persons are not beholden to a business contact and that their judgment remains objective, Supervised Persons may only accept appropriate and reasonable gifts and entertainment of a de minimis value as provided in GPAM’s Gifts and
 
 
 
5

 
 
  
Entertainment Policy, which is included in GPAM’s current Compliance Manual and no cash or cash equivalents (i.e. gift cards) may be accepted.
 
2.  
Supervised Persons may not personally give gifts to business contacts that exceed a de minimis value as provided in GPAM’s Gifts and Entertainment Policy.  Any gifts or entertainment provided to business contacts should be done on behalf of GPAM with proper authorization.
 
3.  
Supervised Persons may not solicit gifts or entertainment or anything of value from a business contact.
 
4.  
The acceptance and providing of gifts and entertainment shall also be subject to GPAM’s policies and procedures as applicable.
 
5.  
Supervised Persons are required to report gifts and entertainment, received and given,   on a quarterly basis via FTT.  Reporting of gifts of an insignificant amount in value such as pens, baseball caps, or t-shirts does not require reporting.  Nor do food gifts that are sent to or shared with multiple employees.
 
H.  
Outside Affiliations

1.  
Any Supervised Person who is employed by, accepts any remuneration from, or performs any services for any person or entity, including serving as a director of a public or private company, trustee or general partner of a partnership, other than the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser (or in these capacities, i.e. director or partner, in a non-profit corporation.), must complete the Pre-Clearance Questionnaire posted on FTT.
 
2.  
The CCO may require specific information to verify no conflict of interest exists between the outside affiliation and the GPAM’s activities and the Supervised Person’s role at GPAM. If authorized to engage in the outside affiliation or business activity, appropriate safeguards and procedures may be implemented to prevent potential conflicts of interest.
 
3.  
In no event should any Supervised Person have any outside employment that might cause embarrassment to, or jeopardize the interests of the Adviser, interfere with its operations, or adversely affect his or her productivity or that of other employees.
 
I.  
Political Contributions
 
1.  
Neither GPAM nor any Supervised Person is allowed to make political contributions that intentionally or unintentionally have the perceived effect of influencing whether a government entity, official or candidate hires or retains GPAM or its affiliates as investment advisers or invests or maintains an investment in any fund advised or sub-advised by GPAM or a GPAM affiliate.
 
2.  
Supervised Persons are prohibited from contributing to a candidate’s campaign in a state for which GPAM manages state or local governments’ funds.
 
 
 
6

 
 
 
3.  
Please see the Compliance Manual and Guggenheim Capital, LLC’s Code of Conduct for further guidance on political contributions.
 
J.  
Personal Trading

1.  
A potential conflict exists between the interests of clients and personal investment activities of Supervised Persons and particularly Access Persons.  This conflict may take shape in a variety of ways, including the particular trades executed and the volume of trading done in personal accounts.
 
2.  
Supervised Persons may not engage in an excessive volume of trading in personal accounts.  High volumes of personal trading, as determined by the CCO and or senior management, may raise concerns that Supervised and Access Persons energies and interests are not aligned with client interests.
 
3.  
At all times, Supervised Persons have an obligation to refrain from personal trading to manipulate the prices of securities and trading on material, non-public information.
 
4.  
Given the potential conflict that exists among client transactions, holdings and intentions and Supervised Persons personal trading activity, the Code of Ethics contains more detailed requirements to permit the monitoring of personal trading activity.  The remaining sections of the Code of Ethics provide guidance on the requirements that must be followed in connection with personal trading activity.
 
 
V.  
REPORTING OF PERSONAL TRADING
 
 
A.  
Personal Investment Accounts
 
Information regarding Access Persons personal investment accounts as required under this Code of Ethics must be provided to GPAM’s CCO.  Reporting obligations take effect at the inception of the Access Person’s involvement with GPAM, and continue on a quarterly and annual basis.  As with other provisions of the Code of Ethics, Access Persons are expected to understand and comply with the obligations that apply to them.
 
In order to monitor potential conflicts of interest and compliance with the Code, Access Persons must identify investment accounts and provide information on particular securities transactions in those accounts.
 
B.  
Electronic Personal Trading Reporting System
 
GPAM has implemented an electronic personal trading reporting system supported by FTT.  All quarterly personal securities transaction reporting and annual holdings reporting will be completed electronically.  In order for duplicate brokerage statements to be sent directly to FTT or for electronic feeds to be established, Access Persons may need to provide appropriate authorization to their broker.
 
C.  
Which Investment Accounts Do Access Persons Need to Report?
 
 
1.
Report any of the following investment accounts:
 
 
 
 
7

 
 
(a)  
The Access Person has Beneficial Ownership which is an investment account with a broker-dealer or bank in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest, including, but is not limited to, individual accounts or that they share jointly with another person.  This includes, but is not limited to individual accounts, joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts, partnerships, trusts and controlling interests in corporations.  Access Persons must also report any Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) held with a broker-dealer or bank.
 
(b)  
Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank over which the Access Person has investment decision-making authority (including accounts that the Access Person is named on, such as being a guardian, executor or trustee, as well as accounts that Access Person is not named on such as an account owned by another person but for which the Access Person has been granted trading authority).
 
(c)  
Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank established by partnership, corporation, or other entity in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest through any formal or informal understanding or agreement.
 
(d)  
Any college savings account in which the Access Person holds securities issued under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code and in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest.
 
(e)  
Any other account that the CCO deems appropriate in light of the Access Person’s interest or involvement.
 
(f)  
Any account in which the Access Person’s immediate family is the owner. Access Persons are presumed to have investment decision-making authority for, and therefore must report, any investment account of a member of their immediate family if they live in the same household as them.  (Immediate family includes, but is not limited to, a spouse, child, grandchild, stepchild, parent, grandparent, sibling, mother or father-in-law, son or daughter-in-law, or brother or sister-in-law).  Access Persons may rebut this presumption if they are able to provide GPAM with satisfactory assurances that they have no material interest in the account and exercise no control over investment decisions made regarding the account.  Access Persons should consult with the CCO for guidance regarding this process.
 
2.           Independently managed third party account reporting:

(a)  
Accounts over which the Access Person retains no Investment Control and that are managed by an independent third-party must be reported but are not subject to the trading restrictions of the Code, if:
 
(i)  
A copy of the discretionary account management agreement is provided to the CCO promptly upon establishment of the account;
 
(ii)  
The CCO finds no exceptions after his/her review of the discretionary account management agreement; and
 
(iii)  
The CCO is provided with an attestation from the Access Person’s discretionary money manager that such Access Person has no ability to
 
 
 
8

 
 
 
 
exercise investment control or to place unsolicited trades with such manager unless, in the view of the CCO, the discretionary account management agreement (described in (i.) above) contains language to such effect.
 
D.  
Required Initial, Quarterly and Annual Reports

1.  
Initial :  What information is required when you initially become subject to GPAM’s Code of Ethics?

(a)  
Access Persons must report all of their investment accounts.  (See Section V.C. above for more detail for which accounts must be reported.)
 
(b)  
The report must either include copies of statements or the name of the broker, dealer or bank, title on the account, security names, and the number of shares and principal amount of all holdings.
 
(i)  
If the Access Person’s brokerage firm provides automatic feeds to FTT, GPAM will obtain account information electronically, after the Access Person has completed the appropriate authorizations as required by the brokerage firm.
 
(ii)  
If the brokerage firm does not provide automatic feeds to FTT, the CCO will arrange with the broker to send duplicate confirmations and statements directly to FTT, but the Access Person’s assistance may be required.
 
(c)  
All required account information must be reported  within 10 calendar days from the date of hire or the date on which the Access Person becomes a GPAM employee and the information must be current as of a date no more than 45 calendar days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person.
 
(d)  
Supervised Persons report any Outside Business Activities, in addition to completing a disciplinary history form.
 
(e)  
Supervised Persons must complete a form certifying receipt of this Code of Ethics.
 
2.  
Quarterly Transaction Reports :  What information is required on a quarterly basis?

(a)  
Access Persons must review FTT’s report of all transactions in Covered Securities, in which they have a direct or indirect beneficial interest, within 30 days after quarter end.
 
(i)  
What are “Covered Securities”?  “Covered Securities” are securities as defined by the Acts are any financial instrument related to a security, including:
 
1.  
Stock;
 
2.  
Note;
 
3.  
Treasury stock;
 
4.  
Security future;
 
5.  
Bond;
 
 
 
9

 
 
6.  
Debenture;
 
7.  
Evidence of indebtedness;
 
8.  
Future;
 
9.  
Investment contract;
 
10.  
Voting trust certificate;
 
11.  
Certificate of deposit for a security;
 
12.  
Option on any security or on any group or index of securities ( e.g. , put, call or straddle);
 
13.  
Exchange traded fund (ETF);
 
14.  
Limited partnership;
 
15.  
Certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement;
 
16.  
Collateral-RIC certificate;
 
17.  
Fractional undivided interest in oil, gas or other mineral right;
 
18.  
Pre-organizational certificate or subscription;
 
19.  
Transferable shares;
 
20.  
Foreign unit trust ( i.e. , UCIT) and foreign mutual fund;
 
21.  
Private investment fund, hedge fund, and investment club;
 
22.  
Unit investment trusts (UIT’s);
 
23.  
Any open-end mutual funds managed, advised or sub-advised by GPAM or an affiliate; and
 
24.  
Any other instrument that is considered a “security” under the various securities laws.
 
(ii)  
The term “Covered Securities” does not include obligations of the US government, bank loans, banker’s acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short term debt instruments such as repurchase agreements, shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open end funds, none of which are reportable funds, or open-end mutual funds which GPAM or an affiliate doesn’t manage, advise or sub-advise.
 
(b)  
From time to time, FTT may not receive all duplicate statements from brokers or may not receive them on a timely basis.  In those cases, Access Persons will be notified by the CCO and must provide copies of the statements to the CCO who will forward the information to FTT.
 
(c)  
Access Persons who do not maintain investment accounts or did not execute transactions in “Covered Securities,” will be required to confirm that there was no investment activity on FTT.
 
(d)  
Supervised Persons must report all gifts and entertainment from clients and business contacts received ­or given during the quarter.
 
 
 
10

 
 
 
3.  
Annual Holdings Reports :  What information is required on an annual basis?

(a)  
Access Persons must provide a list of all Covered Securities in which they or their Immediate Family 2 have a direct or indirect interest, including those not held in an account at a broker-dealer or bank.  The list must include the title, number of shares and principal amount of each covered security.  Access Persons must report the account number, account name and financial institution for each investment account with a broker-dealer or bank for which they are required to report.
 
(b)  
On an annual basis Access Persons must confirm that all accounts and holdings are reported in FTT.
 
(c)  
The information in the annual report must be as of December 31.
 
(d)  
Supervised Persons must also certify annually that they have complied with the requirements of this Code of Ethics and that they have disclosed all transactions and holdings required to be disclosed pursuant to the requirements of this Code.
 
E.  
New Investment Accounts
 
Upon opening a reportable account or obtaining an interest in an account that requires reporting (as discussed in Section V.C.1), the account must be reported within 30 calendar days after the end of the quarter.  The account must be reported to the CCO via FTT along with the title of the account, the name of the financial institution for the account, the date the account was established (or the date on which interest or authority that requires the account to be reported was gained) and the date reported.
 
If the brokerage firm does not provide automatic feeds to FTT, the CCO will arrange with the brokerage firm to send duplicate confirmations and statements directly to FTT, assistance may be required.
 
VI.  
PRE-CLEARANCE FOR PERSONAL TRADING

Before executing a personal trade, the trade may need to be pre-cleared to verify that there is no conflict with GPAM’s current activities on behalf of its clients.  All trades must be pre-cleared through FTT except as provided below.
 
A.  
What Trades Must Be Pre-Cleared?
 
_______________________
2 All accounts of Immediate Family members of an Access Person, including any relative by blood or marriage, living in the employee’s household or who are financial dependents of the employee are subject to this Code of Ethics (adult children in a separate household are not covered under the Code).  Immediate Family members may include any of the employee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.
 
 
 
11

 
 
 
1.  
Covered Securities : Unless excluded below, you must pre-clear trades in Covered Securities.  Pre-clearance serves to verify the trade does not conflict with any securities included on GPAM’s restricted list.

2.  
Shares in any Affiliated Investment Company :  Pre-clearance is required for purchases or sale of shares of closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) advised or sub-advised by GPAM, and for unit investment trusts (“UITs”) sponsored by GPAM or an affiliate of GPAM.  This includes pre-clearance for such purchases or sales in an Immediate Family member’s account.

3.  
Private Placement Securities :  Any trades in private placement securities (i.e., any offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to section 4(2) or 4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505, or rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) must be precleared.  For example, private investment partnerships or private real estate holding partnerships would be subject to pre-clearance.

4.  
Initial Public Offerings : Trade in IPO’s must be pre-cleared.  After obtaining pre-approval from the CCO, participation is limited to the scope permitted for “Restricted Persons” under NASD Conduct Rule 5130.

5.  
529 College Savings Plans :  Any transaction in units of a college savings plan established under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code where the underlying investments are open-end funds advised or sub-advised by GPAM.
 
B.  
What Trades are Not Required to be Pre-Cleared?
 
1.  
Government Securities :  Trades in any direct obligations of the U.S. Government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments including repurchase agreements are not required to be pre-cleared.

2.  
Money Market Funds :  Trades in any investment company or fund that is a money market fund are not required to be pre-cleared.

3.  
Open-End Mutual Funds :  Trades in open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by GPAM are not required to be pre-cleared.

4.  
No Knowledge :  Securities transactions where no knowledge of the transaction exists before it is completed.  For example, a transaction effected by a Trustee of a blind trust or discretionary trades involving an investment partnership or investment club, when the Access Person is  neither consulted nor advised of the trade before it is executed are not required to be pre-cleared.

5.  
Certain Corporate Actions :  Any acquisition of securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, exercise of rights or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions
 
 
 
12

 
 
 
generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities is not required to be pre-cleared.
 
6.  
529 College Savings Plans :  Any transaction in units of a college savings plan established under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless the underlying investment includes open-end funds advised or sub-advised by GPAM.

7.  
Miscellaneous :  Any transaction in any other securities as the GPAM CCO may designate on the grounds that the risk of abuse is minimal or non-existent.
 
C.  
How Does Pre-Clearance Process Work?
 

1.  
Understand the Pre-Clearance Requirements :  Review Sections VI.A and VI.B to determine if the security requires pre-clearance.

2.  
Pre-Clearance Request Form : Log on to FTT, complete the online pre-clearance form, and electronically submit request.

3.  
Approval or Denial :  Approval of the proposed trade may automatically be generated so long as the trade is not currently listed on applicable restricted lists or does not require additional review or authorization by the CCO or senior management.
 
VII.  
TRADING RESTRICTIONS
 
In addition to reporting and pre-clearance obligations, the Code also includes restrictions regarding the manner in which Covered Securities may be traded and held in any reportable investment accounts. (Section V of this Code of Ethics describes which accounts must be reported.)
 
A.  
For All Trading
 
1.  
Market Manipulation :  Securities transactions may not be executed with the intent to raise, lower, or maintain the price of any security or to falsely create the appearance of trading activity.

2.  
Trading on Inside Information :  Transactions (buy’s or sell’s) of any security cannot  be made if in possession of material non-public information about the security or the issuer of the security.  (Please also refer to GPAM’s Policy on Insider Trading.)

3.  
Regardless of whether a transaction is specifically prohibited in this Code of Ethics, no person subject to this Code of Ethics may engage in any personal securities transactions that (i) impact their ability to carry out their assigned duties or (ii) increase the possibility of an actual or apparent conflict of interest.
 
B.  
Excessive Trading in Reportable Accounts
 
Access Persons may not engage in excessive personal trading, as may be set forth by GPAM’s CCO, Senior Management, or as stated in GPAM policies from time to time.
 
 
 
13

 
 
 
C.  
Holding Periods for Certain Mutual Funds, Investment Companies
 
Holding periods apply for any funds advised or sub-advised by GPAM.  Lists of applicable funds and a summary of Fund specific personal trading policies is included as Supplement 1.

1.  
For Access Persons :

(a)  
After purchase in an account of a fund advised or sub-advised by GPAM, Access Persons must hold that security in that account for at least 60 days from the date of purchase.
 
(b)  
Note that this limitation also applies to any purchase or sales in an Access Person’s individual retirement account, 401(k), deferred compensation plan, or any similar retirement plan or investment account for their or their immediate family.
 
VIII.  
ANNUAL REVIEW
 
The CCO will review the adequacy of the policies and procedures contained in this Code of Ethics and the effectiveness of its implementation on an annual basis.  This review will consider any changes in the business activity of GPAM and any changes to the Advisers Act or applicable regulations that might suggest a need to revise the policies and procedures contained herein.  In addition, the CCO will consider the need for interim reviews in response to significant compliance events, changes in business arrangements or regulatory developments.
 
IX.  
RETENTION OF RECORDS
 
This Code of Ethics, as updated from time to time, acknowledgements of receipt of a copy of this Code of Ethics by each Supervised Person, a list of all persons required to make reports hereunder from time to time, a copy of each report made by an Access Person hereunder, each memorandum made by the Legal & Compliance Department hereunder and a record of any violation hereof and any action taken as a result of such violation, shall be maintained by the Adviser as required under the Advisers Act for a period of not less than 5 years.

The CCO will use her best efforts to assure that all requests for pre-clearance, all personal Securities transaction reports and all reports of Securities holdings are treated "Personal and Confidential."  However, such documents will be available for inspection by appropriate regulatory agencies, and by other parties within the Adviser and its affiliates as are necessary to evaluate compliance with, or sanctions under, this Code of Ethics.

 
 
14

 












Policy Statement on Insider Trading
for

GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC


April 9, 2010






 
15

 

 
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
 
 
A.  
Policy Statement on Insider Trading
 
Section 204A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, requires the Adviser to establish, maintain, and enforce written procedures reasonably designed to prevent the wrongful use of “inside” information (as defined below).
 
Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (“Guggenheim” or “GPAM”) shall prohibit any Employee from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, or recommending securities, while in possession of material, non-public information in violation of applicable laws and regulations.  This unlawful conduct is frequently referred to as "insider trading."
 
Guggenheim’s policy extends to external activities and outside duties related to Employees’ association with the Adviser.  Any questions regarding the Adviser’s insider trading policy and procedures should be referred to the CCO.
 
Adherence to this Insider Trading Policy and Procedures is a basic condition of employment or association with the Adviser.  Failure to comply with these policies and procedures is ground for disciplinary action, including discharge, of such employee.
 
B.  
In General – Inside Information
 
“Inside” Information. “Inside” information is material, nonpublic information.  The courts and regulatory authorities have broadly construed what constitutes “inside” information.  Generally speaking, information is “material” if it has “market significance” in the sense that it is likely to influence reasonable investors, including reasonable speculative investors, in determining whether to trade the securities to which the information relates.  For example, information is likely to be “material” if it relates to significant changes affecting such matters as dividends; earnings estimates; write downs of assets or additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities; the expansion or curtailment of operations; proposals or agreements involving a merger, acquisition, divestiture or leveraged buy-out; new products or discoveries; major litigation; liquidity problems; extraordinary management developments; public offerings; changes of debt ratings; issuer tender offers; and recapitalizations.  Given the potentially severe consequences to GPAM and its personnel of a wrong decision, any person who is uncertain as to whether any information he or she possesses is “inside” information must contact the CCO for guidance, rather than solely relying on his or her own judgment or interpretation.
 
Federal and state securities laws make it unlawful for any person to trade or recommend trading in securities on the basis of material and nonpublic, or “inside,” information.  Guggenheim’s policy requires stringent avoidance of the misuse of inside information.
 
The misuse of material, nonpublic or “inside” information constitutes fraud; a term broadly defined under the securities laws.
 

 
16

 
 
Fraudulent misuse of “inside” information includes purchasing or selling securities on the basis of such information for the account of the firm, an employee, a client, or anyone else.  Fraudulent misuse also includes “tipping” such information to anyone, or using it as a basis for recommending, by way of a research report or otherwise, the purchase or sale of a security.
 
Persons guilty of fraudulently misusing “inside” information are subject to civil and criminal penalties (including imprisonment), SEC administrative actions, and dismissal by an Adviser.
 
C.  
Prohibiting Misuse of Inside Information
 
Those in possession of “inside” information must preserve the confidentiality of such information and abstain from trading until the inside information is disclosed and made public.  It is fundamental policy of GPAM that:
 
·  
No Adviser employee, while in possession of inside information relevant to a security, shall purchase or sell, or recommend or direct the purchase or sale of, such security for the account of the Adviser, an employee, a client, or anyone else.
 
·  
No employee shall use inside information to purchase or sell securities for his or her own account, any account in which he or she has a direct or indirect beneficial interest (including accounts for family members), or any other account over which the employee has discretionary authority or a power of attorney.
 
·  
No employee shall disclose “inside” information to any person outside the firm without the authorization of the CCO or senior management.
 
·  
Any employee who, in the course of his or her employment, obtains “inside” information that is later disclosed to the general public must allow sufficient time to elapse for the investing public to assimilate and evaluate the information before taking any action for his or her personal account on the basis of the disclosed facts.
 
D.  
General Guidelines
 
To maintain that material, non-public information is not misused, it is imperative that the flow of such information be limited so that only those people within GPAM with a “need to know” are given such information.
 
Routine communications between departments which are not transaction or issuer specific, such as general observations about industries and issuers within those industries, and which would not affect a person’s investment decision about a specific security, are not prohibited.  If you have any question as to whether information is routine, however, please contact the CCO.

 
17

 

E.
Maintenance of Restricted List
 
The Restricted List is a list of issuers in which an Adviser’s employees are restricted from trading.  Issuers may be added to the Restricted List in the event that the Adviser or certain of its employees have actual possession of material non-public information about a company or transaction.  Securities will be added to the list in the following circumstances:
 
·  
Where there is a concentration of ownership in a security and the Adviser’s clients already own a substantial portion of the publicly held outstanding shares; or
 
·  
When an Adviser comes into possession of material, non-public information about a public company, such as business plans, earnings projections, or merger and acquisition plans.
 
·  
When Adviser or any Adviser employee recommends an equity security, or has access to information relating to such a recommendation, for any UIT sponsored by Adviser or an affiliate of Adviser or any ETF advised or sub-advised by Adviser or an affiliate of Adviser.
 
On a regular basis, the CCO will consult with members of the Portfolio Construction Group to determine whether an issuer should be added or removed from the restricted list as necessary.
 
In the event an employee of the Adviser determines that a security should be added to the Restricted List, such employee will notify the CCO.  If after consultation with the employee, the CCO determines that the issuer should be added; the CCO will update the Restricted List and take appropriate action as it pertains to restricting the security for trading in client accounts managed by Guggenheim.
 
Securities will be removed from the Restricted List when the transaction, event or situation that caused the security to be placed on the list has been completed, is finished or no longer exists.
 
The Adviser will maintain all records relating to the Restricted List.  A written record must be kept indicating the date a security was added to or deleted from the Restricted List.
 
In the event the Adviser, or its employees, is not in possession of material non-public information, then the Adviser will not be required to maintain a Restricted List.
 
F.  
Review of Trading
 
The CCO will review, at least quarterly, the trading activity of the Adviser’s Access Persons.   A record of such review will be maintained by the CCO.
 

 
18

 

 
G.   
Investigations
 
The CCO will investigate questionable, anomalous, or suspicious trades, whether discovered through scheduled reviews of exception reports or any other way.  The scope and extent of any particular inquiry will be determined by the nature of the trade in question.  The relevant employee or client may be contacted by the CCO for an explanation as to the trade in question.  An investigation record will be kept by the CCO.  The record will contain, at a minimum, the following:
 
(i)           The name of the security;
(ii)          The date the investigation commenced;
(iii)         An identification of the accounts involved; and
(iv)         A summary of the disposition of the investigation.
 
H.  
Procedures for GPAM’s Policy Against Insider Trading
 
The following procedures have been established to aid the employees of GPAM in avoiding insider trading, and to aid GPAM in preventing, detecting, and imposing sanctions against insider trading.  Each employee of the Adviser must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability, and criminal penalties.  If you have any questions about these procedures you should consult with the CCO.
 
1.  
Identifying “Inside” Information
 
Before trading for yourself, or others, in the securities of a company about which you may have potential “inside” information, ask yourself the following questions:
 
Is the information material?  Is this something an investor would consider important in making his or her investment decision? Will the market price of the securities be substantially affected if the information was generally disclosed?
 
Is the information nonpublic?  To whom has it been provided? Has it been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in Reuters, The Wall Street Journal , or other publications of general circulation?
 
If, after consideration of the above, you believe that the information is material and nonpublic, or if you have any questions as to whether the information is material and nonpublic, you should take the following steps.
 
(i)           Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others;
 
(ii)           Report the matter immediately to the CCO: and
 
 
(iii)
Do not communicate the information inside or outside an Adviser, other than to the CCO.
 
After the CCO has reviewed the issue, you either will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communications, or you will be allowed to trade or communicate the information.
 
 
 
 
19

 
 
2.  
Restricting Access to Material Nonpublic Information
 
Information in your possession that you identify as material and nonpublic may not be communicated to anyone, including associates, except as referred to above.  In addition, take care that such information is secure by sealing files and restricting access to computer files containing nonpublic information.
 
3.  
Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading
 
If doubt remains as to whether information is material or nonpublic, or if there is any unresolved question as to the applicability or interpretation of the procedures, or as to the propriety of any action, it must be discussed with the CCO before trading or communicating the information to anyone.
 

 
 

 
20

 

GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC (“GPAM”)

CODE OF ETHICS
 
SUPPLEMENT #1:
 
TRANSACTING IN CLOSED END FUNDS ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY GPAM
 

With respect to transactions in closed end funds (“CEF’s”) advised or sub-advised by GPAM, the below requirements are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the GPAM Code of Ethics (“Code”).
1.  
Pre-Approval :  Access Persons are required to obtain prior approval through Financial Tracking (“FTT”) before undertaking any transaction (e.g., purchase or sale) in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by GPAM.  Pre-approval is in addition to, not a substitute, for other restrictions discussed below.

2.  
Blackouts: Dividend :  Access Persons are prohibited from trading in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by GPAM. seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after the initial dividend of such CEF is declared.  Access Persons are also prohibited form trading in in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by GPAM. seven (7) days before the dividend of such CEF is declared.  Dividends that are automatically reinvested are not subject to the pre-approval requirement.

3.  
Blackouts – Fund Securities :  Access Persons may not engage in personal transactions in equity securities to be traded in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by GPAM seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after such transaction.

4.  
Blackouts – Board Meetings :  Access Person may not trade in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by GPAM seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after a board meeting for such CEF.

5.  
Holding Period :  Access Persons are required to hold any purchase of  CEF’s advised or sub-advised by GPAM for sixty (60) calendar days.

6.  
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts :  Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to the CCO.  The CCO shall respond to all such requests in writing.  The CCO will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.

7.  
Review of Trading: The CCO will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures.  A record of such reviews will be maintained by the CCO.

8.  
Reporting of Transactions :  Access Persons must notify the Claymore Advisors’ Legal Department Patty Villasenor ( pvillasenor@claymore.com ) and Dolores Delgado (ddelgado@claymore.com) immediately, but in no event more than 24 hours, after any transaction in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by GPAM..  Such reporting is required for Claymore to make mandatory regulatory filings within the required time period.

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.

 
 
21

 
 

 
 
SUPPLEMENT #2:
 
LIST OF OPEN-END MUTUAL FUNDS ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY GPAM OR AFFILIATES
 


FUND
TICKER
American Beacon High Yield Bond Fund – Instl
AYBFX
American Beacon High Yield Bond Fund – Investor
AHYPX
CNI Charter High Yield Bond Fund – Class N
CHBAX
CNI Charter High Yield Bond Fund – Instl
CHYIX
Pinnacle American Core-Plus Bond Fund – Class: A, F, I  (Canada)
----------
Principal Global Diversified Income Fund – Class A
PGBAX
Principal Global Diversified Income Fund – Class C
PGDCX
Principal Global Diversified Income Fund – Instl
PGDIX
Russell Short Duration Bond Fund – Class A
RSBTX
Russell Short Duration Bond Fund – Class C
RSBCX
Russell Short Duration Bond Fund – Class E
RSBEX
Russell Short Duration Bond Fund – Class S
RFBSX
Russell Short Duration Bond Fund – Class Y
RSBYX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Class A
RFDAX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Class C
RFCCX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Class E
RFCEX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Class S
RFCTX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Class Y
RFCYX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Instl
RFCSX
SEI Canada US High Yield Bond Fund
----------
SEI Global Master Fund PLC High Yield Fixed Income Fund
----------
SEI Institutional Investment Trust High Yield Bond Fund
SGYAX
SEI Institutional Managed High Yield Bond Fund – Class A
SHYAX



 
22

 

 
  SUPPLEMENT #3:
 
TRANSACTIONS IN EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS (“ETF’S”) ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY GPAM AND SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH FUNDS
 
With respect to transactions in an ETF advised or sub-advised by GPAM and equity securities traded by such Funds, GPAM Access Persons are required to comply with the following requirements which are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the GPAM Code of Ethics (“Code”).

1.  
Pre-Approval :  Access Persons are required to obtain prior approval through Financial Tracking (“FTT”) before undertaking any transaction (e.g., purchase or sale) in an ETF advised or sub-advised by GPAM and the securities held by such ETFs.  Pre-approval is in addition to, not a substitute for, other guidelines discussed below.  This restriction applies to: (a) personal trading, and (b) trading for other client accounts.

2.  
Blackouts – Fund Securities :  With respect to GPAM’s role as adviser or sub-adviser to an ETF, no Access Person shall engage in a securities transaction in an equity security recommended for inclusion or exclusion for the ETF from the time a final recommendation concerning such security is communicated, either to a GPAM investment decision-maker or to the ETF’s Adviser, until the shorter of:  the time such security is purchased or sold by the ETF, or (5) business days following communication of the recommendation.   This restriction applies to: (a) personal trading, and (b) trading for other client accounts.

3.  
Blackouts – Board Meetings :  Access Person may not trade in ETF’s advised or sub-advised by GPAM. seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after a board meeting for such ETF.

4.  
Blackouts: Dividend :  Access Persons are prohibited from trading in ETF’s advised or sub-advised by GPAM seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after the initial dividend of such ETF is declared.  Access Persons are also prohibited form trading in in ETF’s advised or sub-advised by GPAM seven (7) days before the dividend of such ETF is declared.

5.  
 Re-investment of Dividends: Dividends that are automatically reinvested are not subject to the pre-approval requirement.

6.  
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts :  Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to the CCO.  The CCO shall respond to all such requests in writing.  The CCO will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.

   4.
Review of Trading :  The CCO will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures.  A record of such reviews will be maintained by the CCO.

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.

 
23

 

 
SUPPLEMENT #4:
 
TRANSACTIONS IN UNIT INVESTMENT TRUST’S (“UIT’S”) FOR WHICH GPAM ASSISTS THE WITH THE SELECTION OF SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH TRUSTS
 


With respect to transactions in a UIT for which GPAM assists with the selection of securities traded by such Trusts, and with respect to securities selected for inclusion for any such UIT, GPAM Access Persons are required to comply with the following requirements which are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the GPAM Code of Ethics (“Code”).

1.  
Blackouts :  With respect to GPAM’s role in security selection for UIT’s, no Access Person shall engage in a securities transaction in an equity security recommended for inclusion or exclusion for the UIT from the time a final recommendation concerning such security is communicated to the UIT Sponsor until the shorter of:  the time such security is deposited into the UIT, or (5) business days following communication of the recommendation.   This restriction applies to:  (a) personal trading, and (b) trading for other client accounts.

2.  
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts :  Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to the CCO.  The CCO shall respond to all such requests in writing.  The CCO will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.


3.  
Review of Trading :  The CCO will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures.  A record of such reviews will be maintained by the CCO.



Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.

24
 
 

 
 
 

 
GUGGENHEIM BUILD AMERICA BONDS MANAGED DURATION TRUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

That each of the undersigned officers and trustees of Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, a statutory trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), do constitute and appoint Kevin M. Robinson and Mark E. Mathiasen as true and lawful attorneys and agents, with full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to execute in the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned as such officer or trustee, a Registration Statement on Form N-2, including any pre-effective amendments and/or any post-effective amendments thereto and any subsequent Registration Statement of the Trust pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and any other filings in connection therewith, and to file the same under the 1933 Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or otherwise, with respect to the registration of the Trust, the registration or offering of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 per share; granting to such attorney and agent full power of substitution and revocation in the premises; and ratifying and confirming all that such attorney and agent may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.

This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of this 23 rd day of September, 2010.

 

 

/s/ J. Thomas Futrell                                                       
J. Thomas Futrell
Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Steven M. Hill                                            
Steven M. Hill
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer


/s/ Randall C. Barnes                                                       
         Randall C. Barnes
                   Trustee


/s/ Roman Friedrich III                                                       
Roman Friedrich III
Trustee
 


/s/ Ronald A. Nyberg                                                       
Ronald A. Nyberg
Trustee


/s/ Ronald E. Toupin Jr.                                                       
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
Trustee

/s/ Robert B. Karn III                                                       
Robert B. Karn III
Trustee
 
2